HomeMy WebLinkAboutItem 6c. Authorization to Advertise the Jack House Roof, Widows Walk Repair, and Arbor Replacement Project (Spec. 2000075-13.01) Item 6c
Department: Public Works
Cost Center: 5002
For Agenda of: 11/12/2024
Placement: Consent
Estimated Time: N/A
FROM: Matt Horn, Public Works Director
Prepared By: Sandra Golonka, Capital Projects Manager III
SUBJECT: AUTHORIZATION TO ADVERTISE JACK HOUSE ROOF, WIDOWS
WALK REPAIR, AND ARBOR REPLACEMENT PROJECT,
SPECIFICATION NO. 2000075-13.01
RECOMMENDATION
1. Approve the project plans and special provisions for the Jack House Roof, Widows
Walk Repair, and Arbor Replacement Project, Specification 2000075-13.01; and
2. Authorize staff to advertise for bids; and
3. Authorize the City Manager to award the construction contract pursuant to Section
3.24.190 of the Municipal Code, including the Base Bid and Additive Alternate, if the
lowest responsible bid is within the Publicly Disclosed Funding Limit of $397,000; and
4. Authorize the City Engineer to approve Contract Change Orders up to the available
project budget: and
5. Authorize a transfer of $130,000 in funding from CIP Completed Projects, LRM Capital
Outlay Fund, to the Jack House Roof, Widows Walk Railing, and Arbor Repair project
account (2000075-13.01) to support completion of the project; and
6. Authorize a transfer of $177,160 from the Jack House Arbor Fund (2001010-03.02) to
Jack House Roof, Widows Walk Repair, and Arbor Replacement, (Account 2000075-
13.01).
POLICY CONTEXT
The recommended action for the advertisement is supported by the City Council’s
adopted Capital Improvement Plan for the 2021-23 and 2023-2025 Financial Plans. The
Jack House was identified as part of the Annual Asset Maintenance Plan for Parks
Maintenance to continue to provide users with a safe and quality experience.
On May 17, 2022, Council approved a Purchasing Policy Update to the Financial
Management Manual that required Council approval for Public Projects that cost over
$200,000.
DISCUSSION
Page 23 of 1527
Item 6c
Background
The Jack House, built in the 1880s by a prominent local businessman, holds significant
historical value for the City of San Luis Obispo. This structure has undergone numerous
renovations over the years and was donated to the City by the Jack Family in 1992 to
ensure its ongoing preservation. The City has committed to maintaining the property as
an event space, museum, and historical site, protecting and preserving this integral part
of our City’s history for future generations.
Recent challenges have highlighted the urgent need for further restoration and protection
of the Jack House. A severe storm in 2021 caused large leaks in the roof that caused
damage throughout the structure, and the arbor was damaged, necessitating its removal
in March 2023. The disassembled arbor is currently being stored at the Corp Yard. While
emergency roofing repairs were completed in September 2022, the roof and exterior
wooden railings continue to deteriorate due to weather exposure, posing a risk to the
structural integrity of the house.
Project
The project plans (Attachment A) and specifications (Attachment B) improvements
include removing and replacing the existing roof, repairing and replacing portions of the
Widows Walk railing, and upper porch railing, repointing the chimney1, masonry repair,
and gutter repairs. The project also includes reconstructing the arbor, and a template will
be created using existing pieces to recreate the original structure.
The project is structured with a Base Bid (Jack House Roof and Widows Walk Railing
Repair) and Additive Alternate (Jack House Arbor Replacement) in order to maximize
what the City can construct within the available funding identified. The strategy is to award
the contract with the Base Bid and Additive Alternate as funding will allow, up to the
Publicly Disclosed amount of $397,000 in compliance with Public Contract Code Section
20103.8(c). If the Base Bid is within the Publicly Disclosed amount, but the Alternate is
not, staff would proceed with award of the Base contract (Jack House Roof and Widows
Walk Railing Repair) within the identified budget and return to Council later with a
separate project for the Arbor replacement, likely with funding identified in the 2025-27
Financial Plan. This strategy allows the available funding to be prioritized towards the
most crucial components of the project, which is the repair of the Jack House structure.
FISCAL IMPACT
The table below shows the funding received to date.
1 The process of repointing involves grinding out the mortar joints between the brick and then filling back in
with new mortar. The excess motor is removed for a smooth finish.
Page 24 of 1527
Item 6c
The Jack House Roof and Widows Walk Railing Repair Project was initially identified in
the 2021-23 Financial Plan and the project was allocated $100,000 for design costs. An
additional $250,000 was allocated for the Jack House Roof and Widows Walk Railing
Repair and $175,000 for the Jack House Arbor as part of the 2023-25 Financial Plan. The
project accounts 2000075-13.01 and 2001010-03.02 have a cumulative balance of
$369,554 to use towards construction.
An additional $130,000 from the CIP Completed Projects, Capital Outlay LRM, account
will support the budget request to complete the project. This funding is necessary to
supplement the additional estimated cost of construction as well as establish sufficient
construction contingencies due to the risks and unknowns of working with a historic
structure that has not seen significant repairs for some time.
The table below outlines all estimated project costs to complete the work within the
available budget, assuming bids come in under the Publicly Disclosed Funding Limit of
$397,000.
Jack House Roof,
Widows Walk
Repair, and Arbor
Replacement
Jack House Arbor
Replacement
(2000075-13.01) (2001010-03-02) Total
Base Bid Construction Estimate $282,000 $282,000
Additive Alternate A $115,000 $115,000
Total Construction Estimate /
Publicly Disclosed Funding
Limit
$282,000 $115,000 $397,000
Contingencies (25%) $70,500 $28,750 $99,250
Special Inspection $2,500 $0 $2,500
Printing & Advertising $500 $0 $500
Total Project Estimate
(Including Additive Alternate) $355,500 $143,750 $499,250
Current Project Account Balance $192,394 $177,160 $369,554
Requested Funding $130,000 $0 $130,000
Total Funding $322,394 $177,160 $499,554
21/22 22/23 23/24 Total
Jack House (2000075.13.01)100,000.00$ 250,000.00$ 350,000.00$
Jack House Arbor (2001010.03.02)7,500.00$ 175,000.00$ 182,500.00$
Prior Funding for Jack House Roof Repair, Widows Walk, and Arbor Replacement
Page 25 of 1527
Item 6c
Budgeted: Yes Budget Year: 2024-25
Funding Identified: Yes
Fiscal Analysis:
Funding Sources
Total Budget
Available
Current
Funding
Request
Remaining
Balance
Annual
Ongoing
Cost
General Fund $369,554 $369,554 $304
State
Federal
Fees
CIP Completed Projects: $150,185 $130,000 $20,185
Total $519,739 $499,554 $20,489 N/A
Staff recommends appropriating $130,000 from the CIP Completed Projects, Capital
Outlay LRM fund balance. This additional funding will cover anticipated cost attributed to
rising construction prices since the project’s initial budget, as well as specialized skills
and care required for restoring the historical features.
ALTERNATIVES
1. Deny authorization to advertise. The City Council may choose not to authorize
project advertisement. Staff does not recommend this alternative as the Jack House
is a registered historical site and needs repair to preserve its historical significance.
2. Authorization advertisement of the project, but direct staff to remove Additive
Alternative “A” from the project plans and special provisions and defer the
arbor as a future project. The City Council may choose to authorize project
advertisement without additive alternative “A” and direct staff to modify speci al
provisions and plans to remove the arbor before advertising the project. The additional
funding transfer recommendations in the above Fiscal Impact section would be
unchanged, as this funding may still be necessary to support the base project. Staff
does not recommend this alternative as construction cost trends have consistently
increased and this project presents an opportunity to replace the arbor at the same
time as the other Jack House improvements, reducing public impacts and further costs
of delaying replacement of the arbor.
ATTACHMENTS
A - Project Plans (Spec No. 2000075-13.01)
B - Project Specifications (Spec No. 2000075-13.01)
Page 26 of 1527
Reference Documents:
City Standard Specifications - August 2020 Edition
City Engineering Standards - August 2020 Edition
Project Specifications - 12 July 2024
Lead Paint / Asbestos Survey - Jack House - February 7, 2024
san luis obispo county, california
APPROVED BY
SPECIFICATION NO. DATE
of
SHEET
Brian A. Nelson, City Engineer R.C.E. C79870 Approved Date
2000075-13 1FILE NO./LOCATION
[MO DAY, YEAR]
No. C 79870
BRI A N A .NELS
O
N
CIV I L
HORIZONTAL CONTROL FOR POINTS 8207 & 8405 AS PUBLISHED
IN THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO 2007 HORIZONTAL CONTROL
NETWORK. CITY NETWORK IS BASED ON THE NORTH AMERICAN
DATUM OF 1983 (NAD83) EPOCH DATE 1991.35, ZONE 5
CALIFORNIA.
VERTICAL CONTROL BENCHMARK NO. 12A WITH AN ELEVATION
OF 183.59 AS PUBLISHED IN THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO 2007
BENCHMARK SYSTEM. CITY'S BENCHMARK SYSTEM IS BASED ON
THE NORTH AMERICAN VERTICAL DATUM OF 1988 (NAVD88).
1. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR OR
PERMITTEE TO CONTACT "UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT OF
NORTHERN CALIFORNIA" BY PHONE AT 8-1-1 FORTY-EIGHT (48)
HOURS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION FOR LOCATION OF
POWER, TELEPHONE, OIL AND NATURAL GAS UNDERGROUND
FACILITIES. CONTRACTOR OR PERMITTEE SHALL ALSO
CONTACT THE APPROPRIATE AGENCY FOR THE LOCATION OF
CABLE T.V., WATER, SEWER, DRAINAGE OR UNDERGROUND
FACILITIES.
2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL POSSESS A CLASS B LICENSE AT THE
TIME OF BID OPENING.
index to plans
sheet no. description
general notes:
datum:
1312 JULY 2024
ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS
(E) CONSTRUCTION
TO REMAIN
(N) 2x WOOD FRAME
CONSTRUCTION
(E) CONSTRUCTION
TO BE REMOVED
LINE ABOVE
LINE BELOW
PROPERTY
LINE
CENTER LINE
DETAIL
SECTION
ELEVATION
KEYNOTE
PROJECT INFORMATION
536 MARSH STREET
SAN LUIS OBISPO, CA 93401
C-D (DOWNTOWN COMMERCIAL)
ADDRESS:
TYPE V-B
CONSTRUCTION
TYPE:
003-511-022APN:
OCCUPANCY:
ZONING:
GROSS FLOOR AREA (SF)
NET LOT AREA: 36,450 SF (0.83+/- AC)
PROJECT DATA SUMMARY:
EXISTING BUILDING FOOTPRINT: 1,829 SF
OCCUPANT LOADS:
FIRST
TOTAL
A-3 USED AREA LOAD FACTOR #OCC
EXISTING: A-3 (HOUSE MUSEUM)
PROPOSED A-3 (HOUSE MUSEUM)
EXISTING
SECOND 1,505 SF
TOTAL 3,334 SF
FIRST 1,829 SF (INCL. OPEN PORCHES)
1,025 SF 30/OCC NET
SECOND 868 SF 30/OCC NET
1893 SF
PROJECT
DESCRIPTION:THE PROJECT SCOPE ON THE HISTORIC JACK
HOUSE INCLUDES - REHABILITATION OF THE WOOD
RAILING AT THE WIDOW'S WALK AND AT THE ENTRY
PORCH ROOF, REPLACEMENT OF THE CEDAR
SHINGLE ROOFING, CLEANING & REPAIR, AS
NEEDED, OF SHEET METAL ROOFING TILES ABOVE
PORCH. ALSO INCLUDED ARE REPLACEMENT OF
ROOFING AT EACH OF THE PROJECTING BAYS AND
AT THE REAR PORCH. AS NEEDED, MATERIALS
WILL BE REPLACED IN-KIND PER SECRETARY OF
THE INTERIOR'S STANDARDS FOR REHABILITATION.
SITE WORK WILL BE THE RECONSTRUCTION OF
THE ARBOR ADJACENT TO THE CARRIAGE HOUSE
2022 CALIFORNIA HISTORICAL BUILDING CODE
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE
BUILDING CODE:
BUILDING IS FULLY SPRINKLERED
FIRE
PROTECTION:
EXISTING 2 STORY BUILDING
BASED ON CALCULATED OCCUPANT LOAD, 1
EXIT REQUIRED AT SECOND 1 EXIT REQUIRED
AT FIRST;
EXISTING 1 EXIT AT SECOND FLOOR, AND 2
EXITS AT FIRST FLOOR PROVIDED
MAXIMUM EXIT TRAVEL DISTANCE ALLOWED:
250 FT FOR FULLY SPRINKLERED
MEANS OF
EGRESS:
CODE INFORMATION
PROJECT DIRECTORY
OWNER:
ARCHITECT:
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER:
COST
ESTIMATION:
CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
919 PALM STREET
SAN LUIS OBISPO, CA 93401
CONTACT: SANDRA GOLONKA
TEL: 805.781.7239
EML:sgolonka@slocity.org
MICHAEL GARAVAGLIA AIA
GARAVAGLIA ARCHITECTURE, INC.
582 MARKET STREET, SUITE 1800
SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94104
CONTACT: AMBROSE WONG
TEL: 415.391.9633
FAX: 415.391.9647
EML:ambrose@garavaglia.com
T&S ENGINEERING
1171 HOMESTEAD ROAD,
SUITE 275
SANTA CLARA, CA 95050
CONTACT: STEVE DUQUETTE
TEL: 408.615.9200
FAX: 408.615.9900
EML:spd@tsstructural.com
LELAND SAYLOR ASSOCIATES
1777 OAKLAND BOULEVARD
SUITE 103
WALNUT CREEK, CA 94596
CONTACT: JEFF SAYLOR
TEL: 925.330.2642
FAX: 415.291.3201
EML:jsaylor@lelandsaylor.com
ARCHITECTURAL:
1 OF 13 A0.00 COVER SHEET
2 OF 13 A0.01 GENERAL NOTES
3 OF 13 A1.01 SITE PLAN - EXISTING/DEMO/PROPOSED
4 OF 13 A2.01FLOOR PLANS-FIRST & SECOND EXISTING
5 OF 13 A2.02PLANS- FOUNDATION & ROOF EXISTING
6 OF 13 A3.01EXTERIOR ELEVATION - EXISTING SOUTH & EAST
7 OF 13 A3.02EXTERIOR ELEVATION - EXISTING NORTH &WEST
8 OF 13 A8.01EXTERIOR DETAILS
9 OF 13 A8.02EXTERIOR DETAILS
10 OF13 A8.03EXISTING RAILING DETAILS
11 OF13 A8.04 ARBOR (PLAN, ELEVATION, AND DETAILS)
STRUCTURAL:
12 OF 13 S0.0 STRUCTURAL SPECS, ABBREVIATIONS
SYMBOLS LEGEND, TABLE OF CONTENTS
13 OF 13 S1.0 ROOF FRAMING PLAN, TRELLIS EAST-WEST
ELEVATION, TRELLIS NORTH-SOUTH
ELEVATION TRELLIS SECTION/DETAILS
35
29
64
Jack House Roof,
Widows Walk Repair,
and Arbor
Replacement
REF. N
TRUE N
-
DIRECTION OF SLOPE (DOWN)
No. C-14833
REN. 1/31/25
ARCHIT
E
C
T
DESNECIL
FOE
T
A
T
S
AC L I F O RNIA
A NLA GAR
A
V
A
GLIA
LEAHCI
M No. C-No. C-No. C-C-No CC-1483314833148333333
REN. 1/31/253113
ARCHIT
EEE
CCCCCCCC
TTTTT
DESNECCIIIILLLLLL
FOE
T
A
TT
TT
AA
SSSSS
AAAACCCCCA L I F OO RRRRRRNNIIIA
AAA NLLLLAAAA GGGAAAGG
RRRRR
AA
VVVV
AA
AAAAA
VVVVVVVVV
GGGGGG
AAAAA
LLLIIIAAAAAA
LLLEEEEEAAAAHCI
MMM
Page 27 of 1527
ARCHITECTURAL ABBREVIATIONSARCHITECTURAL GENERAL NOTES
1. GENERAL PROCEDURE: SEE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
2. ALL WORK FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL CONFORM TO THE SECRETARY OF
THE INTERIOR'S STANDARDS FOR REHABILITATION. THESE STANDARDS
ARE LISTED ON THIS SHEET.
3. THE REPLACEMENT OF MISSING HISTORICAL CONSTRUCTION
ELEMENTS REQUIRES THE FULL ATTENTION AND COOPERATION OF THE
CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEVELOP A SYSTEM OR
PROCESS OF RECORDATION PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK.
4. EVERY EFFORT SHALL BE MADE TO REPAIR, RATHER THAN REPLACE,
EXISTING ELEMENTS. SUCH REPAIR MAY INCLUDE REPLACEMENT OF
EXTENSIVELY DETERIORATED OR MISSING ELEMENTS.
5. HISTORICAL PHYSICAL AND PICTORIAL DOCUMENTATION, IN ADDITION
TO SURVIVING PROTOTYPES, WILL BE THE BASIS FOR ANY HISTORIC
REHABILITATION MEASURE. DOCUMENT ALL EXISTING DETAILS PRIOR
TO START OF ANY REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT WORK,
6. THE USE OF SALVAGED MATERIALS IS STRONGLY ENCOURAGED AS A
MEANS OF REPLACING FEATURES NO LONGER COMMONLY AVAILABLE.
THIS OPTION SHALL BE GIVEN THE HIGHEST PRIORITY WHEN IT IS NOT
FEASIBLE TO REPAIR A DETERIORATED ELEMENT.
7. CONTRACTOR SHALL DOCUMENT THE LOCATION, ORIENTATION AND
ANY OTHER INFORMATION THAT WILL AID IN THE CORRECT
REINSTALLATION OF AN ELEMENT PRIOR TO REMOVAL AND STORAGE
OF THAT ELEMENT AS REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR
AS MIGHT BE REQUIRED TO ALLOW OTHER WORK TO PROCEED.
8. PROTECT ALL EXISTING ELEMENTS DURING ALL PHASES OF
CONSTRUCTION WORK.
9. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HISTORICAL ELEMENT SHOP DRAWINGS
AS OUTLINED BELOW AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS.
10. CONTRACTOR SHALL MEASURE AND DOCUMENT ON HISTORICAL
ELEMENT SHOP DRAWINGS THE "GHOSTING" OF MISSING ELEMENTS
REQUIRING REPLACEMENT AND THEIR LOCATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL ALSO RECORD ON THESE SHOP DRAWINGS ANY OTHER
RELEVANT INFORMATION REGARDING THESE MISSING ELEMENTS THAT
CAN BE GLEANED FROM THE FIELD. THESE MEASUREMENTS SHALL BE
RECORDED ONTO THESE SHOP DRAWINGS AT AN APPROPRIATE SCALE
AND SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW.
11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE ON THE HISTORICAL ELEMENT SHOP
DRAWINGS THE MATERIALS OF IN SITU ELEMENTS AND PROPOSE
ALTERNATIVE MATERIALS, SHOULD THE IN SITU MATERIALS NO LONGER
BE AVAILABLE.
12. THE HISTORICAL ELEMENT SHOP DRAWINGS/SUBMITTALS SHALL
IDENTIFY HOW THE CONTRACTOR INTENDS TO FABRICATE AND INSTALL
THESE ELEMENTS. THE CITY WILL REVIEW THESE SHOP
DRAWINGS/SUBMITTALS FOR DESIGN INTENT.
13. ONCE THE CITY HAS HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW THESE SHOP
DRAWINGS, THE CITY AND CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE A SPECIAL
COORDINATION MEETING TO REVIEW THE INTERPRETATION PROPOSED
BY THE CITY AND THE RECONSTRUCTION METHOD PROPOSED BY THE
CONTRACTOR.
14. THE CITY WILL THEN ISSUE THE REVIEWED HISTORICAL ELEMENT SHOP
DRAWINGS TO THE CONTRACTOR WITH APPROPRIATE COMMENTS.
ARCHITECTURAL REPLACEMENT OF
MISSING HISTORICAL ELEMENTS
(E)
(N)
ACOUS.
ADJ.
AGGR.
ALUM.
APPROX.
ARCH.
ASPH.
BD.
BITUM.
BLDG.
BLKG.
BM.
CER.
CLG.
CLO.
COL.
CONC.
CONT.
CORR.
DTL.
DIA.
DIM.
DN
DR.
DWG.
EA.
E.J.
ELEV.
ELEC.
EQ.
EXT.
FD
FIN.
FLR.
FLUOR.
F.O.C.
FOF
FOS
FT.
FTG.
FURR.
GA.
GALV.
GL.
GYP.
CENTERLINE
POUND ORNUMBER
EXISTING
NEW
ACOUSTICAL
ADJUSTABLE
AGGREGATE
ALUMINUM
APPROXIMATE
ARCHITECTURAL
ASPHALT
BOARD
BITUMINOUS
BUILDING
BLOCKING
BEAM
CEMENT
CEILING
CLOSET
COLUMN
CONCRETE
CONTINUOUS
CORRIDOR
DETAIL
DIAMETER
DIMENSION
DOWN
DOOR
DRAWING
EACH
EXPANSION JOINT
ELEVATION/ ELEVATOR
ELECTRICAL
EQUAL
EXTERIOR
FLOOR DRAIN
FINISH
FLOOR
FLUORESCENT
FACE OF
CONCRETE
FACE OF FINISH
FACE OF STUD
FOOT OR FEET
FOOTING
FURRING
GAUGE
GALVANIZED
GLASS
GYPSUM
H.B.
H.C.
HR.
HT.
INT.
KIT.
LAM.
LAV.
MAX.
MECH.
MIN.
M.O.
N.I.C.
NO.
N.T.S.
O.C.
OPNG.
OPP.
PL.
PLYWD.
PR
PT.
PART.
R.
R.D.
REF.
REINF.
REQ.
RM.
R.O.
RWL
S.C.
SHT.
SIM.
SPEC.
SQ.
S.S.
STOR.
SUSP.
SYM.
T.O.C.
TEL.
T&G
T.O.W.
TYP.
U.O.N.
VEST.
W/
W.C.
WD.
W/O
HOSE BIBB
HOLLOW CORE
HOUR
HEIGHT
INSULATION
INTERIOR
KITCHEN
LAMINATE
LAVATORY
MAXIMUM
MECHANICAL
MINIMUM
MASONRY OPENING
NOT IN CONTRACT
NUMBER
NOT TO SCALE
ON CENTER
OPENING
OPPOSITE
PLATE
PLYWOOD
PAIR
POINT
PARTITION
RADIUS
ROOF DRAIN
REFRIGERATOR
REINFORCED
REQUIRED
ROOM
ROUGH OPENING
RAIN WATERLEADER
SOLID CORE
SHEET
SIMILAR
SPECIFICATION
SQUARE
STAINLESS STEEL
STORAGE
SUSPENDED
SYMBOL
TOP OF CURB
TELEPHONE
TONGUE
AND GROOVE
TOP OF WALL
TYPICAL
UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED
VESTIBULE
WITH
WATER CLOSET
WOOD
WITHOUT
INSUL.
P.B.O. PROVIDED
BY OWNER
o/ OVER
A.F.F.ABOVE FINISH
FLOOR
F.A.U.FORCED AIR UNIT
TOI. TOILET
T.O. TOP OF
CLR. CLEAR
@
L
#
C
S.S.D. SEE STRUCTURAL
DRAWINGS
STRUCT. STRUCTURAL
PLUMB.PLUMBING
VERT.VERTICAL
OFD OVERFLOW DRAIN
PREFIN.PREFINISHED
FDN.FOUNDATION
BTWN. BETWEEN
BOT. BOTTOM
F.E. FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
H.P.HIGH POINT
L.P.LOW POINT
MTL. METAL
OFOS OUTSIDE FACE
OF STUD
PTD PAINTED
SMACNA SHEET METAL AND
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTRACTORS'
NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
ANGLE
N.A.NOT APPLICABLE
PERM. PERMANENT
AT
CEM.
CERAMIC
PTDF PRESSURE TREATED
DOUGLAS FIR
ID INSIDE DIAMETER
OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER
PLAS. PLASTER
S.H. SINGLE HUNG
D.H.DOUBLE HUNG
1. A PROPERTY WILL BE USED AS IT WAS HISTORICALLY OR BE GIVEN A
NEW USE THAT REQUIRES MINIMAL CHANGE TO ITS DISTINCTIVE
MATERIALS, FEATURES, SPACES AND SPATIAL RELATIONSHIPS.
2. THE HISTORIC CHARACTER OF A PROPERTY WILL BE RETAINED AND
PRESERVED. THE REMOVAL OF DISTINCTIVE MATERIALS OR ALTERATION
OF FEATURES, SPACES AND SPATIAL RELATIONSHIPS THAT
CHARACTERIZE A PROPERTY WILL BE AVOIDED.
3. EACH PROPERTY WILL BE RECOGNIZED AS A PHYSICAL RECORD OF ITS
TIME, PLACE AND USE. CHANGES THAT CREATE A FALSE SENSE OF
HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT, SUCH AS ADDING CONJECTURAL FEATURES
OR ELEMENTS FROM OTHER HISTORIC PROPERTIES, WILL NOT BE
UNDERTAKEN.
4. CHANGES TO A PROPERTY THAT HAVE ACQUIRED HISTORIC
SIGNIFICANCE IN THEIR OWN RIGHT WILL BE RETAINED AND PRESERVED.
5. DISTINCTIVE MATERIALS, FEATURES, FINISHES AND CONSTRUCTION
TECHNIQUES OR EXAMPLES OF CRAFTSMANSHIP THAT CHARACTERIZE A
PROPERTY WILL BE PRESERVED.
6. DETERIORATED HISTORIC FEATURES WILL BE REPAIRED RATHER THAN
REPLACED. WHERE THE SEVERITY OF DETERIORATION REQUIRES
REPLACEMENT OF A DISTINCTIVE FEATURE, THE NEW FEATURE WILL
MATCH THE OLD IN DESIGN, COLOR, TEXTURE AND, WHERE POSSIBLE,
MATERIALS. REPLACEMENT OF MISSING FEATURES WILL BE
SUBSTANTIATED BY DOCUMENTARY AND PHYSICAL EVIDENCE.
7. CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL TREATMENTS, IF APPROPRIATE, WILL BE
UNDERTAKEN USING THE GENTLEST MEANS POSSIBLE. TREATMENTS
THAT CAUSE DAMAGE TO HISTORIC MATERIALS WILL NOT BE USED.
SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR'S
STANDARDS FOR REHABILITATION
8. ARCHEOLOGICAL RESOURCES WILL BE PROTECTED AND PRESERVED
IN PLACE. IF SUCH RESOURCES MUST BE DISTURBED, MITIGATION
MEASURES WILL BE UNDERTAKEN.
9. NEW ADDITIONS, EXTERIOR ALTERATIONS OR RELATED NEW
CONSTRUCTION WILL NOT DESTROY HISTORIC MATERIALS,
FEATURES AND SPATIAL RELATIONSHIPS THAT CHARACTERIZE THE
PROPERTY. THE NEW WORK WILL BE DIFFERENTIATED FROM THE OLD
AND WILL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE HISTORIC MATERIALS,
FEATURES, SIZE, SCALE AND PROPORTION, AND MASSING TO
PROTECT THE INTEGRITY OF THE PROPERTY AND ITS ENVIRONMENT.
10. NEW ADDITIONS AND ADJACENT OR RELATED NEW CONSTRUCTION
WILL BE UNDERTAKEN IN SUCH A MANNER THAT, IF REMOVED IN THE
FUTURE, THE ESSENTIAL FORM AND INTEGRITY OF THE HISTORIC
PROPERTY AND ITS ENVIRONMENT WOULD BE UNIMPAIRED.
FOR COMPLETE TEXT AND GUIDELINES, GO TO:
https://www.nps.gov/articles/000/treatment-standards-rehabilitation.htm
CITY SPECIFICATION NO.
DATE:
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
SH
E
E
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
of
SHEET NO.
DESIGNED BY:
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
APPROVED BY:
SCALE:
PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATION
Ja
c
k
H
o
u
s
e
R
o
o
f
,
W
i
d
o
w
s
W
a
l
k
R
e
p
a
i
r
,
a
n
d
A
r
b
o
r
R
e
p
l
a
c
e
m
e
n
t
MG
HA
AW
AS NOTED
12 JULY 2024
2000075-13
13
GE
N
E
R
A
L
N
O
T
E
S
2
A0
.
0
1
1. THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION WILL UTILIZE THE CITY PUBLIC
WORKS DEPARTMENT, ENGINEERING DIVISION'S STANDARD FORM OF
AGREEMENT FOR WORK ON CITY STRUCTURES.
2. THE CITY SHALL SUBMIT DRAWINGS FOR PLAN CHECK. THE CITY
SHALL PAY FOR ALL PLAN CHECK FEES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
PICK UP PERMITS.
3. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE 2022 CALIFORNIA HISTORICAL
BUILDING CODE, THE 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE AS WELL AS
TO THE LATEST EDITIONS OF THE ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING,
MECHANICAL, AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE CODES FOR THE
COMPLETE SCOPE OF WORK. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE
SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR STANDARDS FOR REHABILITATION AS
OUTLINED ON THIS SHEET.
4. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL LOCAL CODES AND/OR
ORDINANCES. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN CONFORMANCE
WITH THESE PLANS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS PREPARED FOR THIS
PROJECT AND THE 2020 CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS AND ENGINEERING STANDARDS, IN CONJUNCTION
WITH THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARD PLANS, 2015 EDITION
(UNREVISED), AND LATEST EDITION OF CALIFORNIA MUTCO.
5. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED SKILLFULLY AND IN ACCORDANCE
WITH ACCEPTED TRADE STANDARDS.
6. EXCEPT WHERE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDE MORE STRINGENT
REQUIREMENTS, APPLICABLE INDUSTRY STANDARDS INCLUDING
MANUFACTURER STANDARDS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
HAVE THE SAME FORCE AND EFFECT AS IF BOUND OR COPIED INTO
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SUCH STANDARDS ARE PART OF THE
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE. WHERE COMPLIANCE WITH
A STANDARD IS REQUIRED, COMPLY WITH THE STANDARD IN EFFECT
AS OF THE DATE OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE VARIOUS
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES TO ENSURE EFFICIENT AND ORDERLY
INSTALLATION OF EACH PART OF THE WORK. COORDINATE
CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS THAT ARE DEPENDENT UPON EACH
OTHER FOR PROPER INSTALLATION, CONNECTION, AND OPERATION.
8. CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE CITY OF SCHEDULE REVISIONS.
9. CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE CITY ON THE PROGRESS OF THE
WORK ON A WEEKLY BASIS OR MORE FREQUENTLY AS CONDITIONS
WARRANT.
10. CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE MEETINGS WITH THE CITY ON A
TIMELY BASIS AND TO ALLOW FOR TIME REQUIRED TO PROVIDE
APPROPRIATE RESPONSE TO ANY QUESTIONS OR SITE CONDITIONS.
11. CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR A MEETING AFTER DETERMINING
THE PROJECT DIMENSIONAL LAYOUT FOR THE REVIEW BY THE CITY.
12. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALLOW TWO WEEKS FOR REVIEW BY THE CITY
OF SUBMITTALS, SHOP DRAWINGS, SUBSTITUTIONS, AND RFI'S.
CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL SUBMITTALS FOR CLARITY AND
COMPLETENESS BEFORE ISSUING THEM TO THE CITY FOR REVIEW.
13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE CITY FOR
REVIEW OF CONFORMANCE WITH DESIGN INTENT.
14. ALL CHANGE ORDERS SHALL BE IN WRITING AND SHALL BE SIGNED
BY THE CITY, AND CONTRACTOR. CHANGE ORDERS SHALL BE SIGNED
PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE WORK OR ORDERING THE MATERIALS
ADDRESSED IN THE CHANGE ORDER.
15. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ALL PROPOSED DESIGN CHANGES OR
SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL. THE CITY SHALL NOT
BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY FIELD CHANGES IN PLANS, DETAILS, OR
SPECIFICATIONS UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING AND IN ADVANCE BY
THE CITY.
16. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY OF ALL MODIFICATIONS
REQUESTED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT, OR OFFICIAL HAVING
JURISDICTION, AND OF ALL CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE
INSPECTOR, CITY, OR OTHERS. SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE
CONSIDERED, BUT DO NOT SUBSTITUTE DETAILS, EQUIPMENT, OR
METHODS WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE CITY.
17. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH THE CITY, CODE UPGRADE WORK
NOT REQUIRED BY BUILDING INSPECTORS. IF THE CONTRACTOR
BELIEVES CODE WORK IS NECESSARY, AND IT HAS NOT BEEN
REQUIRED BY BUILDING INSPECTOR, THE CITY SHALL DETERMINE
WHETHER WORK SHALL BE UNDERTAKEN.
18. REMODELING OR REHABILITATION OF AN EXISTING BUILDING
REQUIRES THAT CERTAIN ASSUMPTIONS BE MADE REGARDING
EXISTING CONDITIONS. BECAUSE SOME OF THE ASSUMPTIONS MAY
NOT BE VERIFIABLE WITHOUT DESTROYING ADEQUATE OR
SERVICEABLE PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
VERIFY ALL QUESTIONS, CONDITIONS, AND PROCEDURES WITH THE
CITY PRIOR TO COMMENCING EACH PORTION OF THE WORK.
19. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND
CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. ANY
DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND FIELD CONDITIONS
MUST BE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE CITY FOR
CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH WORK. THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL RESOLVE ANY DISCREPANCY PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH
WORK.
20. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED
DIMENSIONS. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE
FACE OF FINISH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
21. WHERE CONSTRUCTION ABUTS ADJACENT PROPERTY OR AN EXISTING
STRUCTURE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY, PRIOR TO THE START
OF WORK, IF ANY CONDITIONS WILL AFFECT WORK PROGRESS OR
CONFORMANCE TO THESE DOCUMENTS.
22. THE REMOVAL OR ALTERING IN ANY WAY OF EXISTING WORK SHALL BE
CARRIED ON IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO PREVENT INJURY OR DAMAGE
TO ANY PORTION(S) OF THE EXISTING WORK, WHICH REMAIN(S).
23. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE INCURRED
AS A RESULT OF THE WORK. ANY DAMAGE SHALL BE REHABILITATED AT
NO ADDITIONAL COST TO CITY. REPAIR WORK MUST FOLLOW THE
SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR'S STANDARDS FOR REHABILITATION.
24. EXECUTE WORK TO ENSURE THE SAFETY OF PERSONS AND ADJACENT
PROPERTY FROM DAMAGE CAUSED BY CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS WORK. WHERE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IS
CUT, DAMAGED, OR REMODELED, PATCH OR REPLACE WITH MATERIALS
TO MATCH IN KIND, QUALITY, AND PERFORMANCE WITH ADJACENT
MATERIALS.
25. DO NOT NOTCH, BORE, OR CUT MEMBERS FOR PIPES, DUCTS, OR
OTHER REASONS WITHOUT THE SPECIFIC, ADVANCE WRITTEN
APPROVAL OF THE CITY.
26. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CAPPING OFF ANY UTILITY
LINES DISTURBED DURING THE DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION
PROCESS THAT COULD BE A SAFETY HAZARD OR CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE BUILDING.
27. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL TEMPORARY
SUPPORTS, BARRICADES, AND SHORING AS REQUIRED DURING THE
CONSTRUCTION PROCESS.
28. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL NEW WORK SHALL MATCH
EXISTING MATERIALS, DETAILS, TRIM, ETC. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
POSSIBLE. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF THE SAME KIND AND FROM A
SINGLE SOURCE.
29. PRIOR TO ORDERING OR FABRICATING MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, OR
PRODUCTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THAT THE SIZE AND
PRODUCTS INDICATED MEET THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS.
30. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
IMMEDIATELY UPON DELIVERY AND AGAIN PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
CONTRACTOR SHALL REJECT DAMAGED AND DEFECTIVE ITEMS.
31. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, AND
MATERIALS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. FOLLOW
MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY. MANUFACTURER'S
INSTRUCTIONS AND GUARANTEES SHALL BE GIVEN TO THE CITY AT THE
END OF THE JOB.
32. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FLASH AND COUNTER FLASH TO SMACNA
STANDARDS, INDUSTRY STANDARDS, AND MANUFACTURER'S
SPECIFICATIONS WHEREVER NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A WATERPROOF
AND WEATHERPROOF CONSTRUCTION PROJECT.
33. IF OPENED IN COURSE OF WORK PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW
FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION TO MEET THE MINIMUM R-VALUE
REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE.
34. NOT USED
35. ADEQUATE PREPARATION OF THE SUBSTRATE IS IMPERATIVE FOR
PROPER BONDING OF THE PAINT. PREPARE EACH SUBSTRATE AS
RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. CLEAN ALL SURFACES
THROUGHOUT, REMOVE ANY PAINT WHERE BONDING FAILURE IS
EVIDENT & ROUGHEN ANY SURFACES AS REQUIRED FOR ADHESION OF
(N) PAINT.
36. ALL EXTERIOR EXPOSED WOOD TO BE APPROVED, NATURALLY
WEATHER AND PEST RESISTANT, OR PRESSURE TREATED WHERE
ALLOWED BY THE DOCUMENTS. ALL CUTS SHALL BE TREATED W/
PRESERVATIVE COATING BEFORE INSTALLATION. ALL METAL
CONNECTORS AND FASTENERS IN CONTACT WITH TREATED WOOD
SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED OR STAINLESS STEEL.
37. ALL REPLACEMENT SIDING AND EXTERIOR TRIM SHALL BE TIGHT
VERTICAL GRAIN REDWOOD (NO SAP WOOD), ALTERNATE CAN BE
TIGHT VERTICAL GRAIN YELLOW CEDAR (NO SAP WOOD,) U.O.N.;ALL
TO MATCH PROFILE AND DIMENSIONS OF THE EXISTING, U.O.N.
38. ALL FINISHES SHALL BE APPLIED AS FOLLOWS:
a. EXTERIOR: THREE COAT, (STAIN & SEAL WHERE INDICATED)
b. INTERIOR: TWO COAT FOR LIGHT INTERIOR, THREE COAT FOR DARK
INTERIOR, (STAIN & SEAL WHERE INDICATED)
c. COLORS TO BE SELECTED BY THE CITY FROM SHERWIN-WILLIAMS
AS STANDARD PAINT MANUFACTURER FOR THE PROPERTY. FINAL
ACCEPTANCE OF COLORS WILL BE FROM JOB-APPLIED SAMPLES.
PROVIDE FULL COAT FINISH SAMPLES ON SURFACES WITH A MINIMUM
SIZE OF 4 SF FOR APPROVAL BY THE CITY.
39. AS A MINIMUM, ALL EXTERIOR WOOD TRIM SHALL BE PAINT GRADE,
TIGHT VERTICAL GRAIN, WEATHER-RESISTANT WOOD.
40. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT CITY FOR DECISIONS REGARDING ALL
MATERIALS PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR WHICH REQUIRE COLOR OR
FINISH SELECTIONS.
41. NOT USED
42. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE JOB SITE CLEAN AND SAFE AT
ALL TIMES, INCLUDING CLEANING MATERIALS, PROTECTING
CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS AND ADJOINING MATERIALS IN PLACE.
PROVIDE TEMPORARY, PROTECTIVE COVERINGS WHERE NECESSARY
TO ENSURE PROTECTION FROM DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION.
43. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERIODICALLY CLEAN AND MAINTAIN
COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION ON A REGULAR BASIS. AT THE
COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, PROVIDE A FINAL CLEANING OF ALL
SURFACES. BROOM SWEEP EXTERIOR SURFACES, AND VACUUM
INTERIOR FLOORS ALONG PATH OF TRAVEL. CONTRACTOR SHALL
LEAVE THE PREMISES CLEAN AND ORDERLY AND READY FOR
OCCUPANCY.
44. CONTRACTOR SHALL DISPOSE OF ALL DEBRIS AND WASTE OFF SITE
IN A LEGAL MANNER ON A REGULAR BASIS TO PREVENT EXCESS
ACCUMULATION ON SITE.
45. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE (E) BUILDING FOR ANY
ADDITIONAL PROBLEMS OR CONCERNS (STRUCTURAL, FINISH,
MECHANICAL, ETC.) WHICH ARE NOT REFLECTED IN THE DRAWINGS &
NOTATIONS AND THEN REPORT ANY FINDINGS TO THE CITY DURING
BID PHASE AND BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK.
46. CONTRACTOR SHALL COVER AND PROTECT LANDSCAPE AREAS AND
PLANTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING EACH WORK DAY. APPLIED
COVER MATERIAL SHALL ALLOW AIRFLOW TO PLANTS.
47. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THEIR OWN TOILET FACILITIES FOR
DURATION OF WORK; ON SITE TOILET FACILITIES ARE NOT TO BE
UTILIZED BY CONSTRUCTION STAFF.
No. C-14833
REN. 1/31/25
ARCHIT
E
C
T
DESNECIL
FOET
A
T
S
AC L I F O RNIA
A NLA GAR
A
V
A
GLIA
LEAHCI
M No. C-C-1483314833
REN. 1/. 31/255
ARCHHIIIITTT
EE
CC
T
DESNECCIILL
FOET
A
TT
T
AA
S
AACCA LL II F O RRNIA
AA NNLLAAA GGAAGG
RRR
AA
V
AA
A
VV
G
AA
LIIAA
LEEEAAHHCCI
M
Page 28 of 1527
REST ROOMS
AC
C
E
S
S
D
R
I
V
E
CARRIAGE
HOUSE
FE
N
C
E
A
R
O
U
N
D
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
GAZEBO
MARSH STREET
CA
T
E
R
I
N
G
KI
T
C
H
E
N
225'-0"
16
2
'
-
0
"
FE
N
C
E
A
R
O
U
N
D
P
R
O
P
E
R
T
Y
FENCE AROUND PROPERTY
FENCE AROUND PROPERTYBBQ
PA
T
H
WASH HOUSE
(E) GATE
SCALE: 1" = 10'
SITE PLAN
SHEET NOTES
KEY NOTES
1. PROPERTY LINES ARE FROM
ASSESSOR PARCEL MAP, EXISTING
STRUCTURE LOCATION, SITE
FEATURES, & DRIVEWAYS ARE BASED
ON A CITY LANDSCAPE PLAN.
2. (E) TREE LOCATIONS ARE BASED ON
CITY LANDSCAPE PLAN
3. (E) PAVED PEDESTRIAN PATHS ARE TO
REMAIN, UON; ALL PATHS
IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO AREA OF
WORK OR USED FOR CREW
CIRCULATION / MATERIAL TRANSPORT
ARE TO BE PROTECTED FOR
DURATION OF SCOPE OF WORK.
4. (E) PICKET FENCING TO REMAIN, UON
5. MATERIALS STORAGE, EXTERIOR
WORK AREA, AND PATH OF TRAVEL
FOR CREW CIRCULATION / MATERIAL
TRANSPORT TO BE COORDINATED
WITH AND APPROVED BY CITY.
COORDINATE SCOPE OF WORK
OF ALL TRADES BEFORE ANY
WORK STARTED.
REF. N
TRUE N
1 (E) HISTORIC HOUSE, TO REMAIN;
SEE PLANS FOR SPECIFIC SCOPE OF
WORK
(E) HISTORIC CARRIAGE HOUSE, TO
REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED FOR
DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION
(E) HISTORIC WASH HOUSE, TO
REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED
(E) CATERER'S KITCHEN, RESTROOM
BUILDING, AND ATTACHED TRELLIS
TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED
(E) GAZEBO, TO REMAIN AND BE
PROTECTED
(E) FACETED FENCE IS NOT IN SCOPE
AND IS TO REMAIN AND BE
PROTECTED FOR DURATION OF
CONSTRUCTION
ARBOR/ TRELLIS TO BE
RECONSTRUCTED BASED ON (E)
POST BASE LOCATIONS; EXISTING
SALVAGED ELEMENTS LOCATED AT
CITY CORP YARD ARE TO BE USED
AS TEMPLATES FOR RECREATING
THE REPLACEMENT PARTS; SEE
SHEET A8.04
(E) CURVED LATTICE SCREEN &
BENCH IS NOT IN SCOPE AND IS TO
REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED FOR
DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION
(E) ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL
(E) PLANTER TO REMAIN AND BE
PROTECTED FOR DURATION OF
CONSTRUCTION
(E) PLANTING AREAS OF GARDEN TO
REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED,
TYPICAL
(E) LAWN AREA OF GARDEN TO
REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED,
TYPICAL
(E) FIRE SPRINKLER POC INTO HOUSE
TO REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED FOR
DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION
(E) ELECTRICAL METER PANEL TO
REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED FOR
DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION
(E) GAS METER TO REMAIN AND BE
PROTECTED FOR DURATION OF
CONSTRUCTION
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
8
3
4
14
15
1
13
9
9
9
5
7
10
2
10
10
6
CITY SPECIFICATION NO.
DATE:
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
SH
E
E
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
of
SHEET NO.
DESIGNED BY:
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
APPROVED BY:
SCALE:
PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATION
MG
HA
AW
AS NOTED
13
SI
T
E
P
L
A
N
3
A1
.
0
1
11
11
11 11 12
12
12
12 JULY 2024
2000075-13
Ja
c
k
H
o
u
s
e
R
o
o
f
,
W
i
d
o
w
s
W
a
l
k
R
e
p
a
i
r
,
a
n
d
A
r
b
o
r
R
e
p
l
a
c
e
m
e
n
t
No. C-14833
REN. 1/31/25
ARCHIT
E
C
T
DESNECIL
FO
E
T
A
T
S
AC L I F O RNIA
A NLA GAR
A
V
A
GLIA
LEAHCIMNo. C-C-1483314833
REN. 1/N.31/255
ARCHHIIITT
E
CC
TT
DESSNECIILL
FO
E
T
A
TT
T
AA
S
AACCA LL I F OO RRNIA
AA NNNLLAAAAAA GGAAGG
RR
AA
V
AA
A
VV
G
AA
LIIAAA
LEAAHHCCIM
Page 29 of 1527
2'-0"
10'-10"
17'-10" ±10'-10" ±
18'-4 1/2"17'-10"
36'-2 1/2" ±
0'-2"7'-1"7'-0 1/2"
1'-8"
4'-2"
45
'
-
3
"
±
1'-6"
3'-11"
45°
18 1/2"
3'
-
7
"
7'-8"
4'
-
8
1
/
2
"
1'-7"
25
'
-
5
1
/
2
"
±
5'
-
1
1
"
2'-0"
36'-2 1/2" ±
12 1/2"
10'-11 1/2"22'-6 3/4"
3'-0"
2'
-
2
"
12 1/2"
45
'
-
3
"
±
15
'
-
6
"
21'-1 1/2" ±
45.59°LIVING ROOM
DINING ROOM
PORCH
HALL
FOOD
PREPARATION
BUTLER'S
PANTRY
LIBRARY
BEDROOM #2
MASTER
DRESSING ROOM
MASTER
BEDROOM
NURSERY
BATH STORAGE
BEDROOM #3
BEDROOM #1
12 BATH
7'
-
7
1
/
2
"
9'
-
3
"
±
4'-3 1/2" ±
9'
-
0
1
/
2
"
±
10
'
-
2
"
±
DN
DN
18 1/2"
1'-8"
5'
-
1
1
"
ROOF BELOW
12
"
APPROX. 0.6
SQUARE OF
ROOFING
APPROX. 0.46
SQUARE OF
ROOFING
APPROX. 0.46
SQUARE OF
ROOFING
APPROX. 1.0
SQUARE OF
ROOFING
CLO.
CLO.
DN
HALL
ROOF BELOW
APPROX. 2.45
SQUARES OF
ROOFING
HALL
UP
PORCH
ATTIC
ACCESS
LINE OF (E)
ROOF
OVERHANG
ABOVE, TYP.
REF. N
TRUE N
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
SECOND FLOOR PLAN
SHEET NOTES
1. PROTECT IN PLACE ALL EXISTING (E)
ELEMENTS TO REMAIN, TO PREVENT
DAMAGE OF ADJACENT AREAS DURING
CONSTRUCTION WORK.
W/ (N) SHTMTL FLASHING @ ROOF TO
WALL JOINT AT EAVE EDGES ALL TO BE
INSTALLED PER NRCA STANDARDS.
REMOVE (E) MINERAL CAP SHEET
ROOFING MATERIAL, AND FLASHING
DOWN TO (E) WOOD SHEATHING,
REPLACE ANY DAMAGED OR
DETERIORATED SHEATHING AS
REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A PROPER
SUBSTRATE. INSTALL (N) DOUBLE
LAPPED CAP SHEET ROOFING W/ 17”
EXPOSURE FROM A 39” WIDTH ROLL.
INSTALL GALV SHT MTL BASE &
COUNTER FLASHING AT WALL
INTEGRATED WITH ROOFING AND GALV
SHT MTL EDGE FLASHING PER NRCA
STANDARDS
(E) CONDITIONS OF SHEET METAL TILE
ROOFING TO BE DOCUMENTED IN
WRITING, AND BY PHOTOS THEN
SUBMITTED TO CITY, IDENTIFYING S.F.
AREA OF CORROSION & L.F. OF
SOLDERING/JOINT SEALING. SURFACE
CORROSION TO BE CLEANED, TREATED
WITH RUST CONVERTING SOLUTION,
COATED W/ CORROSION INHIBITIVE
PRIMER, AND THEN REPAINTED W/
COLOR TO MATCH (E). ALL OPEN JOINTS
ARE TO BE SEALED W/ A COMPATIBLE,
PAINTABLE SEALANT AFTER CLEANING
OF SHEET METAL.
CLEAN SURFACE CORROSION ON (E)
SHEET METAL FLASHING & GUTTER AT
ROOF OVERHANG, TREAT WITH RUST
CONVERTING SOLUTION, COAT W/
CORROSION INHIBITIVE PRIMER, AND
THEN REPAINT TO MATCH (E) BY COLOR
NUMBER; WHERE CORROSION IS NOT
REPAIRABLE REPLACE W/ (N) GALV SHT
MTL GUTTER & FLASHING TO MATCH (E)
PROFILE AND FINISH. REMOVE ALL
DEBRIS FROM AND CLEAN GUTTERS,
THEN INSTALL (N) DEBRIS SCREEN O/
ALL GUTTERS TO KEEP OUT TREE
DEBRIS
(E) FIRE SPRINKLER CONNECTIONS TO
REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED FOR
DURATION OF ALL WORK
(E) ELECTRICAL METER PANEL TO
REMAIN AND BE PROTECTED FOR
DURATION OF ALL WORK
(E) DECORATIVE WOOD ROOF RAILING
TO BE REHABILITATED WITH RAILING TO
BE DISASSEMBLED INTO INDIVIDUAL
ELEMENTS & TAGGED FOR SPECIFIC
LOCATION IN ASSEMBLY, AND ALL PAINT
TO BE STRIPPED, METHOD TO BE
DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR PER
SPECIFICATIONS. AFTER PAINT IS
STRIPPED, PREPARE A SUMMARY LIST
OF HISTORIC RAIL ELEMENTS THAT
WILL NEED TO BE REPLACED IN-KIND,
DUE TO DETERIORATION, AND SUBMIT
TO CITY. ALL REPLACEMENT ELEMENTS
SHALL BE FABRICATED USING THE
SHAPE AND PROFILE OF THE
REMAINING (E) ELEMENTS, THAT ARE TO
BE RE-INSTALLED, AS TEMPLATES.
DUTCHMAN REPAIRS SHOULD BE USED
BEFORE FULL REPLACEMENT OF
ELEMENT. EPOXY WOOD PATCHING
LIMITED TO 1 CUBIC INCH OF VOLUME
PER PATCH FOLLOWING
MANUFACTURER'S MINIMUM THICKNESS
EDGE. ALL REPLACEMENT WOOD MUST
BE NATURALLY WEATHER & PEST
RESISTANT, NO EXPOSED PTDF. SEE
SHT A8.03
(E) PLUMBING PENETRATIONS, AT THIS
LOCATION, TO BE REMOVED, AND
CAPPED IF REQUIRED, THEN PATCH
HOLES IN SHEATHING IN PREPARATION
FOR FLASHING & REROOFING. SEE
DETAIL 3/A8.01.
3
4
5
6
7
8
2. DEMOLISH AND REMOVE COMPLETE
ITEMS NOTED FOR DEMOLITION.REFER
TO ARCHITECTURAL GENERAL NOTES,
AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL
DEMOLITION-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.
3. MOVE ITEMS NOTED FOR SALVAGE TO
CITY'S DESIGNATED STORAGE
LOCATION, PROTECTED FROM
WEATHER AND RAISED ABOVE GROUND
SURFACE, UON
4. ALL HORIZONTAL SURFACES ARE TO
HAVE MINIMUM 1/4”/FT SLOPE TO AVOID
STANDING WATER, UON
9
CITY SPECIFICATION NO.
DATE:
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
SH
E
E
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
of
SHEET NO.
DESIGNED BY:
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
APPROVED BY:
SCALE:
PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATION
MG
HA
AW
AS NOTED
13
FL
O
O
R
P
L
A
N
S
4
6
7
1
35 9
4
5
8
2
2
2
A2
.
0
1
TYP.
TYP.
BAY
TYP.
BAY
TYP.
BAY
5. ALL SHEET METAL JOINTS TO BE
SOLDERED OR SEALED TO BE
WEATHER TIGHT FOLLOWING SMACNA
STANDARDS.
6. ALL ROOF TO WALL JOINTS MUST BE
PROPERLY FLASHED WEATHER TIGHT.
7. ALL (E) HISTORIC WINDOWS & DOORS,
TRIM & OTHER SIMILAR ELEMENTS ARE
TO REMAIN IN PLACE & BE PROTECTED
FROM DAMAGE FOR THE DURATION OF
CONSTRUCTION, UON.
8. ALL WORK ON HISTORIC ELEMENTS IS
TO FOLLOW THE SECRETARY OF THE
INTERIOR'S STANDARDS. SEE SHEET
A-0.01 FOR STANDARDS AND LINK TO
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
9. AREAS OF ROOFING NOTED ARE
APPROXIMATE FOR REFERENCE ONLY
FOR PURPOSES OF BIDDING. FINAL
ACTUAL AREA QUANTITIES MUST BE
FIELD MEASURED BY CONTRACTOR.
10. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR
REFERENCE ONLY AND NEED TO BE
VERIFIED IN FIELD PRIOR TO BEING
USED FOR AREA/QUANTITY
DETERMINATION.
11. COORDINATE SCOPE OF WORK OF ALL
TRADES BEFORE ANY WORK STARTED.
KEY NOTES
1 (E) CRAWL SPACE ACCESS TO REMAIN
REMOVE ALL (E) ROLL ROOFING
MATERIALS, AND FLASHING DOWN TO
(E) WOOD SHEATHING, REPLACE ANY
DAMAGED OR DETERIORATED
SHEATHING AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE
A PROPER SUBSTRATE. INSTALL (N)
CLASS “A” COMP SHINGLE ROOFING O/
ROOFING FELT PER NRCA STANDARDS
2
ESTIMATED QUANTITIES CHART
ELEMENT S.F.(DEMO+REPLACE) SPEC SEC.
ROOFING
OCTAGONAL BAY (2) 2@46 EA.073113, 076200, 079200
RECTANGULAR BAY 60 073113, 076200, 079200
REAR PORCH ROOF 100 075200, 076200, 079200
FRONT PORCH (METAL) 245 (REPAIR ONLY)076100, 076200, 079200
GUTTER L.F.(CLEAN/REPLACE)
FRONT PORCH ROOF 54 / 5 076200, 079200
12 JULY 2024
2000075-13
Ja
c
k
H
o
u
s
e
R
o
o
f
,
W
i
d
o
w
s
W
a
l
k
R
e
p
a
i
r
,
a
n
d
A
r
b
o
r
R
e
p
l
a
c
e
m
e
n
t
No. C-14833
REN. 1/31/25
ARCHIT
E
C
T
DESNECIL
FOE
T
A
T
S
AC L I F O RNIA
A NLA GAR
A
V
A
GLIA
LEAHCI
M No. C-C-148334833
REN. 1/N 31/2525
ARCHHHIITT
E
CC
TT
DESSNNECILL
FOE
T
A
TT
T
AA
S
AACCA LL I F OO RRNIA
AA NNLLAAAA GGAAGG
RR
AA
V
AA
A
VV
G
AA
LIAA
LLEEAAHHCCI
M
Page 30 of 1527
11'-0" ±
COORD. W/ RAFTER SPACE, TYP.
APPROX. 2.0 SQUARES
OF ROOFING
APPROX. 3.00
SQUARES OF
ROOFING
APPROX. 15.50
SQUARES OF
ROOFING
UP
ALIGN W/
SHINGLE
COURSE
REF. N
TRUE N
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
(E) FOUNDATION PLAN - REF. ONLY
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
ROOF PLAN
KEY NOTES
1 REMOVE (E) WOOD SHINGLES ROOFING
MATERIALS, AND FLASHING DOWN TO (E)
PLYWOOD SHEATHING, REPLACE ANY DAMAGED
OR DETERIORATED PLYWOOD AS REQUIRED TO
PROVIDE A PROPER SUBSTRATE. PREP FOR
INSTALLATION OF (N) FIRE RETARDANT
TREATED CEDAR SHINGLES.
REMOVE (E) CAP SHEET PATCH ROOFING
MATERIALS, AND FLASHING DOWN TO (E)
PLYWOOD SHEATHING, REPLACE ANY DAMAGED
OR DETERIORATED PLYWOOD AS REQUIRED TO
PROVIDE A PROPER SUBSTRATE. PREP FOR
INSTALLATION OF (N) FIRE RETARDANT
TREATED CEDAR SHINGLES.
INSTALL (N) CLASS ”B” FIRE RETARDANT
TREATED CEDAR SHINGLES O/ VENTILATION
MAT, O/ ROOFING FELT O/ 5/8” TYPE “X” GYP
SHEATHING O/ (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING.
1. PROTECT IN PLACE ALL EXISTING (E)
ELEMENTS TO REMAIN, TO PREVENT
DAMAGE OF ADJACENT AREAS DURING
CONSTRUCTION WORK.
2. DEMOLISH AND REMOVE COMPLETE
ITEMS NOTED FOR DEMOLITION. REFER
TO ARCHITECTURAL GENERAL NOTES,
AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL
DEMOLITION-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
3. MOVE ITEMS NOTED FOR SALVAGE TO
CITY'S DESIGNATED STORAGE
LOCATION, PROTECTED FROM
WEATHER AND RAISED ABOVE GROUND
SURFACE, UON
4. ALL HORIZONTAL SURFACES ARE TO
HAVE MINIMUM 1/4”/FT SLOPE TO AVOID
STANDING WATER, UON.
5. ALL SHEET METAL
JOINTS TO BE SOLDERED
OR SEALED TO BE
WEATHERTIGHT
FOLLOWING SMACNA
STANDARDS.
2
2
2
1
9
8
12
1
8
9
11
1
10 10
CITY SPECIFICATION NO.
DATE:
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
SH
E
E
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
of
SHEET NO.
DESIGNED BY:
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
APPROVED BY:
SCALE:
PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATION
MG
HA
AW
AS NOTED
13
FO
U
N
D
A
T
I
O
N
&
R
O
O
F
P
L
A
N
S
5
3
33
3
3
3
TYP.
TYP.
SIM.
CHIMNEY
FLASHING
13
TYP.
17
SHEET NOTES
A2
.
0
2
15
14
TYP.
OF 7
TYP.
16
TYP.
ATTIC VENTILATION
(E) ATTIC AREA = 1,668 SF
USE 1 / 300 FOR HIGH AND LOW VENTS
1,668/300= 5.56 SF TOTAL VENT AREA REQUIRED
5.56/2= 2.78 SF @ HIGH AND LOW (50/50)
(E) HIGH VENT IS 18”x18” CLEAR (2.25 SF)
5.56-2.25= 3.31 SF REQ'D AREA FOR LOW VENTS.
USE 7 LOW VENTS OF APPROX 72 SQ. IN. CLEAR
VENT AREA EACH
6 6
TYP.
TYP.
TYP.
TYP.
TYP.
5 TYP.
ESTIMATED QUANTITIES CHART
ELEMENT S.F.(DEMO+REPLACE) SPEC SEC.
ROOFING
REAR BATH / STOR. ROOF 200 075200, 076200, 079200
MAIN -WOOD SHINGLE 1550 073129, 076200, 079200
MAIN - LOW SLOPE 300 075200, 076200, 079200
MAIN - CAPPATCH 415 (DEMO ONLY)024119, 024290
GUTTER L.F.(CLEAN/REPLACE)
MAIN ROOF 170 / 20 076200, 079200
6. ALL PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL
PENETRATIONS MUST BE FLASHED
WEATHERTIGHT TO ROOF ASSEMBLY
PER SMACNA STANDARDS.
7. PROVIDE REQUIRED HIGH /LOW ATTIC
VENTILATION, PER CBC SECTION
1202.2.1 W/ FREE AREA NOT LESS THAN
1/300 OF ATTIC AREA.
8. ALL WORK ON HISTORIC ELEMENTS IS
TO FOLLOW THE SECRETARY OF THE
INTERIOR'S STANDARDS. SEE SHEET
A-0.01 FOR STANDARDS AND LINK TO
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
9. AREAS OF ROOFING NOTED ARE
APPROXIMATE FOR REFERENCE ONLY
FOR PURPOSES OF BIDDING. FINAL
ACTUAL AREA QUANTITIES MUST BE
FIELD MEASURED BY CONTRACTOR.
10. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR
REFERENCE ONLY AND NEED TO BE
VERIFIED IN FIELD PRIOR TO BEING
USED FOR AREA/QUANTITY
DETERMINATION.
11. COORDINATE SCOPE OF WORK OF ALL
TRADES BEFORE ANY WORK STARTED.
REMOVE & REPLACE (E) MINERAL CAP
SHEET ROOFING MATERIALS, AND
FLASHING.
PROVIDE STEEL ANGLE RISERS SET IN
PITCH PANS FOR (E) STEEL ANGLE
CHIMNEY BRACES AND RECONNECT
BRACES ABOVE PITCH PAN.
(E) STEEL ANGLE CHIMNEY BRACES TO
REMAIN.
NOT USED
PROVIDE AND INSTALL (N) STEPPED
HOT DIPPED GALV SHEET METAL
COUNTER FLASHING AT CHIMNEY, SET
INTO RAKED AND CLEANED OUT
MORTAR JOINT W/ HOOKED METAL
EDGE, THEN FILL JOINT WITH SPECIFIED
SEALANT.
4
2
5
6
8
PROVIDE AND INSTALL (N) HOT DIPPED,
SOLDERED, GALV SHEET METAL CAP
EXTENDED OVER (E) CHIMNEY BRACE BAND
AND BRACE ANGLE CONNECTIONS. FINISH
TO MATCH BRICK COLOR. SEE DTL 20/A8.01
PROVIDE AND INSTALL (N) HOT DIPPED,
SOLDERED, GALV SHT MTL CRICKET W/ GALV
SHT MTL COUNTER FLASHING SET INTO
MORTAR JOINT W/ HOOKED METAL EDGE,
THEN FILL JOINT W/ SEALANT. SEE DTLS
10/A8.01 & 20/A8.01
(E) ROOF ACCESS HATCH TO REMAIN. FLASH
(N) MINERAL CAP SHEET ROOFING TO (E)
CURB
(E) DECORATIVE WOOD ROOF RAILING TO BE
REHABILITATED WITH RAILING TO BE
DISASSEMBLED INTO INDIVIDUAL ELEMENTS
& TAGGED FOR SPECIFIC LOCATION IN
ASSEMBLY, AND ALL PAINT TO BE STRIPPED,
METHOD TO BE DETERMINED BY
CONTRACTOR PER SPECIFICATIONS. AFTER
PAINT IS STRIPPED, PREPARE A SUMMARY
LIST OF HISTORIC RAIL ELEMENTS THAT WILL
NEED TO BE REPLACED IN-KIND, DUE TO
DETERIORATION, AND SUBMIT TO CITY. ALL
REPLACEMENT ELEMENTS SHALL BE
FABRICATED USING THE SHAPE AND
PROFILE OF THE REMAINING (E) ELEMENTS,
THAT ARE TO BE RE-INSTALLED, AS
TEMPLATES. DUTCHMAN REPAIRS SHOULD
BE USED BEFORE FULL REPLACEMENT OF
ELEMENT. EPOXY WOOD PATCHING LIMITED
TO 1 CUBIC INCH OF VOLUME PER PATCH
FOLLOWING MANUFACTURER'S MINIMUM
THICKNESS EDGE. ALL REPLACEMENT WOOD
MUST BE NATURALLY WEATHER & PEST
RESISTANT, NO EXPOSED PTDF. SEE SHT
A8.03
(E) HIGH ROOF VENT TO HAVE (N) LOUVERED
SCREENED VENTS INSTALLED (MATCHING
EXISTING OPENING SIZE) @ ALL 4 FACES,
JOINTS SEALED, REPAINTED. PROPERLY
FLASH THE VENT TO (N) LOW SLOPE
ROOFING SYSTEM.
INSTALL PAINTED (N) LOW-PROFILE SHT MTL
LOW ROOF VENTS OPENING TO ATTIC, TYP
OF 7. ALIGNMENT OF LOWER VENT EDGE
SHALL BE COORDINATED W/ SHINGLE
COURSES, TYP. AT ALL LOCATIONS.
REMOVE (E) CAP SHEET ROOFING AND
FLASHING DOWN TO (E) WOOD SHEATHING,
REPLACE ANY DAMAGED OR DETERIORATED
SHEATHING AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A
PROPER SUBSTRATE. INSTALL (N) DOUBLE
LAPPED CLASS “A” MINERAL CAP SHEET
ROOFING W/ 17” EXPOSURE FROM A 39”
WIDTH ROLL. INSTALL GALV SHT MTL BASE &
COUNTER FLASHING AT WALL INTEGRATED
WITH ROOFING AND GALV SHT MTL EDGE
FLASHING PER NRCA STANDARDS
REMOVE (E) CAP SHEET ROOFING
MATERIALS AND FLASHING DOWN TO (E)
SHEATHING, REPLACE ANY DAMAGED OR
DETERIORATED SHEATHING AS REQUIRED
TO PROVIDE A PROPER SUBSTRATE. INSTALL
(N) CLASS “A” MINERAL CAP SHEETING ROLL
ROOFING SLOPED TO DRAIN @ ALL 4 EDGES
SURFACE CORROSION ON (E) GUTTER &
TRANSITION FLASHING TO BE CLEANED,
TREATED WITH RUST CONVERTING
SOLUTION, COATED W/ CORROSION
INHIBITIVE PRIMER, RECOAT INTERIOR, AND
THEN REPAINT W/ COLOR TO MATCH (E). ALL
OPEN JOINTS ARE TO BE SEALED W/ A
COMPATIBLE, PAINTABLE SEALANT AFTER
CLEANING OF SHT MTL. IF GUTTER HAS
THROUGH-CORROSION, REPLACE
CORRODED GUTTER SECTION W/ (N) METAL
GUTTER SECTION THAT MATCHES (E)
MATERIAL, PROFILE, AND FINISH. SOLDER IN
(N) SECTION TO BE WATERTIGHT. REMOVE
ALL DEBRIS FROM AND CLEAN GUTTERS,
THEN INSTALL (N) DEBRIS SCREEN O/ ALL
GUTTERS TO KEEP OUT TREE DEBRIS
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
12 JULY 2024
2000075-13
3
7
Ja
c
k
H
o
u
s
e
R
o
o
f
,
W
i
d
o
w
s
W
a
l
k
R
e
p
a
i
r
,
a
n
d
A
r
b
o
r
R
e
p
l
a
c
e
m
e
n
t
No. C-14833
REN. 1/31/25
ARCHIT
E
C
T
DESNECIL
FOET
A
T
S
AC L I F O RNIA
A NLA GAR
A
V
A
GLIA
LEAHCI
M No. C-C-148334833
REN. 1/N 31/2525
ARCHHHIITT
E
CC
TT
DESSNNECILL
FOET
A
TT
T
AA
S
AACCA LL II F OO RRNIA
AA NNLLAAAAAAA GGGAAGG
RRR
AA
V
AA
A
VV
G
AA
LIIAAA
LEAAHHCCI
M
Page 31 of 1527
13
'
-
3
1
/
2
"
3'
-
1
0
"
26
'
-
4
"
3'
-
0
"
16'-2" ±
6'
-
5
"
12
'
-
0
1
/
2
"
2ND FLOOR
FLOOR LINE FLR. LN
CLG.
CLG.
1'
-
0
"
15'-2" ±
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
SOUTH ELEVATION
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
EAST ELEVATION
SHEET NOTES KEY NOTES
1 REMOVE (E) WOOD SHINGLE ROOFING
AND FLASHING DOWN TO (E)
SHEATHING, REPLACE ANY DAMAGED
OR DETERIORATED SHEATHING AS
REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A PROPER
SUBSTRATE. PREP FOR NEW ROOFING.
REMOVE (E) CAP SHEET PATCH
ROOFING AND FLASHING DOWN TO (E)
SHEATHING, REPLACE ANY DAMAGED
OR DETERIORATED SHEATHING AS
REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A PROPER
SUBSTRATE. PREP FOR NEW ROOFING.
INSTALL (N) CLASS ”B” FIRE RETARDANT
TREATED CEDAR SHINGLES O/
VENTILATION MAT, O/ ROOFING FELT O/
5/8” TYPE “X” GYP SHEATHING O/ (E)
PLYWOOD SHEATHING.
(E) SHEET METAL BASE FLASHING AND
GUTTER TO BE CLEANED, RECOATED,
AND REPAINTED W/ CORROSION
INHIBITIVE PRIMER, AND FINISH COATS.
REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM AND CLEAN
GUTTERS, THEN RESEAL/RESOLDER
ANY OPEN JOINTS.
1. PROTECT IN PLACE ALL EXISTING (E)
ELEMENTS TO REMAIN, TO PREVENT
DAMAGE OF ADJACENT AREAS DURING
CONSTRUCTION WORK.
2. DEMOLISH AND REMOVE COMPLETE
ITEMS NOTED FOR DEMOLITION. REFER
TO ARCHITECTURAL GENERAL NOTES,
AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL
DEMOLITION-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.
3. MOVE ITEMS NOTED FOR SALVAGE TO
CITY'S DESIGNATED STORAGE
LOCATION, PROTECTED FROM
WEATHER AND RAISED ABOVE GROUND
SURFACE, UON.
4. ALL SHEET METAL JOINTS TO BE
SOLDERED OR SEALED TO BE
WEATHERTIGHT FOLLOWING SMACNA
STANDARDS.
5. ALL ROOF TO WALL JOINTS MUST BE
PROPERLY FLASHED WEATHERTIGHT.
6. ALL (E) HISTORIC WINDOWS & DOORS,
TRIM & OTHER SIMILAR ELEMENTS ARE
TO REMAIN IN PLACE & BE PROTECTED
FROM DAMAGE FOR THE DURATION OF
CONSTRUCTION, UON.
2
3
4
CITY SPECIFICATION NO.
DATE:
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
SH
E
E
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
of
SHEET NO.
DESIGNED BY:
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
APPROVED BY:
SCALE:
PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATION
MG
HA
AW
AS NOTED
13
EX
T
E
R
I
O
R
E
L
E
V
A
T
I
O
N
S
6
1010
11
2 3 1 3
11
10
A3
.
0
1
5
7
8
13
5
76
56
7
6
5 8
8
11
7
12
12
9
TYP.
14
32
TYP.
TYP.
14
TYP.
TYP.
TYP.
14
1313
4
TYP.
TYP.TYP.
TYP.
TYP.
4
7. ALL WORK ON HISTORIC ELEMENTS IS
TO FOLLOW THE SECRETARY OF THE
INTERIOR'S STANDARDS. SEE SHEET
A-0.01 FOR STANDARDS AND LINK TO
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
8. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR
REFERENCE ONLY AND NEED TO BE
VERIFIED IN FIELD PRIOR TO BEING
USED FOR AREA/QUANTITY
DETERMINATION.
9. ONCE REPAIRED AND AFTER
COMPLETING SURFACE PREP, ALL
RAILING & TRIM TO BE PRIMED AND
PAINTED PER SPECIFICATIONS W/
SELECTED COLOR SCHEME.
10. PROVIDE REQUIRED HIGH / LOW ATTIC
VENTILATION, PER CBC SECTION
1202.2.1 W/ FREE AREA NOT LESS THAN
1/300 OF ATTIC AREA.
11. COORDINATE SCOPE OF WORK OF ALL
TRADES BEFORE ANY WORK STARTED.
(E) CONDITIONS OF SHEET METAL TILE
ROOFING TO BE DOCUMENTED IN
WRITING, AND BY PHOTOS THEN
SUBMITTED TO CITY, IDENTIFYING S.F.
AREA OF CORROSION & L.F. OF
SOLDERING/JOINT SEALING. SURFACE
CORROSION TO BE CLEANED, TREATED
WITH RUST CONVERTING SOLUTION,
COATED W/ CORROSION INHIBITIVE
PRIMER, AND THEN REPAINTED W/
COLOR TO MATCH (E). ALL OPEN JOINTS
ARE TO BE SEALED W/ A COMPATIBLE,
PAINTABLE SEALANT AFTER CLEANING
OF SHEET METAL.
(E) DECORATIVE WOOD ROOF RAILING
TO BE REHABILITATED WITH RAILING TO
BE DISASSEMBLED INTO INDIVIDUAL
ELEMENTS & TAGGED FOR SPECIFIC
LOCATION IN ASSEMBLY, AND ALL PAINT
TO BE STRIPPED, METHOD TO BE
DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR PER
SPECIFICATIONS. AFTER PAINT IS
STRIPPED, PREPARE A SUMMARY LIST
OF HISTORIC RAIL ELEMENTS THAT
WILL NEED TO BE REPLACED IN-KIND,
DUE TO DETERIORATION, AND SUBMIT
TO CITY. ALL REPLACEMENT ELEMENTS
SHALL BE FABRICATED USING THE
SHAPE AND PROFILE OF THE
REMAINING (E) ELEMENTS, THAT ARE
TO BE RE-INSTALLED, AS TEMPLATES.
DUTCHMAN REPAIRS SHOULD BE USED
BEFORE FULL REPLACEMENT OF
ELEMENT. EPOXY WOOD PATCHING
LIMITED TO 1 CUBIC INCH OF VOLUME
PER PATCH FOLLOWING
MANUFACTURER'S MINIMUM THICKNESS
EDGE. ALL REPLACEMENT WOOD MUST
BE NATURALLY WEATHER & PEST
RESISTANT, NO EXPOSED PTDF. SEE
SHT A8.03.
6
7
PROVIDE AND INSTALL (N) STEPPED
HOT DIPPED GALV SHEET METAL
COUNTER FLASHING AT CHIMNEY, SET
INTO RAKED AND CLEANED OUT
MORTAR JOINT W/ HOOKED METAL
EDGE, THEN FILL JOINT WITH SPECIFIED
SEALANT. SEE DETAIL 10/A8.01.
INSPECT (E) SHEET METAL RWL FOR
PROPER ATTACHMENT, AND
WATERTIGHTNESS. REPLACE DAMAGED
OR DETERIORATED SECTIONS IN-KIND,
MATCHING PROFILE, MATERIAL &
FINISH. RWL OUTLET TO BE CENTERED
DIRECTLY OVER (E) STORM WATER
DRAINAGE SYSTEM INLETS
MAINTAINING AIR GAP, TYP.
REMOVE ALL (E) ROLL ROOFING AND
FLASHING DOWN TO (E) WOOD
SHEATHING. INSTALL (N) CLASS “A”
COMP SHINGLE ROOFING O/ ROOFING
FELT W/ (N) SHT MTL FLASHING @ ROOF
TO WALL JOINT AND AT EAVE EDGES.
8
9
10
CONTRACTOR TO HAVE A CHEMICAL
ANALYSIS CONDUCTED ON HISTORIC
MORTAR TO DETERMINE (E) MIX, WHICH
WILL BE USED FOR REPOINTING.
REPOINT ALL EXISTING MORTAR
JOINTS; REPOINT JOINTS W/ MIX
MORTAR MATCHING HISTORIC MIX. SEE
11/A8.01
(E) HIGH ROOF VENT TO HAVE (N)
LOUVERED SCREENED VENTS
INSTALLED (MATCHING EXISTING
OPENING SIZE) @ ALL 4 FACES, JOINTS
SEALED, REPAINTED. PROPERLY FLASH
THE VENT TO (N) LOW SLOPE ROOFING
SYSTEM.
INSTALL PAINTED (N) LOW-PROFILE SHT
MTL LOW ROOF VENTS, TYP OF 7.
PLACEMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED
W/ SHINGLE COURSES
PROVIDE AND INSTALL (N) HOT DIPPED,
SOLDERED, GALV SHEET METAL CAP
EXTENDED OVER (E) CHIMNEY BRACE
BAND AND BRACE ANGLE
CONNECTIONS. FINISH TO MATCH BRICK
COLOR. SEE DTL 20/A8.01
11
12
14
13
12 JULY 2024
2000075-13
Ja
c
k
H
o
u
s
e
R
o
o
f
,
W
i
d
o
w
s
W
a
l
k
R
e
p
a
i
r
,
a
n
d
A
r
b
o
r
R
e
p
l
a
c
e
m
e
n
t
No. C-14833
REN. 1/31/25
ARCHIT
E
C
T
DESNECIL
FOE
T
A
T
S
AC L I F O RNIA
A NLA GAR
A
V
A
GLIA
LEAHCI
M No. C-C-1483314833
REN. 1/. 1/31/255
ARCHHIIITT
EE
CC
T
DEESSNECCIILL
FOE
T
A
TT
T
AA
S
AACCA LL II FF O RRNIA
AA NNLLLAAAAAA GGAAGG
RR
AA
V
AA
A
VV
G
AA
LIIAA
LEEAAAHHCI
M
Page 32 of 1527
3'
-
4
1
/
2
"
CLG.
3'
-
9
1
/
2
"
12
'
-
0
1
/
2
"
CLG.
3'
-
2
"
15'-2" ±
6'
-
5
"
16'-2" ±
6'
-
5
"
14
'
-
3
1
/
2
"
12
'
-
0
1
/
2
"
14
'
-
3
1
/
2
"
FLR. LNFLOOR LINE
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
NORTH ELEVATION
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
WEST ELEVATION
CITY SPECIFICATION NO.
DATE:
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
SH
E
E
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
of
SHEET NO.
DESIGNED BY:
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
APPROVED BY:
SCALE:
PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATION
MG
HA
AW
AS NOTED
13
EX
T
E
R
I
O
R
E
L
E
V
A
T
I
O
N
S
7
11
31
TYP.
11
SIM.
OPP. HAND
10 10
2 313
A3
.
0
2
7
11
8
5
5
6
7
8
5
7
8
12 12
9
9
14
TYP.
14 14
TYP.
9
13 13 1313
4
TYP.
4
4
TYP.
12 JULY 2024
2000075-13
SHEET NOTES KEY NOTES
1 REMOVE (E) WOOD SHINGLE ROOFING
AND FLASHING DOWN TO (E)
SHEATHING, REPLACE ANY DAMAGED
OR DETERIORATED SHEATHING AS
REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A PROPER
SUBSTRATE. PREP FOR NEW ROOFING.
REMOVE (E) CAP SHEET PATCH
ROOFING AND FLASHING DOWN TO (E)
SHEATHING, REPLACE ANY DAMAGED
OR DETERIORATED SHEATHING AS
REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A PROPER
SUBSTRATE. PREP FOR NEW ROOFING.
INSTALL (N) CLASS ”B” FIRE RETARDANT
TREATED CEDAR SHINGLES O/
VENTILATION MAT, O/ ROOFING FELT O/
5/8” TYPE “X” GYP SHEATHING O/ (E)
PLYWOOD SHEATHING.
(E) SHEET METAL BASE FLASHING AND
GUTTER TO BE CLEANED, RECOATED,
AND REPAINTED W/ CORROSION
INHIBITIVE PRIMER, AND FINISH COATS.
REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM AND CLEAN
GUTTERS, THEN INSTALL (N) DEBRIS
SCREEN O/ ALL GUTTERS TO KEEP OUT
TREE DEBRIS.
(E) CONDITIONS OF SHEET METAL TILE
ROOFING TO BE DOCUMENTED IN
WRITING, AND BY PHOTOS THEN
SUBMITTED TO CITY, IDENTIFYING S.F.
AREA OF CORROSION & L.F. OF
SOLDERING/JOINT SEALING. SURFACE
CORROSION TO BE CLEANED, TREATED
WITH RUST CONVERTING SOLUTION,
1. PROTECT IN PLACE ALL EXISTING (E)
ELEMENTS TO REMAIN, TO PREVENT
DAMAGE OF ADJACENT AREAS DURING
CONSTRUCTION WORK.
2. DEMOLISH AND REMOVE COMPLETE
ITEMS NOTED FOR DEMOLITION. REFER
TO ARCHITECTURAL GENERAL NOTES,
AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL
DEMOLITION-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.
3. MOVE ITEMS NOTED FOR SALVAGE TO
CITY'S DESIGNATED STORAGE
LOCATION, PROTECTED FROM
WEATHER AND RAISED ABOVE GROUND
SURFACE, UON.
4. ALL SHEET METAL JOINTS TO BE
SOLDERED OR SEALED TO BE
WEATHERTIGHT FOLLOWING SMACNA
STANDARDS.
5. ALL ROOF TO WALL JOINTS MUST BE
PROPERLY FLASHED WEATHERTIGHT.
6. ALL (E) HISTORIC WINDOWS & DOORS,
TRIM & OTHER SIMILAR ELEMENTS ARE
TO REMAIN IN PLACE & BE PROTECTED
FROM DAMAGE FOR THE DURATION OF
CONSTRUCTION, UON.
2
3
4
5
7. ALL WORK ON HISTORIC ELEMENTS IS
TO FOLLOW THE SECRETARY OF THE
INTERIOR'S STANDARDS. SEE SHEET
A-0.01 FOR STANDARDS AND LINK TO
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
8. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR
REFERENCE ONLY AND NEED TO BE
VERIFIED IN FIELD PRIOR TO BEING
USED FOR AREA/QUANTITY
DETERMINATION.
9. ONCE REPAIRED AND AFTER
COMPLETING SURFACE PREP, ALL
RAILING & TRIM TO BE PRIMED AND
PAINTED PER SPECIFICATIONS W/
SELECTED COLOR SCHEME.
10. PROVIDE REQUIRED HIGH / LOW ATTIC
VENTILATION, PER CBC SECTION
1202.2.1 W/ FREE AREA NOT LESS THAN
1/300 OF ATTIC AREA.
11. COORDINATE SCOPE OF WORK OF ALL
TRADES BEFORE ANY WORK STARTED.
COATED W/ CORROSION INHIBITIVE
PRIMER, AND THEN REPAINTED W/
COLOR TO MATCH (E). ALL OPEN JOINTS
ARE TO BE SEALED W/ A COMPATIBLE,
PAINTABLE SEALANT AFTER CLEANING
OF SHEET METAL.
(E) DECORATIVE WOOD ROOF RAILING
TO BE REHABILITATED WITH RAILING TO
BE DISASSEMBLED INTO INDIVIDUAL
ELEMENTS & TAGGED FOR SPECIFIC
LOCATION IN ASSEMBLY, AND ALL PAINT
TO BE STRIPPED, METHOD TO BE
DETERMINED BY CONTRACTOR PER
SPECIFICATIONS. AFTER PAINT IS
STRIPPED, PREPARE A SUMMARY LIST
OF HISTORIC RAIL ELEMENTS THAT
WILL NEED TO BE REPLACED IN-KIND,
DUE TO DETERIORATION, AND SUBMIT
TO CITY. ALL REPLACEMENT ELEMENTS
SHALL BE FABRICATED USING THE
SHAPE AND PROFILE OF THE
REMAINING (E) ELEMENTS, THAT ARE
TO BE RE-INSTALLED, AS TEMPLATES.
DUTCHMAN REPAIRS SHOULD BE USED
BEFORE FULL REPLACEMENT OF
ELEMENT. EPOXY WOOD PATCHING
LIMITED TO 1 CUBIC INCH OF VOLUME
PER PATCH FOLLOWING
MANUFACTURER'S MINIMUM THICKNESS
EDGE. ALL REPLACEMENT WOOD MUST
BE NATURALLY WEATHER & PEST
RESISTANT, NO EXPOSED PTDF. SEE
SHT A8.03.
7
PROVIDE AND INSTALL (N) STEPPED
HOT DIPPED GALV SHEET METAL
COUNTER FLASHING AT CHIMNEY, SET
INTO RAKED AND CLEANED OUT
MORTAR JOINT W/ HOOKED METAL
EDGE, THEN FILL JOINT WITH SPECIFIED
SEALANT. SEE DETAIL 10/A8.01.
INSPECT (E) SHEET METAL RWL FOR
PROPER ATTACHMENT, AND
WATERTIGHTNESS. REPLACE DAMAGED
OR DETERIORATED SECTIONS IN-KIND,
MATCHING PROFILE, MATERIAL &
FINISH. RWL OUTLET TO BE CENTERED
DIRECTLY OVER (E) STORM WATER
DRAINAGE SYSTEM INLETS
MAINTAINING AIR GAP, TYP.
REMOVE ALL (E) ROLL ROOFING AND
FLASHING DOWN TO (E) WOOD
SHEATHING. INSTALL (N) CLASS “A”
COMP SHINGLE ROOFING O/ ROOFING
FELT W/ (N) SHT MTL FLASHING @ ROOF
TO WALL JOINT AND AT EAVE EDGES.
8
9
10
CONTRACTOR TO HAVE A CHEMICAL
ANALYSIS CONDUCTED ON HISTORIC
MORTAR TO DETERMINE (E) MIX, WHICH
WILL BE USED FOR REPOINTING.
REPOINT ALL EXISTING MORTAR
JOINTS; REPOINT JOINTS W/ MIX
MORTAR MATCHING HISTORIC MIX. SEE
11/A8.01
(E) HIGH ROOF VENT TO HAVE (N)
LOUVERED SCREENED VENTS
INSTALLED (MATCHING EXISTING
OPENING SIZE) @ ALL 4 FACES, JOINTS
SEALED, REPAINTED. PROPERLY FLASH
THE VENT TO (N) LOW SLOPE ROOFING
SYSTEM.
INSTALL PAINTED (N) LOW-PROFILE SHT
MTL LOW ROOF VENTS, TYP OF 7.
PLACEMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED
W/ SHINGLE COURSES
PROVIDE AND INSTALL (N) HOT DIPPED,
SOLDERED, GALV SHEET METAL CAP
EXTENDED OVER (E) CHIMNEY BRACE
BAND AND BRACE ANGLE
CONNECTIONS. FINISH TO MATCH BRICK
COLOR. SEE DTL 20/A8.01
11
12
14
13
6
Ja
c
k
H
o
u
s
e
R
o
o
f
,
W
i
d
o
w
s
W
a
l
k
R
e
p
a
i
r
,
a
n
d
A
r
b
o
r
R
e
p
l
a
c
e
m
e
n
t
No. C-14833
REN. 1/31/25
ARCHIT
E
C
T
DESNECIL
FOE
T
A
T
S
AC L I F O RNIA
A NLA GAR
A
V
A
GLIA
LEAHCI
M No. C-C-1483314833
REN. 1/. 31/255
ARCHIIITT
EE
CC
TT
DESNECCIILL
FOE
T
A
TT
T
AA
S
AACCA L I F O RRNIA
AA NNNLLAA GGAGG
RRR
AA
V
AA
A
VV
G
AA
LIAA
LEEAAAHHCCI
M
Page 33 of 1527
4"
1"
5 7/8"
(E) 1 x LAP SIDING
(N) CLASS "A" COMP.
SHINGLES O/ W.P.
MEMBRANE
ICE AND WATER
SHIELD W.P.
MEMBRANE ON (E)
PLYWD. SHEATHING
LAPPED UP WALL 4"
PAINTABLE SEALANT
GALV. SHT. MTL.
COUNTER FLASHING
ADD SOLID FILL @
LAP JOINT BEHIND
FLASHING
3"
(E) WOOD LAP SIDING
PAINTABLE
SEALANT, TYP.
COUNTER FLASHING,
SEE DTL 5/A8.01
FILL LAP JT. W/
SOLID FILLER
(N) MINERAL CAP
SHEET ROLL ROOFING
LAP ROOFING FELT
O/ BASE FLASHING
GALV. SHT. MTL.
BASE FLASHING
(E) PLYWD.
SHEATHING O/ (E)
T&G SOFFIT BOARDS
4"
(N) WOOD SHINGLE
CAP O/ VENT MAT
(N) 5/8" TYP. "X"
GYP. SHEATHING
(E) 1x SKIP SHEATHING
(E) ROOF
FRAMING(E) 1/2" PLYWD
SHEATHING
(N) ROOFING FELT
O/ GYP. SHEATHING
(N) VENT MAT O/
ROOFING FELT
(N) FIRE RETARDANT
TREATED CEDAR SHINGLES
W/5" EXPOSURE O/
VENTILATION MAT
(E) SHT. METAL
FLASHING
CLASS "A" COMP.
SHINGLES
(E) 1/2" EXT.
PLYWOOD O/ 1x SKIP.
SHEATHING
ICE AND WATER
SHIELD @ EAVE
UP 24"
1"
ROOF FELT ON (N) GYP.
SHEATHING
CLASS "B" FIRE RETARDANT
TREATED CEDAR SHINGLES
W/ 5" EXPOSURE O/ VENT
MAT O/ W.P. MEMBRANE
(E) FRAMING
5/8" TYPE "X" GYP
SHEATHING
VENTILATION MAT
(E) PLYWOOD
SHEATHING
(N) GALV. SHT. MTL.
BASE FLASHING
4"
3"
(E) 1x SKIP
SHEATHING
(E) WD.
SIDING/
TRIM
INSTALL
SEALANT
(N)
COUNTER
FLASHING
SEE DETAIL
5/A8.01
(N) GRANULATED
CAP SHEET ROLL
ROOFING LAPPED O/
BASE FLASHING
1/2" SEALANT JT.
@ PERIM.
GAP FILLED W/
SEALANT O/ CLOSED
CELL BACKER
(E) WOOD CLADDING
REATTACHED
PRE MANUFACTURED
STL POST (RHINO RAILS)
w/ HT. TRIMMED TO FIT
& TOP CAP w/ FLASHING
(N) GALV. SHT.
MTL. COLLARED
FLASHING O/
BASE
(E) SHEATHING
(N) 4 x BLOCKING
BELOW POST w/ MTL.
HANGERS EACH END
4"
4"4"
THROUGH M.B.
TYP. 4
(N) PTDF NAILERS,
@ 16" O.C. TYP.
6"2"
4"
D
E
E
P
4"
(E) CHIMNEY
BRACE TYP OF 3
(N) MINERAL
CAP SHEET
ROLL ROOFING
LAPPED O/
PITCH PAN
FLANGE, TYP.
FILL PAN W/
POURABLE
SEALANT TO LIP
(N) BRACKET FROM
4"x6"x3/16" STL.
ANGLE W/6" VERT.
LEG
CLR. MIN., TYP.
(N) GALV SHT.
MTL. PITCH PAN
SET O/ ROOFING
FELT
(E) ROOF
SHEATHING
4 x BLOCKING w/
MTL. HANGERS @
EACH END
1/2" M.B.
(E) SHT. METAL
FLASHING
SEAL TOP EDGE OF SHT.
MTL.FLASHING W/ STRIP OF
ICE & WATER SHIELD
FIRE RETARDANT TREATED-CEDAR
SHINGLES (CLASS "B") W/ 5" EXPOSURE
O/ VENT MAT O/ W.P. MEMBRANE
SHINGLE VENTILATION MAT
(N) 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP
SHEATHING O/ (E)
1/2" EXT.
PLYWOOD O/ (E)
1X SKIP SHEATHING
ICE AND WATER SHIELD @ EAVE
(E) 6" HALF ROUND
SHEET METAL GUTTER(E) WD.
TRIM
DBL. STARTER
COURSE
1"
45° LIP FOR SEALANT
GALV. SHT. MTL.
COUNTER FLASHING
3"
(N) SOLID FILLER @
WD. SIDING LAP JT.
GAP. WHERE
OCCURS
(N) GALV. SHT. MTL.
BASE FLASHING
(E) WALL SURFACE,
TYP.
LINE OF ROOFING
(SLOPED WHERE
OCCURS)
4"
(E) WOOD
CLAD POST
(N) POST BASE
FLASHING
(N) ROLL
ROOFING
(E) WOOD TRIM
(E) COUNTER
FLASHING
(N) WOOD SHINGLE
ROOFING, SEE DTL.
13/A8.01
(E) FRAMING
TO REMAIN
3"
SEE 17/A8.01
PER POST
BASE
5"
5"
10"
1/2"
EDGE OF SHINGLES
INSTALL PER NRCA
STANDARDS
PAINTED GALV. SHT.
MTL. FABRICATED &
INSTALLED PER
SMACNA MANUAL
CURRENT EDITION
(E) BRICK
CHIMNEY
APRON
FLASHING
SEALANT
SOLDER
JOINTSSHT. MTL.
CRICKET STEPPED
FLASHING
ALL TO BE GALV. SHT. MTL.
FABRICATED & INSTALLED PER
SMACNA STANDARDS
FIRE RETARDANT
TREATED CEDAR
SHINGLES
COUNTER
FLASHING,
TYP.
(E) BRICK
RAKE OUT (E) DAMAGED OR
DETERIORATED MORTAR FROM
JOINT TO MINIMUM DEPTH OF
2x WIDTH OF JOINT; REPOINT
CLEANED JOINT w/ MORTAR
MIX TO MATCH (E); TOOL JOINT
TO MATCH (E) ADJACENT
(E) BRICK
SHT. MTL. COUNTER FLASHING.
FORM REGLET TO INSERT INTO
JOINT. HOLD FLASHING IN
PLACE W/ WEDGES
RAKE OUT JOINT
SEALANT
1"
(E) WOOD LAP SIDING
(E) ABANDONED PIPES
TO BE CUT & REMOVED
TO BELOW ROOF
SHEATHING SURFACE.
CAP OFF IF LINE STILL
CONNECTED TO
FUNCTIONING UTILITY
(E) PLYWD.
SHEATHING O/ (E) T &
G SOFFIT BOARDS
4"
1"
3"
4"
45° LIP FOR SEALANT
GALV. SHT. MTL.
COUNTER FLASHING
(N) SOLID FILLER @
WD. SIDING LAP JT.
GAP. WHERE
OCCURS
(N) GALV. SHT. MTL.
BASE FLASHING
(E) WALL SURFACE,
TYP.
(E) SHT. MTL.TILE
ROOFING
(E) FRAMING
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
ROOF @ ABANDONED PIPES
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
BASE & COUNTER FLASHING
SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
COMP SHINGLES @ WALL
SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
COUNTER FLASHING
SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
ROOF VALLEY FLASHING
SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
COMP SHINGLES @ EAVE
SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
COUNTER FLASHING @ WALL
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
REPOINTING DETAIL
SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"
FLASHING @ BRICK JOINT
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
RIDGE, HIP SIM
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
PITCH PAN
SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
TYPICAL CHIMNEY FLASHING
SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
FLAT ROOFING EDGE
SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
CEDAR SHINGLES @ WALL
SCALE: N.T.S.
ROOF CHIMNEY CRICKET DET.
SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
CEDAR SHINGLES @ EAVE
SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
RAIL POST BASE
CITY SPECIFICATION NO.
DATE:
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
SH
E
E
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
of
SHEET NO.
DESIGNED BY:
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
APPROVED BY:
SCALE:
PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATION
MG
HA
AW
AS NOTED
13
DE
T
A
I
L
S
8
A8
.
0
1
1
2
3
CLASS "A" ASSEMBLY
(APPROX. DIM. OF CAP)
(INSTALL SEQUENCE # )
4
12 JULY 2024
2000075-13
21"±
21"±
29"±
29"±4"4"
6"±
CLASS "A" ASSEMBLY
SEE DTL 2 FOR SIM. NOTES
Ja
c
k
H
o
u
s
e
R
o
o
f
,
W
i
d
o
w
s
W
a
l
k
R
e
p
a
i
r
,
a
n
d
A
r
b
o
r
R
e
p
l
a
c
e
m
e
n
t
NOTE: FOR LARGER
CHIMNEY ADD 4" IN
EACH DIRECTION FOR
PLAN DIMENSIONS
No. C-14833
REN. 1/31/25
ARCHIT
E
C
T
DESNECIL
FOE
T
A
T
S
AC L I F O RNIA
A NLA GAR
A
V
A
GLIA
LEAHCI
M No. C-C 1483383
REN. 1/N. 31/255
ARCHHHHIITT
EE
CC
T
DEESSNNEECCILL
FOE
T
A
TT
T
AA
S
AACCA LL II FF OO RRNIA
A NLLAAAAAAA GGAAGGGG
RR
A
V
AA
A
VV
G
AA
LLLIA
LLEEAAHHCI
M
Page 34 of 1527
RAFTER
BEYOND
4x10 BEAM W/TOP
SLOPED 1/4"/FT
FROM CENTER LINE,
SSD
2x SHAPED YELLOW
CEDAR CAPITAL TRIM
AROUND POST
2x (OR 1x) YELLOW
CEDAR POST
CLADDING 4 SIDES
HOT DIPPED
GALV.STL.TUBE
POST, SSD
1'-0"
30°(N) GALV.
SHT. MTL.
CAP
1'
-
4
"
2"
CL
R
.
4
5
°
8"
1'-0"2x (OR 1x) YELLOW CEDAR
POST CLADDING 4 SIDES
PTDF SHIM. 16" O.C.
SET CLADDING ON CONT
BEAD OF SEALANT ON
BASE TRIM
3x YELLOW CEDAR
BASE TRIM
PTDF SHIM.
(N) FLAGSTONE PATCH O/
PIER TO MATCH (E) COLOR
& SURFACE TEXTURE
(E) FLAGSTONE
PAVING
(N) HOT DIPPED GALV.
STL. TUBE POST, &
CONC. PIER, SSD
1"
7 1/
2
"
BEVEL TOP 1/4"
PER FT.CL
MIRROR ON CL
4x10 RIDGE,
SSD
3x4 CEDAR,
TYP.
RAFTER
BEYOND, SSD
SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
ARBOR POST BASE TRIM
SCALE: 1-1/2" = 1'-0"
ARBOR POST & BEAM
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
ARBOR RIDGE
CITY SPECIFICATION NO.
DATE:
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
SH
E
E
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
of
SHEET NO.
DESIGNED BY:
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
APPROVED BY:
SCALE:
PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATION
MG
HA
AW
AS NOTED
13
DE
T
A
I
L
S
9
A8
.
0
2
12 JULY 2024
2000075-13
Ja
c
k
H
o
u
s
e
R
o
o
f
,
W
i
d
o
w
s
W
a
l
k
R
e
p
a
i
r
,
a
n
d
A
r
b
o
r
R
e
p
l
a
c
e
m
e
n
t
No. C-14833
REN. 1/31/25
ARCHIT
E
C
T
DESNECIL
FOE
T
A
T
S
AC L I F O RNIA
A NLA GAR
A
V
A
GLIA
LEAHCI
M No. C-C-1483314833
REN. 1/. 1 31/25
ARCHHHITT
EE
CC
T
DEESSNNECCIILL
FOE
T
A
TT
T
AA
S
AACCA LL II FF OO RRNIA
AA NLLLAAAAAAAAAA GGAAGG
RRR
A
V
AA
A
VV
G
AA
LLIA
LLEEAAHHCI
M
Page 35 of 1527
14
3
/
4
"
2
1
/
8
"
1'
-
6
1
/
2
"
6
3
/
8
"
1
1
/
2
"
14
3
/
4
"
8 1/8"
11 1/8"
2
1
/
8
"
1'
-
6
1
/
2
"
2'
-
1
7
/
8
"
8 1/4"
2
1
/
8
"
2 5/8" 2 5/8"
ROOF
5"
8 1/4"
1'
-
6
1
/
2
"
2
1
/
2
"
2
1
/
2
"
5"
1'
-
2
1
/
4
"
3"
2
1
/
8
"
3 3/4"
3"
UNDER SIDE
OF RAIL
BOTTOM EDGE
OF TRIM
RE-INSTALL SCROLL WORK
1/4" HIGHER THAN OUTER
PIECES OF BOTTOM RAIL,
TYP.
5"
1'
-
2
1
/
4
"
2"2"5 1/2"
3 5/8"
2"
1"
2
"
1"
RE-INSTALL SCROLL WORK
1/4" HIGHER THAN OUTER
PIECES OF BOTTOM RAIL,
TYP.
(E) WOOD ELEMENT
SQ CUTS FOR DAMAGE
REMOVAL AND TIGHT
JOINTS FOR DUTCHMAN
REPAIR. GLUE PATCH IN
PLACE & USE SS PINS
AS NEEDED TO HOLD
UNTIL GLUE SET. SHAPE
PATCH TO ALIGN w/ (E)
ADJACENT SURFACES.
ALL PATCHES SHALL BE PREPPED & PRIMED
IMMEDIATELY SURFACES AFTER SHAPING IS
COMPLETE.
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
FRONT PORCH ROOF RAILING EXTERIOR FACING VIEW
SCALE: 6" = 1'-0"
WIDOW'S WALK RAILING EXTERIOR FACING VIEW
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
WIDOW'S WALK RAILING
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
PORCH ROOF RAIL POST
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
WIDOW'S WALK CORNER POST
CITY SPECIFICATION NO.
DATE:
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
SH
E
E
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
of
SHEET NO.
DESIGNED BY:
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
APPROVED BY:
SCALE:
PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATION
MG
HA
AW
AS NOTED
13
EX
I
S
T
I
N
G
W
O
O
D
R
A
I
L
I
N
G
S
10
A8
.
0
3
DETAIL NOTES ON SCOPE AND MATERIAL FOR WOOD RAILING
ALL DIMENSIONS PROVIDED ARE FOR GENERAL REFERENCE ONLY.
REPLACE ELEMENTS FROM EXISTING ORIGINAL ASSEMBLY WHERE
REQUIRED BY REHABILITATION.
THE INTENT IS TO RE-ASSEMBLE THE EXISTING RAILINGS AFTER ALL
OF THE PAINT HAS BEEN STRIPPED OFF. THIS REQUIRES THAT EACH
RAILING ASSEMBLY BE CAREFULLY DIS-ASSEMBLED, BOTH FOR
EASE OF STRIPPING OFF THE EXISTING PAINT, AND DETERMINATION
OF QUANTITY OF DETERIORATED MATERIAL THAT WILL NEED TO BE
PATCHED OR REPLACED. BECAUSE THE BUILDING IS A HISTORIC
RESOURCE, REPAIR BEFORE REPLACEMENT IS THE PROTOCOL.
PATCHING WITH EPOXY WOOD FILLER SHOULD BE LIMITED TO
SMALL QUANTITIES - APPROXIMATELY 1 CUBIC INCH OR SMALLER IN
VOLUME - AND SHOULD BE KEYED OR PINNED IN PLACE. FOLLOW
MANUFACTURER MINIMUM EDGE THICKNESS REQUIREMENTS.
LARGER WOOD REPLACEMENT CAN UTILIZE THE DUTCHMAN
METHOD OF CUTTING OUT A SQUARED OFF AREA OF ROT AND
INSERTING A SCRIBED PIECE OF NEW WOOD IN THE VOID. FOR
ELEMENTS SUCH AS RAIL CAP ENDS, A WHOLE NEW SECTION OF
WOOD MATCHING EXISTING LENGTH AND PROFILE CAN REPLACE
THE SECTION OF REMOVED ROTTED PORTION UTILIZING DUTCHMAN
REPAIR. ALL PATCHES OR REPLACEMENT SHALL BE SHAPED TO
MATCH AND ALIGN WITH THE ADJACENT EXISTING SURFACE. SEE
DTL17/A8.03
AT THE HIDDENPORTIONS OF THE SCROLLWORK OF THE RAILING,
SOME OF THE “EARS” (DIRECTLY BELOW THE OPENINGS) MAY BE
ROTTED OR MISSING. ALL ROTTED MATERIAL IS TO BE REMOVED
FROM THESE AREAS BUT THESE SECTIONS DO NOT NEED TO BE
REPLACED. BECAUSE OF THE ORIGINAL DESIGN THESE HIDDEN
SECTIONS AT THE OPENINGS ARE PRONE TO COLLECT WATER
(WITH END GRAIN) SO ALLOWING DRAINAGE AND AIRFLOW WOULD
BE BENEFICIAL.
REPLACEMENT WOOD SHOULD BE TIGHT GRAIN REDWOOD (NO
SAPWOOD) OR YELLOW CEDAR. NO PRESSURE TREATED WOOD IS
TO BE LEFT VISIBLE, EVEN IF PAINTED.
FOR CRACKED/SPLIT SCROLLWORK: NON-ROTTED DAMAGED
PIECES SHALL BE GLUED AND PINNED TO CLOSE GAP PRIOR TO
RE-INSTALLATION.
QUANTITY ASSUMPTIONS REGARDING REPAIR & REPLACEMENT
(FOR BIDDING REFERENCE)
ELEMENT % REPAIR % REPLACE
POST 40% 15%
FINIALS 15% 8%
TOP RAIL 40% 15%
BOTTOM RAIL 50% 20%
SCROLLWORK 40% 20%
SEE 8/A8.03 FOR RAIL ELEVATION
SEE 6/A8.03 FOR RAIL ELEVATION
SIM.
SIM.
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
DUTCHMAN PATCH, TYP.
12 JULY 2024
2000075-13
Ja
c
k
H
o
u
s
e
R
o
o
f
,
W
i
d
o
w
s
W
a
l
k
R
e
p
a
i
r
,
a
n
d
A
r
b
o
r
R
e
p
l
a
c
e
m
e
n
t
No. C-14833
REN. 1/31/25
ARCHIT
E
C
T
DESNECIL
FOET
A
T
S
AC L I F O RNIA
A NLA GAR
A
V
A
GLIA
LEAHCI
M No. C-C-1483383
REN. 1/N. 1 31/255
ARCHHHIITT
EE
CC
T
DEESSNNNEECIILL
FOET
A
TT
T
AA
S
AACCA LL II FF OO RRNIA
AA NLLAAAAAAAAAA GGAAGG
RRR
A
V
AA
A
VV
G
AA
LLLIA
LLEEAAHHCI
M
Page 36 of 1527
1'
-
3
1
/
2
"
9
1
/
2
"
1
1
/
2
"
7'
-
9
"
6
1
/
2
"
9'
-
1
"
1'
-
4
"
9
1
/
2
"
PAVING
3x4 @ 7.5" O.C.
4x6 CROSS
SECTION
3-1/2" x 6"
CROSS SECTION
1'-0"
8"
HT
.
@
E
A
S
T
EN
D
9
1
/
2
"
9
1
/
2
"
1'
-
1
1
3
/
4
"
R
2
1
/
2
"
11'-7"
4'
-
5
"
3-1/2" x 6"
CROSS SECTION
9
1
/
2
"
9
1
/
2
"
11'-7"
4'
-
5
"
3-1/2" x 6"
CROSS SECTION
1
'
-
1
3
/
4
"
1'
-
1
1
1
/
8
"
R7 1
/
2
"
5'
-
3
"
4
"
1'
-
8
"
2'-3"
4"
3'
-
1
"
6'-9"
3
1
/
4
"
3 1/2"
R
7
1
/
2
"
R4"
R
4
"
3
1
/
4
"
R
1
1
"
2'
-
2
"
F.O. POST
B.O. BEAM
1'-6"
3"
11"
(E
)
1
0
"
R
6
"
R
6
"
PAVING
6
1
/
2
"
7'
-
9
"
11'-8" ±
TIGHT GRAIN
RDWD 3x4 @ 7.5"
O.C. TYP.
3-1/2" x 6" CROSS
SECTION
4 x 10 BEAM
4x10 BEAM
8" x 8" WOOD
CLAD POST
1'-4"
WALL OF (E)
CARRIAGE
HOUSE
PAVING 6
1
/
2
"
7'
-
9
"
11
'
-
8
"
1'
-
4
"
6'
-
1
0
"
12'-3" ±
TIGHT GRAIN
RDWD 3x4 @
7.5" O.C. TYP.
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
WEST ELEVATION
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
BEAM END, (E) SALVAGED
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
FRONT & BACK END ARCH
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
POST
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
INTERMEDIATE ARCH
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
GABLE PANEL, (E) SALVAGED
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
BRACKET, (E) SALVAGED
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
NORTH ELEVATION
CITY SPECIFICATION NO.
DATE:
PR
O
J
E
C
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
SH
E
E
T
T
I
T
L
E
:
of
SHEET NO.
DESIGNED BY:
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
APPROVED BY:
SCALE:
PLAN FILE NO. / LOCATION
MG
HA
AW
AS NOTED
13
AR
B
O
R
(
P
L
A
N
,
E
L
E
V
&
D
E
T
A
I
L
S
)
11
SIM.
TYP.
TYP.
A8
.
0
4
@ ENDS
DETAIL NOTES ON SCOPE AND MATERIAL FOR THE ARBOR
THE INTENT IS TO RE-CONSTRUCT THE ORIGINAL ARBOR BASED ON
THE EXISTING SALVAGED ELEMENTS LOCATED IN THE CITY CORP
YARD. THE EXISTING ELEMENTS ARE TO BE USED AS TEMPLATES
FOR THE NEW ELEMENTS NEEDED. THE SHAPE, PROFILE, AND
DETAILING (INCLUDING ROUTED SHAPES) ARE TO MATCH THE
SALVAGED ELEMENTS. THE DIMENSIONS PROVIDED FOR EACH
SHAPE ON THIS DRAWING ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND MUST BE
FIELD VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR TO CREATE TEMPLATES. SHOP
DRAWINGS MUST BE PREPARED WITH THE FINAL DIMENSIONS FOR
REVIEW.
ALL WOOD SHALL BE TIGHT GRAIN REDWOOD (NO SAPWOOD), OR
YELLOW CEDAR. NO PRESSURE TREATED WOOD IS TO BE LEFT
VISIBLE, EVEN IF PAINTED.
ALL WOOD ELEMENTS SHALL BE PRIMED ON ALL FACES BEFORE
ASSEMBLY. ALL CUTS ARE TO BE PRIMED BEFORE ASSEMBLY.ALL
BOLT AND SCREW FASTENER HOLES SHALL BE PLUGGED WITH
WOOD PLUGS.
12 JULY 2024
2000075-13
Ja
c
k
H
o
u
s
e
R
o
o
f
,
W
i
d
o
w
s
W
a
l
k
R
e
p
a
i
r
,
a
n
d
A
r
b
o
r
R
e
p
l
a
c
e
m
e
n
t
No. C-14833
REN. 1/31/25
ARCHIT
E
C
T
DESNECIL
FOE
T
A
T
S
AC L I F O RNIA
A NLA GAR
A
V
A
GLIA
LEAHCI
M No. C--1483314833
REN. 1/. 31/255
ARCHIIIITT
EE
CC
T
DESNECCIILL
FOE
T
A
TT
T
AA
S
AACCCA LL I F O RRNIA
AA NNNLLAA GGAGG
RRR
AA
V
AA
A
VV
G
AA
LIIAA
LEEEAAHHCCI
M
Page 37 of 1527
Page 38 of 1527
Page 39 of 1527
Page 40 of 1527
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
FOR
CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
Jack House Roof, Widows Walk Repair, and Arbor Replacement
Specification No. 2000075-13.01
NOVEMBER 2024
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
ENGINEERING DIVISION
919 Palm Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
(805) 781-7200
Page 41 of 1527
Jack House Roof, Widows Walk Repair, and Arbor Replacement
Specification No. 2000075-13.01
Approval Date: November 12, 2024
Page 42 of 1527
TABLE OF CONTENTS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS ................................................................................................... I
BID SUBMISSION .................................................................................................................................... I
BID DOCUMENTS .................................................................................................................................. II
PROJECT INFORMATION ...................................................................................................................... II
QUALIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................................. III
AWARD ................................................................................................................................................... V
ACCOMMODATION ................................................................................................................................ V
BID FORMS ................................................................................................................... A
BID ITEM LIST FOR JACK HOUSE ROOF, WIDOWS WALK REPAIR, AND ARBOR REPLACEMENT
PROJECT, SPECIFICATION NO. 2000075-13.01 .................................................................................. A
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS ............................................................................................................... C
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10285.1 STATEMENT .............................................................. D
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10162 QUESTIONNAIRE ......................................................... D
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10232 STATEMENT ................................................................. D
LABOR CODE SECTION 1725.5 STATEMENTS ................................................................................... E
NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION ........................................................................................................ F
BIDDER ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ........................................................................................................ G
QUALIFICATIONS .................................................................................................................................. H
ATTACH BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY BID ................................................................................. I
SPECIAL PROVISIONS ................................................................................................ 1
DIVISION I GENERAL PROVISIONS ..................................................................................................... 1
1 GENERAL......................................................................................................................................... 1
3 CONTRACT AWARD AND EXECUTION ......................................................................................... 1
4 SCOPE OF WORK ........................................................................................................................... 2
5 CONTROL OF WORK ...................................................................................................................... 2
6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS ............................................................................................................. 3
7 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO THE PUBLIC ...................................................... 4
8 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS .................................................................................................. 4
9 PAYMENT ........................................................................................................................................ 5
DIVISION II GENERAL CONSTRUCTION .............................................................................................. 6
14 ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP .............................................................................................. 6
15 EXISTING FACILITIES ................................................................................................................... 7
16 TEMPORARY FACILITIES ............................................................................................................. 7
DIVISION XII BUILDING CONSTRUCTION ............................................................................................ 7
99 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION ......................................................................................................... 7
DIVISION XIII APPENDICES .................................................................................................................. 7
Page 43 of 1527
APPENDIX A - FORM OF AGREEMENT ...................................................................... 0
APPENDIX B – SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ................................ 3
APPENDIX C – STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS - ARBOR .......................................... 4
APPENDIX D – LEAD AND ASBESTOS TESTING ....................................................... 5
APPENDIX E – SAFTEY MANAGER REVIEW AND RECOMMENDATION .................. 6
APPENDIX F – HISTORICAL PLANTING MAP ............................................................. 7
APPENDIX G – ARBOR PHOTOS ................................................................................ 8
Page 44 of 1527
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
i
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
BID SUBMISSION
Sealed bids will be received by the City of San Luis Obispo at the Public Works
Administration Office located at 919 Palm Street, San Luis Obispo, California 93401, until
11:00 a.m. on December 19, 2024
at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud. Public bid opening may be
accessed via Microsoft Teams video conference and conference call. In person
attendance will be permitted. Use the following link:
https://teams.microsoft.com/l/meetup-
join/19%3ameeting_MjM1OGQzNDctNTMyNi00MGQ4LWI5NGItNTdlOWM5MTQyZThk
%40thread.v2/0?context=%7b%22Tid%22%3a%22a78b182d-94e4-4507-a9a9-
330dcb148164%22%2c%22Oid%22%3a%2255684c81-fa0a-443f-b6a5-
1f55eacc1141%22%7d
or join by phone with this number: (209)645-4165 with Conference ID: 426 108 739#
Submit bid in a sealed envelope plainly marked:
JACK HOUSE ROOF, WIDOWS WALK REPAIR, AND ARBOR REPLACEMENT
SPECIFICATION NO. 2000075-13.01
Any bid received after the time and date specified will not be considered and will be
returned to the bidder unopened. Bids received by Fax or Email will not be considered.
By submission of bid you agree to comply with all instruction and requirements in this
notice and the contract documents.
All bids must be submitted on the Bid Item List form(s) provided and submitted with all
other Bid Forms included in these Special Provisions.
Each bid must be accompanied by either a:
1. certified check
2. cashier's check
3. bidder's bond
made payable to the City of San Luis Obispo for an amount equal to ten percent of the
bid amount as a guaranty. Guaranty will be forfeited to the City San Luis Obispo if the
bidder, to whom the contract is awarded, fails to enter into the contract.
The City of San Luis Obispo reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids or waive
any informality in a bid.
Page 45 of 1527
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
ii
All bids are to be compared based on the City Engineer's estimate of the quantities of
work to be done, as shown on the Bid Item List.
Bids will only be accepted from bidders that are licensed in compliance with the provisions
of Chapter 9, Division III of Business and Professions Code.
The award of the contract, if awarded, will be to the lowest responsive bid submitted by a
responsible contractor whose bid complies with the requirements prescribed. If the
contract is awarded, the contract will be awarded within 60 calendar days after th e
opening of the bids.
Failure to raise defects in the notice to bidders or bid forms prior to bid opening constitute
a waiver of those defects.
BID DOCUMENTS
A copy of the plans and special provisions may be downloaded, free of charge, from the
City’s website at:
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/public-works/public-works-bids-
proposals
No printed copies are available for purchase at the City office.
Standard Specifications and Engineering Standards referenced in the Special Provisions
may be downloaded, free of charge, from the City’s website at:
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/public-works/documents-
online/construction-documents
You are responsible to obtain all issued addenda prior to bid opening. Addenda will be
available to download at the City’s website listed above or at the office of the City
Engineer.
Contact the project manager, Sandra Golonka at (805) 781-7239 or the Public Works
Department at (805) 781-7200 prior to bid opening to verify the number of addenda
issued.
You are responsible to verify your contact information is correct on the plan holders list
located on the City’s website at:
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/public-works/public-works-bids-
proposals.
PROJECT INFORMATION
In general, the project consists of removing and replacing the existing roof and arbor at
the Jack House & Gardens. Repair and replacement as needed of the railing surrounding
the Widow’s Walk and Porch roof.
Page 46 of 1527
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
iii
The project estimated construction cost and contract time established for the project is as
follows:
BASE BID: $282,000 65 working days
ADDITIVE ALTERNATIVE “A” $115,000 20 working days
TOTAL PROJECT BID (BASE BID + ADD ALT. “A”): $397,000
Base bid contract tie is established as 65 working days. Award of Additive Alternate “A”
will add 20 working days to the contract length.
The fixed liquidated damages amount is established at $500 per day for failure to
complete the work within the contract time.
In compliance with section 1773 of the Labor Code, the State of California Department of
Industrial Relations has established prevailing hourly wage rates for each type of
workman. Current wage rates may be obtained from the Division of Labor at:
https://www.dir.ca.gov/oprl/DPreWageDetermination.htm
This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of
Industrial Relations.
There will be a MANDATORY walkthrough on December 4, 2024 at 10:00 a.m. Prime
contractors wishing to submit a bid proposal are required to attend and sign in at the
meeting. Bidders must meet in front of the Jack House & Gardens (536 Marsh Street,
San Luis Obispo) followed by a second walkthrough at the San Luis Obispo Corp Yard
(25 Prado Road, San Luis Obispo).
QUALIFICATIONS
You must possess a valid Class B Contractor's License at the time of the bid opening.
You and any subcontractors required to pay prevailing wage must be registered
with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Section 1725.5 of the Labor
Code.
You as the prime contractor or qualified subcontractor utilized by you must have
experience constructing projects similar to the work specified for this project. Provide
three similar reference projects completed by you or your qualified subcontractor as either
the prime or subcontractor. All referenced projects must have been completed within the
last five years from this project’s bid opening date.
One of the three reference projects must have been completed under contract with
a city, county, state or federal government agency as the prime contractor.
Page 47 of 1527
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
iv
One of the three referenced projects must include woodwork repairs on historical
buildings completed by either you as the prime contractor or a qualified
subcontractor used for this project.
One of the three referenced projects must include removal of lead-based paint
completed by either you as the prime contractor or a qualified subcontractor used
for this project.
Failure to provide reference projects as specified in this section and as required on the
qualification form is cause to reject a bid as being non-responsive.
The City reserves the right to reject any bid based on non-responsiveness if a bidder fails
to provide a bid that complies with all bidding instructions.
The City reserves the right to reject a responsive bid based on the non -responsibility of
the bidder if the Director of Public Works or Designee finds, after providing notice and a
hearing to the bidder, that the bidder lacks the
1. knowledge
2. experience,
3. or is otherwise not responsible
as defined in Section 3.24 of the San Luis Obispo Municipal Code to complete the project
in the best interest of the City.
Rejected bidders may appeal this determination. Appeal must comply with the
requirements in this Notice to Bidders.
It is the City of San Luis Obispo’s intent to award the contract to the lowest responsive
bid submitted by a responsible bidder. If in the bidder’s opinion the contract has been or
may be improperly awarded, the bidder may protest the contract award.
Protests must be filed no later than five working days after either:
1. bid opening date
2. notification of rejected bid.
Protest must be in writing and received by the project manager located at:
919 Palm Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401.
Valid protests must contain the following information:
1. the reasons for the protest
2. any supporting documentation
3. the ruling expected by the City to remedy the protest.
Any protest not containing all required information will be deemed invalid and rejected.
Page 48 of 1527
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
v
The City will consider additional documentation or other supporting information regarding
the protest if submitted in compliance to the specified time limits. Anything submitted after
the specified time limit will be rejected and not be considered.
The Director of Public Works or Designee may request additional information to be
submitted within three days of the request, unless otherwise specified, and will notify the
protester of ruling within ten days of determination.
If the protester is not satisfied with ruling, the protester may appeal the ruling to the City
Council in compliance with Chapter 1.20 of the City of San Luis Obispo Municipal Code.
Pursuant to the Public Records Act (Government Code, § 6250, et seq.), the City will
make public records available upon request.
AWARD
The lowest bidder will be determined in compliance with Public Contract Code Section
20103.8(c) with the Publicly Disclosed Funding Amount of $397,000 using either:
• TOTAL PROJECT BID, if bid for Base Bid + Add. Alt. “A” is less than $397,000 or
• BASE BID, if Base Bid is less than $397,000 and Base Bid + Add. Alt. “A” is
greater than $397,000.
As a condition to executing a contract with the City, two bonds each equal to one hundred
percent of the total contract price are required in compliance with Section 3-1.05 of the
Standard Specifications.
You may substitute securities for moneys withheld under the contract in compliance with
the provisions of the Public Contract Code, Section 10263.
ACCOMMODATION
If any accommodations are needed to participate in the bid process, please contact Allie
Genard at (805) 781-7200 or by Telecommunications Device for the Deaf at (805) 781-
7107. Requests should be made as early as possible in the bidding process to allow time
for accommodation.
Page 49 of 1527
BID FORMS
A
BID FORMS
All bid forms must be completed and submitted with your bid. Failure to submit these
forms and required bid bond is cause to reject the bid as nonresponsive. Staple all bid
forms together.
THE UNDERSIGNED, agrees that they have carefully examined:
1. the location of the proposed work
2. the plans and specifications
3. read the accompanying instructions to bidders
and propose to furnish all:
4. materials
5. labor
to complete all the required work satisfactorily in compliance with
6. plans
7. specifications
8. special provisions
for the prices set forth in the bid item list:
BID ITEM LIST FOR JACK HOUSE ROOF, WIDOWS WALK REPAIR, AND ARBOR
REPLACEMENT PROJECT, SPECIFICATION NO. 2000075-13.01
Item Item Unit of Estimated Item Price Total
No. SS(1) Description Measure Quantity (in figures) (in figures)
1 15
Removal of Existing East and
West Bay Windows Roofs [Sheet
A2.01 (typ of 3)]
LS 1 ---
2 99
Install East and West Bay
Window Roofs
[Sheet A2.01 (typ of 3)]
SQFT 152
3 99 Clean and Repair Front Porch
Metal Tile Roof (Sheet A2.01) SQFT 245
4*
(S) 99 Remove Lead Based Paint LS 1 ---
5*
(S) 99
Repair Existing Front Porch and
Widows Walk Roof Railing
including Posts & Finials
LF 34
6*
(S) 99
Remove and Replace Existing
Front Porch and Widows Walk
Roof Railing including Posts &
Finials
LF 14
7*
(S) 99
Reinstall Roof Railing of Front
Porch and Widows Walk Roof
Railing including Posts & Finials
LF 83
8 99 Paint Railings and Affected Areas
including Posts & Finials LS 1 ---
9 15
Remove Existing Rear Porch /
Bath Addition Roofing and Cap
Off Exposed Pipes (DTL 3/A8.01)
LS 1 ---
Page 50 of 1527
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
B
Item Item Unit of Estimated Item Price Total
No. SS(1) Description Measure Quantity (in figures) (in figures)
10 99 Install Rear Porch / Bath Addition
Roof SQFT 300
11 99 Remove Existing Multi-Layered
Wood Shingle Roof and Patches LS 1 ---
12 99 Install Wood Shingle Roofing SQFT 1,550
13 99 Install Attic Ventilation at
Shingles LS 1 ---
14 15 Remove Existing Flashing at
Chimneys LS 1 ---
15 99 Install Flashing at Chimneys
(DTL 15/A8.01) SQFT 40
16 15 Remove Existing Upper Cap
Sheet Roof LS 1 ---
17 99 Install Upper Cap Sheet Roof SQFT 300
18 99
Replace Existing Attic Vent Wire
Mesh with Louvered Vents at Flat
Roof
LS 1 ---
19 99 Detach Existing Chimney Braces
at Cap Sheet Roof LS 1 ---
20 99
Install Chimney Brackets and
Pitch Pans at Cap Sheet Roof
(DTL 16/A8.01)
LS 1 ---
21
(S) 99 Chimney Brick Repointing LS 1 ---
22
(S) 99 Masonry Pre-Construction Test
Specimens LS 1 ---
24 15 Remove Existing Metal Chimney
Caps (DTL 20/A8.01) LS 1 ---
25 99 Install Metal Chimney Caps
(DTL 20/A8.01) SQFT 30
26 99 Haul Off Debris LS 1 ---
27 99 Construction Fencing LS 1 ---
28
14 Health and Safety Plan LS 1 ---
29 7 OSHA Compliance LS 1
30 99 Gutter Cleaning and Repair Gaps LS 1 ---
31 99 Staging Area Restoration LS 1 ---
32 99 Historical Tree and Planting
Protection LS 1 ---
Bid Alternate: A
33
(S) 99 Arbor LS 1 ---
34 73 Concrete and Flagstone
Restoration at Arbor SQFT 64
Bid Total (or Base Bid) $
Page 51 of 1527
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
C
Item Item Unit of Estimated Item Price Total
No. SS(1) Description Measure Quantity (in figures) (in figures)
Company Name:
(1) refers to section in the Standard Specifications with modifications in the Special Provisions, or the section in the
Technical Specification (TS) listed in Appendix B, that describe required work.
(S) Specialty items per Section 5-1.13A SUBCONTRACTING, General of the Standard Specifications.
*Bid item is exempt from Section 9-1.06B and 9-1.06C of the Standard Specifications. The unit price will not be adjusted
regardless of the final bid item quantity.
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
Pursuant to Section 4100 of the Public Contracts Code and section 2-1.33C of the
standard specifications, the Bidder is required to furnish the following information for each
Subcontractor performing more than 1/2 percent (0.5%) of the total base bid. Do not list
alternative subcontractors for the same work. Subcontracting must not total more t han
fifty percent (50%) of the submitted bid except as allowed in section 5-1.13 of the standard
specifications.
For Streets & Highways projects, subcontractors performing less than ten thousand dollars
($10,000) worth of work need not be mentioned. Subcontractors required to pay
prevailing wage, must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations
pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 to be listed.
NOTE: If there are no subcontractors, write “NONE” and submit with bid.
Name Under Which
Subcontractor is Licensed License Number
DIR Public
Works
Registration
Number
Address and Phone
Number of Office, Mill or
Shop
Specific
Description of
Subcontract
% of
Total
Base
Bid
Page 52 of 1527
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
D
Attach additional sheets as needed.
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10285.1 STATEMENT
In compliance with Public Contract Code Section 10285.1 (Chapter 376, Stats. 1985), the
bidder hereby declares under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California
that the bidder, or any subcontractor to be engaged by the bidder, has ____, has not
____ been convicted within the preceding three years of any offenses referred to in that
section, including any charge of fraud, bribery, collusion, conspiracy, or any other act in
violation of any state or federal antitrust law in connection with the bidding upon, award
of, or performance of, any public works contract, as defined in Public Contract Code
Section 1101, with any public entity, as defined in Public Contract Code Section 1100,
including the Regents of the University of California or the Trustees of the California State
University. The term "bidder" is understood to include any partner, member, officer,
director, responsible managing officer, or responsible managing employee thereof, as
referred to in Section 10285.1.
NOTE: The bidder must place a check mark after "has" or "has not" in one of the blank
spaces provided. The above Statement is part of the Bid. Signing this Bid on the signature
portion constitute signature of this Statement. Bidders are cautioned that making a false
certification may subject the certifier to criminal prosecution.
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10162 QUESTIONNAIRE
In compliance with Public Contract Code Section 10162, the Bidder must complete, under
penalty of perjury, the following questionnaire:
Has the bidder, any officer of the bidder, or any employee of the bidder who has a
proprietary interest in the bidder, ever been disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented
from bidding on, or completing a federal, state, or local government project beca use of a
violation of law or a safety regulation?
Yes No
If the answer is yes, attach a letter explaining the circumstances
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10232 STATEMENT
In compliance with Public Contract Code Section 10232, you hereby state under penalty of
perjury, that no more than one final unappealable finding of contempt of court by a federal
court has been issued against you within the immediately preceding two-year period
because of your failure to comply with an order of a federal court which orders you to comply
with an order of the National Labor Relations Board.
Page 53 of 1527
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
E
LABOR CODE SECTION 1725.5 STATEMENTS
The bidder has delinquent liability to an employee or the state for any assessment of back
wages or related damages, interest, fines, or penalties pursuant to any final judgment,
order, or determination by a court or any federal, state, or local administrative agency,
including a confirmed arbitration award. Any judgment, order, or determination that is
under appeal is excluded, provided that the contractor has secured the payment of any
amount eventually found due through a bond or other appropriate means.
Yes No
The bidder is currently debarred under Section 1777.1 or under any other federal or state
law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works.
Yes No
NOTE: The above Statements and Questionnaire are part of the Bid. Signing this Bid on
the signature portion constitute signature of this Statement and Questionnaire. Bidders are
cautioned that making a false certification may subject the certifier to criminal prosecution.
Page 54 of 1527
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
F
NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION
I, , declare that
I am of ,
the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf
of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or
corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not
directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and
has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or
anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone refrained from bidding; that the bidder has
not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or
conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any
overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure
any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the
proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the
bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof,
or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not
pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid
depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid.
Executed on , 20 , in __
I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing
is true and correct.
(Signature and Title of Declarant)
(SEAL)
Subscribed and sworn to before me
this _______day of _________, 20_____
Notary Public
Company Name:____________________
Page 55 of 1527
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
G
BIDDER ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
By signing below, the bidder acknowledges and confirms that this bid is based on the information contained
in all contract documents, including the notice to bidders, plans, specifications, special provisions, and
addendum number(s) . (Note: You are responsible to verify the number of
addenda prior to the bid opening.)
The undersigned further agrees that in case of default in executing the required contract, with necessary
bonds, within eight days, (not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays), after having received a
mailed notice that the contract is ready for signature, the proceeds of the check or bond accompanying his
bid will become the property of the City of San Luis Obispo.
Licensed in accordance with an act providing for the registration of contractors, License No. , Expiration
Date .
The above statement is made under penalty of perjury, and any bid not containing this information "will be
considered non-responsive and will be rejected” by the City.
Signature of Bidder
(Print Name and Title of Bidder)
DIR– Public Works
Registration No:
Business Name (DBA):
Owner/Legal Name:
Indicate One: Sole-proprietor Partnership Corporation
List Partners/Corporate Officers:
Name Title
Name Title
Name Title
Business Address
Street Address
Mailing Address
City, State, Zip Code
Phone Number
Fax Number
Email Address
Date
Page 56 of 1527
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
H
QUALIFICATIONS
Failure to furnish complete reference information ON THIS FORM, as specified in this
project’s Notice to Bidders and indicated below, is cause to reject the bid. Additional
information may be attached but is not a substitute for this form.
Reference Number 1
Customer Name & Contact Individual
Telephone & Email
Project Name (Site Address):
Is this similar to the project being bid
and did this project include roof
construction or industrial building?
Yes □ No □
Describe the services provided and how this project is similar to
that which is being bid:
Date project completed:
Was this contract for a public agency?
Yes □ No □
Reference Number 2
Customer Name & Contact Individual
Telephone & Email
Project Name (Site Address):
Is this similar to the project being bid
and did this project include woodwork
repair on a historical building activity?
Yes □ No □
Describe the services provided and how this project is similar to
that which is being bid:
Date project completed:
Was this contract for a public agency?
Yes □ No □
Reference Number 3
Customer Name & Contact Individual
Telephone & Email
Project Name (Site Address):
Is this similar to the project being bid
and did this project include removal of
lead-based paint activity?
Yes □ No □
Describe the services provided and how this project is similar to
that which is being bid:
Date project completed:
Was this contract for a public
agency?
Yes □ No □
Page 57 of 1527
BID FORMS
BID FORMS
I
ATTACH BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY BID
Know all men by these presents:
That we ____________________________________________, AS PRINCIPAL, and
_______________________________________________________, AS SURETY, are held and firmly
bound unto the City of San Luis Obispo in the sum of:
____________________________________________________ Dollars (_____________) to be paid to
said City or its certain attorney, its successors and assigns; for which payment, well and truly to be made, we
bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents:
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the certain bid of the above
bounden ______________________________________________________________________
to construct ___________________________________________________________________
(insert name of street and limits to be improved or project)
dated _____________________ is accepted by the City of San Luis Obispo, and if the above
bounden _______________________________________________________, his heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, and assigns shall duly enter into and execute a contract for such construction and
shall execute and deliver the two bonds described within ten (10) days (not including Saturdays, Sundays, or
legal holidays) after the above bounden,
______________________________________________________, has received notice by and from the
said City of San Luis Obispo that said contract is ready for execution, then this obligation shall become null
and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and virtue.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we hereunto set our hands and seals this ___ day of ______, 20____.
Bidder Principal:
Signature Date
Title:
Surety:
Bidder's signature is not required to be notarized. Surety's signature must be notarized.
Equivalent form may be substituted
(Rev. 6-30-14)
Page 58 of 1527
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
ORGANIZATION
Special provisions are under headings that correspond with the main section heading of
the Standard Specifications. Each special provision begins with a revision clause that
describes or introduces a revision to the Standard Specifications. Any paragraph added
or deleted by a revision clause does not change the paragraph number of the Standard
Specifications for any other reference to a paragraph of the Standard Specifications.
DIVISION I GENERAL PROVISIONS
1 GENERAL
Add to Section 1-1.01 GENERAL:
The work must be done in compliance with the City of San Luis Obispo, Department of
Public Works:
1. Jack House Roof, Widows Walk Repair and Arbor Replacement, Specification No.
2000075-13.01 Special Provisions
2. City of San Luis Obispo Standard Specifications and Engineering Standards –
2020 edition
3. State of California, Department of Transportation Standard Specifications and
Standard Plans – 2015 edition
In case of conflict between documents, governing ranking must comply with section 5 -
1.02 of the City of San Luis Obispo’s Standard Specifications. All work must conform to
these Special Provisions and appendices, project plans, and the most current Building
Codes. In the event of a conflict, the more stringent requirement shall apply.
Failure to comply with the provisions of these sections is a material breach of contract:
1. Sections 5 through 8 of the Standard Specifications
2. Section 12 through 15 of the Standard Specifications
3. Section 77-1 of the Standard Specifications
4. Section 81 of the Standard Specifications
5. authorized working hours
6. OSHA compliance
3 CONTRACT AWARD AND EXECUTION
Add Section 3-1.18B CONTRACT EXECUTION, Building Permit:
3-1.18B Building Permit
The contractor must obtain a no-fee building permit from the Community Development
Department. All requirements of the building permit shall be applied to the project. The
contractor is responsible for coordinating inspection with the building division for the
project. Request for inspection must be scheduled 72 hours in advance of the required
inspection.
Page 59 of 1527
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
2
Prior to project construction, the Contractor must completely fill out the Construction &
Demolition Recycling Plan and Disposal Report, found on the City’s Construction &
Demolition Recycling Program website to obtain a Building Permit. The Construction &
Demolition Recycling Plan and Disposal Report must be turned in to Utilities Department
located at 879 Morro Street, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 for review and approval.
Upon completion of the project, the Contractor must submit waste receipts and final
permit, see page 2 of the Construction & Demolition Recycling Plan and Disposal Report,
to 879 Morro for sign off.
4 SCOPE OF WORK
Add to Section 4-1.03 WORK DESCRIPTION:
Comply with the provisions of Sections 3, 4, 5,6,7,8,9,14,15,16,73, and 99 for general,
material, construction, and payment specifics. Refer to these Special Provisions
including Appendix B Supplemental Technical Specifications for modifications to the
above Sections.
5 CONTROL OF WORK
Add to Section 5-1.01 GENERAL:
Work hours are restricted to 7:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m Monday through Friday with noise
restricted quiet hours from 11:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. Quiet hours prohibits use of pneumatic
equipment, sawcutting or jackhammer use, but work shall otherwise continue.
Contractors are not permitted to access the interior of the house. All work must be
completed from the exterior of the property.
All work involving the removal of lead-based paint from historical railings must be
conducted in accordance with applicable OSHA, EPA, and local regulations regarding
lead exposure, hazardous waste handling, environmental protection and conform to
Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead-Based Paint Hazards in Housing linked:
Guidelines for the Evaluation and Controls of Lead Based Paint Hazards in Housing .
Compliance with these guidelines is mandatory for lead handling.
The approved method for paint removal is Peel Away Stripper or an approved equal per
Technical Specification 099110.
Prior to removal and repair of the railing, the Contractor shall establish a work zone and
secure the area to prevent unauthorized personnel access. Ensure all workers involved
in the lead paint stripping process are trained in lead-safe work practices. Set up
appropriate containment measures to prevent the release of lead dust and debris into the
surrounding environment.
Page 60 of 1527
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
3
The following step-by-step procedure shall be followed to ensure safe removal and
restoration of the historical railing while containing hazardous lead paint waste. Cut the
railing from its posts in large sections as needed for replacement. Utilize a vacuum system
capable of collecting particles during cutting operations to capture all paint chips and
debris.
When removal of the railing is required encase the railing in heavy -duty plastic sheeting
(6 mil or greater), ensuring that all sides are sealed securely with industrial-grade tape to
prevent lead dust and debris from escaping while moving to the ground.
Transport the railing to an onsite designated containment area (a tent or other fully
enclosed structure) for further restoration. Conduct all restoration activities on the project
site and within the containment area under controlled conditions. Workers s hall wear
appropriate respiratory protection (minimum P100 respirators) and disposable protective
clothing. Hand tools and HEPA-filtered vacuums must be used continuously to prevent
the release of airborne lead dust. No power tools without dust collection or vacuum
capabilities are allowed.
All lead paint chips, wood fragments, and related debris must be treated as hazardous
waste. Collect waste immediately after removal and transfer it into 55-gallon steel drums.
Drums shall be properly sealed, labeled in accordance with hazardous waste regulations,
and stored in a designated area until disposal by a licensed hazardous waste contractor.
Dust monitoring shall be conducted continuously during the project to ensure compliance
with allowable lead exposure limits. The contractor shall document all work activities,
including waste disposal records, and provide a final report to the Project Mana ger upon
completion of the work.
All personnel involved must be trained in lead abatement safety and adhere to proper
decontamination procedures.
6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS
Add Section 6-1.06 CONTRACTOR FURNISHED MATERIALS
The Contractor shall provide, at no additional cost to the City, all construction power used
at the project site.
The Contractor shall make arrangements and provide for adequate portable toilet facilities
at the site. The Contractor shall maintain sanitary facilities until completion of work at
which time the facilities will be removed from the site and premises disin fected.
The Contractor shall protect all materials and equipment stored onsite from any damage
or deterioration until it is ready for installation. The City shall not be held liable for any
damage to the material that may occur on site.
Page 61 of 1527
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
4
7 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO THE PUBLIC
Add to Section 7-1.03B PUBLIC CONVENIENCE, Traffic Control Plan
Work hours are Monday through Friday between 7:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
Provide traffic control plan and traffic control application at or before the preconstruction
meeting. Traffic control plan must be drawn to scale. Traffic control application may be
obtained on the City’s website:
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/public-works/documents-
online/construction-documents
Upon approval of the traffic control plan, the City will issue a no-fee Encroachment Permit.
Permittee is responsible to comply with all conditions of the traffic control plan. Complete
work using due diligence to restore free flowing of traffic.
Add to Section 7-1.04 PUBLIC SAFETY:
Contractor shall provide a rigid 6-ft high (minimum) chain link or other rigid work site
fence surrounding the work site (including any staging and storage areas).
Contractor shall leave the work site clean and free from hazards at the end of each day
and on weekends.
Construction equipment will be allowed to be kept on -site after hours and over
weekends provided it is fully contained within the fenced and secured work site.
Contract to submit staging plan for approval. The plan must identify the path to
construction work that will minimize site disturbance. Where trimming of existing
vegetation is required during construction, shall be approved and monitored by the City
arborist. Existing improvements damaged during construction must be restored at the
Contractor's expense.
8 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
Replace the 1st paragraph in Section 8-1.02A SCHEDULE, General with:
Provide a Level 1 schedule for this work.
Add to Section 8-1.1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE:
14. Schedule of Values for all lump sum bid items.
Add to Section 8-1.04B START OF JOB SITE ACTIVITIES, Standard Start:
After award and execution of the contract, the Contractor shall place the order for long
lead time roof materials after submittals are reviewed and approved. The contractor shall
Page 62 of 1527
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
5
provide the City with a tentative delivery date for all roofing material and subsequently ,
the City will issue the notice to proceed with a start date of 15 working days prior to
delivery. Within 5 days of receiving the notice to proceed, the Contractor must provide a
work schedule. Work schedule must indicate the critical path based on the tentative
delivery dates of the roofing material. Schedule must show work continuing to completion
without interruption.
9 PAYMENT
Add to Section 9-1.01 GENERAL:
Work as specified in these specifications and as shown on the Plans for which no
separate payment is provided for in the Bid Item List will be considered a subsidiary
obligation of the Contractor and the cost thereof shall be included in the applicable
Contract prices for the item to which the work applies.
The following additional Bid Item descriptions are included for those atypical bid items
not fully covered in the Standard Specifications:
BID ITEM 3 – CLEAN AND REPAIR FRONT PORCH METAL TILE ROOF : Payment for
this lump sum bid item shall be made on a percentage complete basis, based lump sum
amount of the bid item. Work shall include inspection for proper attachment,
weatherproofing, integrity, and useful life conditions. Seal joint, surface corrosion to be
cleaned, treated with rust converting solution, coated with corrosion inhibitive primer, and
repainted with color to match. All open joints shall be sealed with a compatible paintable
sealant after cleaning sheet metal. This bid item shall include all necessary labor, tools,
materials, and equipment required to do all the work.
BID ITEM 4 – REMOVE LEAD-BASED PAINT: Payment for this lump sum bid item shall
be made on a percentage complete basis, based lump sum amount of the bid item. All
paint is to be stripped, using a Peel Away paint stripper or approved equal and must
conform with Technical Standard 09910 (Appendix B), and the sequence of work must
be approved prior to the start of work by the City Engineer. This bid item shall include all
necessary labor, tools, materials, and equipment required to do all the work.
BID ITEM 5 – REPAIR EXISTING ROOF RAILING OF FRONT PROCH AND WIDOWS
WALK ROOF RAILING INCLUDING POSTS & FINIALS: Measurement and payment for
repairing existing railing will be paid by linear feet based on the bid item. Repair elements
shall use epoxy wood patching and is limited to 1 cubic inch of volume per patch following
the manufacturer’s minimum thickness edge, All replacement wood must be naturally
weather and pest-resistant. This bid item shall include all necessary labor, tools,
materials, and equipment required to do all the work.
BID ITEM 6 – REPLACE EXISTING ROOF RAILING OF FRONT PROCH AND WIDOWS
WALK ROOF RAILING INCLUDING POSTS & FINIALS: Measurement and payment for
repairing existing railing will be paid by linear feet based on the bid item. Prepare a
Page 63 of 1527
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
6
summary list of historic rail elements that will need to be replaced in-kind, due to
deterioration, and submit to the City Engineer all replacement elements. All replacement
elements shall be fabricated using the shape and profile of the remaining elements, that
are to be reinstalled as templates. Dutchman repairs should be used before the full
replacement of the element., All replacement wood must be naturally weather and pest -
resistant. This bid item shall include all necessary labor, tools, materials, an d equipment
required to do all the work.
BID ITEM 26 – ARBOR: Payment for this lump sum bid item shall be made on a
percentage complete basis, based lump sum amount of the bid item. Arbor/Trellis to be
reconstructed based on existing post-base locations. Existing salvage elements located
and the City Corporation Yard are to be used as templates for recreating the replacement
parts. This bid item shall include all necessary labor, tools, materials, and equipment
required to do all the work. Appendix C: Structural Calculations.
BID ITEM 32 – STAGING AREA RESTORATION: Payment for this lump sum bid item
shall be made on a percent complete basis, based on lump sum amount for this item
includes full compensation for a complete repair or replace of damaged sod and plants,
including but not limited to other materials within areas used for staging. This bid item
shall include all the necessary labor, tools, materials, and equipment required to do all
the work.
Add to Section 9-1.02A MEASUREMENT, General:
Contractor must submit a Schedule of Values for all lump sum bid items of work at the
Preconstruction Meeting in compliance with Section 9-1.16B. Payment application pay
items shall match the bid item sheet and subcategories to a pay item will not be allowed.
Payment for Lump Sum items will be based on the percentage of acceptable work and
the schedule of values for that item.
Add to Section 9-1.03 PAYMENT SCOPE:
Any item of work that does not have separate bid item is considered included in the project
cost of work and no additional compensation will be paid.
DIVISION II GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
14 ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP
Add to Section 14-11.01 HAZARDOUS WASTE AND CONTAMINATION, GENERAL:
The City has completed lead and asbestos testing for the Jack House structure. Please
refer to Appendix D for detailed testing results.
The contractor must adhere to all applicable safety and health regulations, including those
specified in the Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead-Based Paint Hazards
Page 64 of 1527
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
7
in Housing linked: Guidelines for the Evaluation and Controls of Lead Based Paint
Hazards in Housing. Compliance with these guidelines is mandatory for lead handling.
Prior to commencing any work, the contractor must submit a Lead Mitigation Plan for City
approval. Work may not begin until the plan is approved. Refence Appendix E: Safety
Manager Review and Recommendations.
15 EXISTING FACILITIES
Add to Section 15-2.01 HISTORICAL BUILDING PROTECTION:
A qualified contractor with demonstrated experience working with historical structures
shall be used for all work on the Widows Walk railing and porch railing.
All historical planting within the property limits must be protected (Appendix F) and
handled with care. All trimming or securing of these historical plantings must be approved
and completed under the supervision of the City arborist. The Jack House Gardens story
map provides an inventory of plantings: Jack House Gardens (arcgis.com).
16 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
The contractor shall provide and maintain service of portable restroom for the entire
duration of construction. Portable restroom must be locked at end of each day.
DIVISION XII BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
99 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
Add SECTION 99-1.01 GENERAL:
See APPENDIX B: Technical Specifications
See APPENDIX E: Safety Manager Review and Recommendations
DIVISION XIII APPENDICES
Add SECTION 100 APPENDICES:
Refer to APPENDIX A: Form of Agreement
Refer to APPENDIX B: Technical Specifications
Refer to APPENDIX C: Arbor Structural Calculations
Refer to APPENDIX D: Lead Report and Asbestos
Refer to APPENDIX E: Safety Manager Review and Recommendations
Refer to APPENDIX F: Historical Planting Map
Refer to APPENDIX G: Arbor Photos
Page 65 of 1527
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
8
Page 66 of 1527
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
0
APPENDIX A - FORM OF AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made on _____________, by and between the City of San Luis
Obispo, a municipal corporation and charter city, San Luis Obispo County, California
(hereinafter called the Owner) and COMPANY NAME (hereinafter called the Contractor).
WITNESSETH:
That the Owner and the Contractor for the consideration stated herein agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1, SCOPE OF WORK: The Contractor shall perform everything required to be
performed, shall provide and furnish all of the labor, materials, necessary tools,
expendable equipment, and all utility and transportation services required to complete all
the work of construction of
NAME OF PROJECT, SPEC NO.
in strict compliance with the plans and specifications therefor, including any and all
Addenda, adopted by the Owner, in strict compliance with the Contract Documents
hereinafter enumerated.
It is agreed that said labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services shall be furnished and
said work performed and completed under the direction and supervision and subject to the
approval of the Owner or its authorized representatives.
ARTICLE II, CONTRACT PRICE: The Owner shall pay the Contractor as full consideration
for the faithful performance of this Contract, subject to any additions or deductions as
provided in the Contract Documents, the contract prices as follows:
Item
No.
Item Unit of
Measure
Estimated
Quantity
Item Price
(in figures)
Total
(in figures)
1.
2.
3.
BID TOTAL: $ .00
Payments are to be made to the Contractor in compliance with and subject to the provisions
embodied in the documents made a part of this Contract.
Should any dispute arise respecting the true value of any work omitted, or of any extra work
which the Contractor may be required to do, or respecting the size of any payment to the
Contractor, during the performance of this Contract, said dispute shall be decided by the
Owner and its decision shall be final, and conclusive.
Page 67 of 1527
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
1
ARTICLE III, COMPONENT PARTS OF THIS CONTRACT: The Contract consists of the
following documents, all of which are as fully a part thereof as if herein set out in full, and if
not attached, as if hereto attached:
1. Notice to Bidders and Information for Bidders
2. Standard Specifications and Engineering Standards
3. Special Provisions, any Addenda, Plans and Contract Change Orders
4. Caltrans Standard Specifications and Standard Plans 2015
5. Accepted Bid and Bid Bond
6. List of Subcontractors
7. Public Contract Code Sections 10285.1 Statement
8. Public Contract Code Section 10162 Questionnaire
9. Public Contract Code Section 10232 Statement
10. Labor Code Section 1725.5 Statements
11. Bidder Acknowledgements
12. Qualifications
13. Non-collusion Declaration
14. Agreement and Bonds
15. Insurance Requirements and Forms
ARTICLE IV INDEMNIFICATION: The Contractor shall indemnify, defend with legal
counsel approved by City, and hold harmless City, its officers, officials, employees and
volunteers from and against all liability, loss, damage, expense, cost (including without
limitation reasonable legal counsel fees, expert fees and all other costs and fees of
litigation) of every nature arising out of or in connection with the Contractor’s negligence,
recklessness or willful misconduct in the performance of work hereunder or its failure to
comply with any of its obligations contained in this Agreement, except such loss or damage
which is caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City. Should
conflict of interest principles preclude a single legal counsel from representing both the City
and the Contractor, or should the City otherwise find the Contractor’s legal counsel
unacceptable, then the Contractor shall reimburse the City its costs of defense, including
without limitation reasonable legal counsel fees, expert fees and all other costs and fees of
litigation. The Contractor shall promptly pay any final judgment rendered against the City
(and its officers, officials, employees and volunteers) with respect to claims determined by
a trier of fact to have been the result of the Contractor’s negligent, reckless or wrongful
performance. It is expressly understood and agreed that the foregoing provisions are
intended to be as broad and inclusive as is permitted by the law of the State of California
and will survive termination of this Agreement.
The Contractor obligations under this section apply regardless of whether such claim,
charge, damage, demand, action, proceeding, loss, stop notice, cost, expense, judgment,
civil fine or penalty, or liability was caused in part or contributed to by an Indemnitee.
However, without affecting the rights of the City under any provision of this agreement, the
Contractor shall not be required to indemnify and hold harmless the City for liability
attributable to the active negligence of City, provided such active negligence is determined
by agreement between the parties or by the findings of a court of competent jurisdiction. In
Page 68 of 1527
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
2
instances where the City is shown to have been actively negligent and where the City’s
active negligence accounts for only a percentage of the liability involved, the obligation of
the Contractor will be for that entire portion or percentage of liability not attributable to the
active negligence of the City.
ARTICLE V. It is further expressly agreed by and between the parties hereto that should
there be any conflict between the terms of this instrument and the bid of said Contractor,
then this instrument shall control and nothing herein shall be considered as an accept ance
of the said terms of said bid conflicting herewith.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have hereunto set their hands this
year and date first above written.
CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
A Municipal Corporation
__________________________________
Whitney McDonald, City Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM CONTRACTOR:
Name of Company
________________________________
By:________________________________
J. Christine Dietrick
City Attorney
Name of CAO/President
Its: CAO/PRESIDENT
(2nd signature required if Corporation):
By:________________________________
Name of Corporate Officer
Its: ____________________
Page 69 of 1527
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
3
APPENDIX B – SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Page 70 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION SECTION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01 35 91 Historic Treatment Procedures
DIVISION SECTION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
Section 02 41 19 Selective Demolition
Section 02 42 90 Protection of Historic Construction Materials
Section 02 42 91 Removal Salvage of Historic Construction Materials
DIVISION SECTION 03 - CONCRETE
Section 03 10 00 Concrete Formwork
Section 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcement
Section 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place
DIVISION SECTION 04 – MASONRY
Section 04 03 23 Historic Brick Unit Masonry Repointing
DIVISION SECTION 05 – STEEL
Section 05 12 00 Structural steel
DIVISION SECTION 06 – WOOD
Section 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry
Section 06 40 13 Exterior Architectural Woodwork
Section 06 40 85 Wood Restoration and Rehabilitation
DIVISION SECTION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07 31 13 Asphalt Shingles
Section 07 31 29 Wood Shingle
Section 07 46 00 Ventilation Mat
Section 07 52 00 Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing
Section 07 61 00 Sheet Metal Roofing
Section 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
Section 07 72 00 Roof Accessories
Section 07 92 00 Joint Sealant
DIVISION SECTION 09 - FINISHES
Section 09 91 00 Painting
Section 09 91 10 Preparation of Historic Wood and Metal Surfaces for Painting
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 71 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES 013591 - 1
SECTION 013591 - HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general protection and treatment procedures for designated historic
spaces, areas, and surfaces in Project.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Consolidate: To strengthen loose or deteriorated materials in place.
B. Design Reference Sample: A sample that represents the Architect's pre-bid selection of
work to be matched; it may be existing work or work specially produced for the Project.
C. Dismantle: To disassemble or detach a historic item from a surface, or a nonhistoric
item from a historic surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to
historic items and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or
reinstalled.
D. Historic: Spaces, areas, rooms, surfaces, materials, finishes, and overall appearance that
are important to the successful rehabilitation as determined by Architect. Designated
historic elements are indicated on Drawings.
E. Match: To blend with adjacent construction and manifest no apparent difference in
material type, species, cut, form, detail, color, grain, texture, or finish; as approved by
Architect.
F. Refinish: To remove existing finishes to base material and apply new finish to match
original, or as otherwise indicated.
G. Reinstall: To protect removed or dismantled item, repair and clean it as indicated for
reuse, and reinstall it in original position, or where indicated.
H. Remove: To take down or detach a nonhistoric item located within a historic space,
area, or room, using methods and equipment to prevent damage to historic items and
surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.
Page 72 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES 013591 - 2
I. Repair: To correct damage and defects, retaining existing materials, features, and
finishes while employing as little new material as possible. This includes patching,
piecing-in, splicing, consolidating, or otherwise reinforcing or upgrading materials.
J. Replace: To remove, duplicate, and reinstall entire item with new material. The original
item is the pattern for creating duplicates unless otherwise indicated.
K. Replicate: To reproduce in exact detail, materials, and finish unless otherwise indicated.
L. Reproduce: To fabricate a new item, accurate in detail to the original, and from either
the same or a similar material as the original, unless otherwise indicated.
M. Restore: To consolidate, replicate, reproduce, repair, and refinish as required to achieve
the indicated results.
N. Retain: To keep existing items that are not to be removed or dismantled.
O. Reversible: New construction work, treatments, or processes that can be removed or
undone in the future without damaging historic materials unless otherwise indicated.
P. Salvage: To protect removed or dismantled items and store in preparation for reuse.
Q. Stabilize: To provide structural reinforcement of unsafe or deteriorated items while
maintaining the essential form as it exists at present; also, to reestablish a weather-
resistant enclosure.
R. Strip: To remove existing finish down to base material unless otherwise indicated.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Historic Treatment Subschedule: A construction schedule coordinating the sequencing
and scheduling of historic treatment work for entire Project, including each activity to
be performed in historic spaces, areas, and rooms, and on historic surfaces; and based
on Contractor's Construction Schedule. Secure time commitments for performing
critical construction activities from separate entities responsible for historic treatment
work.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain best historic
treatment results.
2. Coordinate sequence of historic treatment work activities to accommodate the
following:
a. Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building.
b. Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.
c. Other known work in progress.
d. Tests and inspections.
Page 73 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES 013591 - 3
3. Detail sequence of historic treatment work, with start and end dates.
4. Utility Services: Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. Coordinate
shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.
5. Use of stairs.
6. Equipment Data: List gross loaded weight, axle-load distribution, and wheel-base
dimension data for mobile and heavy equipment proposed for use. Do not use
such equipment without certification from Contractor's professional engineer that
the structure can support the imposed loadings without damage.
B. Public Circulation: Coordinate historic treatment work with public circulation patterns
at Project site. Some work is near public circulation patterns. Public circulation patterns
cannot be closed off entirely, and in places can be only temporarily redirected around
small areas of work. Plan and execute the Work accordingly.
1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT
A. Preliminary Historic Treatment Conference: Before starting historic treatment work,
Architect will conduct a conference at Project site.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Architect, and Contractor,
historic treatment specialists, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects
historic treatment shall be represented at the meeting.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress of historic
treatment work, including review of the following:
a. Historic Treatment Subschedule: Discuss and finalize; verify availability of
materials, historic treatment specialists' personnel, equipment, and facilities
needed to make progress and avoid delays.
b. Fire-prevention plan.
c. Governing regulations.
d. Areas where existing construction is to remain and the required protection.
e. Hauling routes.
f. Sequence of historic treatment work operations.
g. Storage, protection, and accounting for salvaged and specially fabricated
items.
h. Existing conditions, staging, and structural loading limitations of areas
where materials are stored.
i. Qualifications of personnel assigned to historic treatment work and assigned
duties.
j. Requirements for extent and quality of work, tolerances, and required
clearances.
k. Methods and procedures related to historic treatments, including product
manufacturers' written instructions and precautions regarding historic
treatment procedures and their effects on materials, components, and
vegetation.
Page 74 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES 013591 - 4
l. Embedded work such as flashings, special details, collection of wastes,
protection of occupants and the public, and condition of other construction
that affect the Work or will affect the work.
3. Reporting: Record conference results and distribute copies to everyone in
attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from
conference.
B. Coordination Meetings: Conduct coordination audio or video conference meetings
specifically for historic treatment work at bi-weekly intervals. Coordination meetings
are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings
and preinstallation conferences.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Architect, and Contractor,
each historic treatment specialist, supplier, installer, and other entity concerned
with progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of historic
treatment work activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at
conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters
relating to historic treatment work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous coordination
meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress of historic
treatment work. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Historic Treatment Subschedule: Review progress since last coordination
meeting. Determine whether each schedule item is on time, ahead of
schedule, or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule
will be expedited with retention of quality; secure commitments from
parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required
to ensure that current and subsequent activities are completed within the
Contract Time.
b. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Historic Treatment Subschedule
after each coordination meeting where revisions to schedule have been
made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each
meeting.
c. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including review
items listed in the "Preliminary Historic Treatment Conference" Paragraph
above and the following:
1) Interface requirements of historic treatment work with other Project
Work.
2) Status of submittals for historic treatment work.
3) Access to historic treatment work.
4) Effectiveness of fire-prevention plan.
5) Quality and work standards of historic treatment work.
3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance
and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.
Page 75 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES 013591 - 5
1.6 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, items of interest
or value to Owner that may be encountered or uncovered during the Work, regardless of
whether they were previously documented, remain Owner's property.
1. Carefully dismantle and salvage each item or object and protect it from damage,
then promptly deliver it to Owner where directed.
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Historic Treatment Subschedule:
1. Submit historic treatment subschedule within fourteen (14) calendar days of date
established for commencement of historic treatment work.
B. Preconstruction Documentation: Show preexisting conditions of adjoining construction
and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage
caused by Contractor's historic treatment operations.
C. Historic Treatment Program: Submit twenty-one (21) calendar days before work begins.
D. Fire-Prevention Plan: Submit twenty-one (21) calendar days before work begins.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Historic Treatment Specialist Qualifications: An experienced firm regularly engaged in
historic treatments similar in nature, materials, design, and extent to this work as
specified in each section and that has completed a minimum of five (5) recent projects
with a record of successful in-service performance that demonstrates the firm's
qualifications to perform this work.
1. Field Supervisor Qualifications: Full-time supervisors experienced in historic
treatment work similar in nature, material, design, and extent to that indicated for
this Project. Supervisors shall be on Project site when historic treatment work
begins and during its progress. Supervisors shall not be changed during Project
except for causes beyond the control of the specialist firm.
a. Construct new mockups of required work whenever a supervisor is
replaced.
B. Historic Treatment Program: Prepare a written plan for historic treatment for whole
Project, including each phase or process and protection of surrounding materials during
operations. Describe in detail the materials, methods, and equipment to be used for each
phase of work. Show compliance with indicated methods and procedures specified in
Page 76 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES 013591 - 6
this and other Sections. Coordinate this whole-Project historic treatment program with
specific requirements of programs required in other historic treatment Sections.
1. Dust and Noise Control: Include locations of proposed temporary dust- and noise-
control partitions and means of egress from occupied areas coordinated with
continuing on-site operations and other known work in progress.
2. Debris Hauling: Include plans clearly marked to show debris hauling routes,
turning radii, and locations and details of temporary protective barriers.
C. Fire-Prevention Plan: Prepare a written plan for preventing fires during the Work,
including placement of fire extinguishers, fire blankets, rag buckets, and other fire-
prevention devices during each phase or process. Coordinate plan with Owner's fire-
protection equipment and requirements. Include fire watch personnel's training, duties,
and authority to enforce fire safety.
D. Safety and Health Standard: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6.
1.9 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HISTORIC MATERIALS
A. Salvaged Historic Materials:
1. Clean loose dirt and debris from salvaged historic items unless more extensive
cleaning is indicated.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning; cushion against damage during handling. Label
contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area on-site designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
B. Historic Materials for Reinstallation:
1. Repair and clean historic items for reuse as indicated.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing; cushion against damage during
handling. Label contents of containers.
3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for
new materials and equipment unless otherwise indicated. Provide connections,
supports, and miscellaneous materials to make item functional for use indicated.
C. Existing Historic Materials to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against
damage and soiling from construction work. Where permitted by Architect, items may
be dismantled and taken to a suitable, protected storage location during construction
work and reinstalled in their original locations after historic treatment and construction
work in the vicinity is complete.
D. Storage: Catalog and store historic items within a weathertight enclosure where they are
protected from moisture, weather, condensation, and freezing temperatures.
Page 77 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES 013591 - 7
1. Identify each item with a nonpermanent mark to document its original location.
Indicate original locations on plans, elevations, sections, or photographs by
annotating the identifying marks.
2. Secure stored materials to protect from theft.
3. Control humidity so that it does not exceed 85 percent. Maintain temperatures 5
deg F (3 deg C) or more above the dew point.
E. Storage Space:
1. Owner will arrange for limited on-site location(s) for free storage of historic
material. This storage space does not include security nor climate control for
stored material.
2. Arrange for off-site locations for storage and protection of historic material that
cannot be stored and protected on-site.
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Size Limitations in Historic Spaces: Materials, products, and equipment used for
performing the Work and for transporting debris, materials, and products shall be of
sizes that clear surfaces within historic spaces, areas, rooms, and openings, including
temporary protection, by 12 inches (300 mm) or more.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION, GENERAL
A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building, building site, plants,
and surrounding buildings from harm resulting from historic treatment procedures.
1. Use only proven protection methods, appropriate to each area and surface being
protected.
2. Provide temporary barricades, barriers, and directional signage to exclude the
public from areas where historic treatment work is being performed.
3. Erect temporary barriers to form and maintain fire-egress routes.
4. Erect temporary protective covers over walkways and at points of pedestrian and
vehicular entrance and exit that must remain in service during historic treatment
work.
5. Contain dust and debris generated by historic treatment work, and prevent it from
reaching the public or adjacent surfaces.
6. Provide shoring, bracing, and supports as necessary. Do not overload structural
elements.
Page 78 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES 013591 - 8
7. Protect floors and other surfaces along hauling routes from damage, wear, and
staining.
8. Provide supplemental sound-control treatment to isolate removal and dismantling
work from other areas of the building.
B. Temporary Protection of Historic Materials:
1. Protect existing historic materials with temporary protections and construction.
Do not remove existing materials unless otherwise indicated.
2. Do not attach temporary protection to historic surfaces except as indicated as part
of the historic treatment program and approved by Architect.
C. Comply with each product manufacturer's written instructions for protections and
precautions. Protect against adverse effects of products and procedures on people and
adjacent materials, components, and vegetation.
D. Utility and Communications Services:
1. Notify Owner, Architect, authorities having jurisdiction, and entities owning or
controlling wires, conduits, pipes, and other services affected by historic
treatment work before commencing operations.
2. Disconnect and cap pipes and services as required by authorities having
jurisdiction, as required for historic treatment work.
3. Maintain existing services unless otherwise indicated; keep in service, and protect
against damage during operations. Provide temporary services during
interruptions to existing utilities.
E. Existing Drains: Prior to the start of work in an area, test drainage system to ensure that
it is functioning properly. Notify Architect immediately of inadequate drainage or
blockage. Do not begin work in an area until the drainage system is functioning
properly.
1. Prevent solids such as stone or mortar residue or other debris from entering the
drainage system. Clean out drains and drain lines that become sluggish or blocked
by sand or other materials resulting from historic treatment work.
2. Protect drains from pollutants. Block drains or filter out sediments, allowing only
clean water to pass.
F. Existing Roofing: Prior to the start of work in an area, install roofing protection as
necessary to protect roofing that is to remain.
3.2 PROTECTION FROM FIRE
A. General: Follow fire-prevention plan and the following:
1. Remove and keep area free of combustibles, including rubbish, paper, waste, and
chemicals, unless necessary for the immediate work.
Page 79 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES 013591 - 9
a. If combustible material cannot be removed, provide fire blankets to cover
such materials.
2. Prohibit smoking by all persons within Project work and staging areas.
B. Heat-Generating Equipment and Combustible Materials: Comply with the following
procedures while performing work with heat-generating equipment or combustible
materials, including welding, torch-cutting, soldering, brazing, removing paint with
heat, or other operations where open flames or implements using high heat or
combustible solvents and chemicals are anticipated:
1. Obtain Owner's approval for operations involving use of open-flame or welding
or other high-heat equipment. Notify Owner at least 72 hours before each
occurrence, indicating location of such work.
2. As far as practicable, restrict heat-generating equipment to shop areas or outside
the building.
3. Do not perform work with heat-generating equipment inside building.
4. Use fireproof baffles to prevent flames, sparks, hot gases, or other high-
temperature material from reaching surrounding combustible material.
5. Prevent the spread of sparks and particles of hot metal through open windows,
doors, holes, and cracks in floors, walls, ceilings, roofs, and other openings.
6. Fire Watch: Before working with heat-generating equipment or combustible
materials, station personnel to serve as a fire watch at each location where such
work is performed. Fire-watch personnel shall have the authority to enforce fire
safety. Station fire watch according to NFPA 51B, NFPA 241, and as follows:
a. Train each fire watch in the proper operation of fire-control equipment and
alarms.
b. Prohibit fire-watch personnel from other work that would be a distraction
from fire-watch duties.
c. Cease work with heat-generating equipment whenever fire-watch personnel
are not present.
d. Have fire-watch personnel perform final fire-safety inspection each day
beginning no sooner than 30 minutes after conclusion of work at Project site
to detect hidden or smoldering fires and to ensure that proper fire
prevention is maintained.
C. Fire Extinguishers, Fire Blankets, and Rag Buckets: Maintain fire extinguishers, fire
blankets, and rag buckets for disposal of rags with combustible liquids. Maintain each
as suitable for the type of fire risk in each work area. Ensure that nearby personnel and
the fire-watch personnel are trained in fire-extinguisher and blanket use.
D. Sprinklers: Where sprinkler protection exists and is functional, maintain it without
interruption while operations are being performed. If operations are performed close to
sprinklers, shield them temporarily with guards.
Page 80 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES 013591 - 10
1. Remove temporary guards at the end of work shifts, whenever operations are
paused, and when nearby work is completed.
3.3 PROTECTION DURING APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS
A. Protect motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building being restored, building site,
plants, and surrounding buildings from harm or damage resulting from applications of
chemicals and adhesives.
B. Cover adjacent surfaces with protective materials that are proved to resist chemicals
selected for Project unless chemicals being used will not damage adjacent surfaces as
indicated in historic treatment program. Use covering materials and masking agents that
are waterproof and UV resistant and that will not stain or leave residue on surfaces to
which they are applied. Apply protective materials according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agents or adhesives to painted or porous
surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove protective materials.
C. Do not apply chemicals during winds of sufficient force to spread them to unprotected
surfaces.
D. Neutralize alkaline and acid wastes and legally dispose of off Owner's property.
E. Collect and dispose of runoff from chemical operations by legal means and in a manner
that prevents soil contamination, soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations,
damage to landscaping, or water penetration into building interior.
3.4 GENERAL HISTORIC TREATMENT
A. Have historic treatment work performed only by qualified historic treatment specialists.
B. Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when historic treatment work begins and
during its progress.
C. Record existing work before each procedure (preconstruction), and record progress
during the work. Use digital preconstruction documentation photographs. Comply with
requirements in Section 024291 – Removal and Salvage of Historic Building Materials.
D. Perform surveys of Project Site as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from
historic treatment procedures.
E. Follow the procedures in subparagraphs below and procedures approved in historic
treatment program unless otherwise indicated:
1. Retain as much existing material as possible; repair and consolidate rather than
replace.
Page 81 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES 013591 - 11
2. Use additional material or structure to reinforce, strengthen, prop, tie, and support
existing material or structure.
3. Use reversible processes wherever possible.
4. Use historically accurate repair and replacement materials and techniques unless
otherwise indicated.
F. Notify Architect of visible changes in the integrity of material or components whether
from environmental causes including biological attack, UV degradation, freezing, or
thawing or from structural defects including cracks, movement, or distortion.
1. Do not proceed with the work in question until directed by Architect.
G. Where missing features are indicated to be repaired or replaced, provide work with
appearance based on accurate duplications rather than on conjecture, subject to approval
of Architect.
H. Where work requires existing features to be removed or dismantled and reinstalled,
perform these operations without damage to the material itself, to adjacent materials, or
to the substrate.
I. Identify new and replacement materials and features with permanent marks hidden in
the completed Work to distinguish them from original materials. Record a legend of
identification marks and the locations of the items on record Drawings.
END OF SECTION 013591
Page 82 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 1
SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain City's property. Remove, clean, and
rehabilitate identified items per drawings for reinstallation.
B. Comply with EPA regulations and hauling and disposal regulations of authorities
having jurisdiction.
C. It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. If materials
suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb;
immediately notify City. City will remove hazardous materials under a separate
contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DEMOLITION
A. Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve
stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to
remain or construction being demolished.
B. Provide temporary weather protection to prevent water leakage and damage to structure
and interior areas.
C. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain.
D. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use
cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.
E. Promptly remove demolished materials from City's property and legally dispose of
them. Do not burn demolished materials.
END OF SECTION 024119
Page 83 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
PROTECTION OF HISTORIC CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 024290 - 1
SECTION 024290 - PROTECTION OF HISTORIC CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes the following Work. Refer to the Drawings for specific locations of the
following Work:
1. Photographic, written, and/or drawn documentation of historic materials and
finishes to be protected.
2. Protection of all historic rooms, materials, and finishes scheduled to remain in
place during demolition and/or construction.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
Section:
1. Section 024291 - Removal and Salvage of Historic Building Materials
2. Section 061000 - Rough Carpentry
3. Section 064012 - Historic Wood Repair
4. Section 064013 - Exterior Architectural Woodwork
5. Section 064015 - Replacing Deteriorated Woodwork
6. Section 076100 - Sheet Metal Roofing
7. Section 076200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Historic Fabric: Architectural materials and finishes, constructed during the Period of
Significance. Most, but not all, historic fabric is identified on the Drawings. It is the
intent of this Section and this Project to maintain and restore as much historic fabric as
possible.
B. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled,
salvaged, or to remain the Owner's Representative's property. Where indicated,
document existing materials and items prior to removal, for use in replacing existing
with new to match.
C. Remove and Salvage: Remove and salvage element as indicated for replication or for
Owner's Representative's use. Salvage includes required protection, cataloging,
documentation, and tracking, as required.
Page 84 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
PROTECTION OF HISTORIC CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 024290 - 2
D. Remove, Salvage and Reinstall: Remove items indicated; store and protect against
damage; restore and alter as indicated for reuse; and reinstall as indicated. Salvage
includes required protection, cataloging, documentation, and tracking.
E. Catalog and Documentation: Identification system including physically marking item,
photography, written and/or drawn documentation which adequately describe an
element or assembly for reinstallation, restoration and/or replication purposes.
F. Retain and Protect in Place: Retain the identified materials and assemblies in place
during construction, and protect such materials and assemblies against damage and
deterioration throughout construction. Protection requirements include the installation
of physical barriers to prevent damage from construction activities. Barrier materials are
to be installed without attachment directly to the materials and assemblies requiring
protection.
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Materials or items which are discovered during the course of selective salvage,
demolition and protection, which are not architectural or structural items and which are
determined by the Owner's Representative to be historic artifacts, shall be turned over to
the Owner's Representative.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract
and Division 1 Specification Sections, for information only, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Proposed noise, dust-control and waterproofing measures.
C. Schedule of Selective Protection activities indicating the following:
1. Detailed sequence of selective salvage, demolition, and removal work, with
starting and ending dates for each activity.
2. Detailed sequence of protection activities.
3. Coordination for interruption, shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility
services.
4. Use of interior stairs and requirements for interior and exterior access.
D. Selective Protection Program: Submit for review a detailed program indicating
proposed operations for selective protection work to Owner's Representative for review
and approval prior to start of work. Include the following:
1. Site:
a. Method of protecting landscape and plantings during demolition and
construction activities.
2. Building Exterior:
a. Method of protecting building exterior from damage during demolition and
construction activities.
Page 85 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
PROTECTION OF HISTORIC CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 024290 - 3
3. Building system components, including sprinklers, mechanical, plumbing and
electrical equipment, and light fixtures (interior path to work area):
a. Method of protecting each system component from damage during
demolition and construction activities.
4. Woodwork and Trim, Wood Doors and Windows:
a. Method of protecting woodwork and trim, wood doors and windows
remaining on site during demolition and construction activities.
5. Wood Stairs (interior path to work area):
a. Method of protecting wood stairs and railings during demolition and
construction activities.
6. Metal Roofing:
a. Method of protecting existing roofing from damage during demolition and
construction activities
7. Wood Flooring (interior path to work area):
a. Method of protecting wood floors remaining on site during demolition and
construction activities.
E. Photographs of Existing Conditions: Prior to commencement of selective protection
work, submit photographs of existing damage on surfaces, equipment, and adjacent
improvements that might be misconstrued as damage related to selective protection
operations.
F. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with
project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other'
information specified.
1.6 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Restoration Specialist: Selective protection work shall be performed by experienced
restoration firms and individuals with a minimum of 5 comparable historic restoration
projects over the past 5 years. Firms and individuals performing work of this section
shall be skilled with specific restoration and reinstallation processes and operations
indicated. Includes selective documentation and protection of the following elements:
1.
B. Field-Constructed Mockups: Prior to start of selective protection work, prepare the
following mock ups on the building where indicated on the drawings or where directed
in the field by the Owner's Representative. Prepare mock-ups using same materials and
methods proposed for the Work, and under same weather conditions to be expected
during time of the Work. Obtain Owner's Representative's acceptance of qualities
before proceeding with the Work.
1. Temporary Protection: Demonstrate installation of temporary protection at the
following:
a. Typical room which will remain generally off limits
b. Floors.
Page 86 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
PROTECTION OF HISTORIC CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 024290 - 4
c. Walls, including baseboard and wainscot.
d. Window openings.
e. Ceilings.
f. Stairs.
g. Demonstrate installation of temporary protection at Contractor’s Path of
Travel through building.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. HISTORIC BUILDING - Required Care in Selective protection operations.
1. The Work seeks to preserve and restore an historic building; and to protect,
salvage and reuse selected building materials and items;
2. Building materials and items shall be considered fragile and must be protected
and handled with great care. Historic materials damaged during selective salvage
and demolition operations may not be available for replacement; to remedy such
damage repair and restoration shall be required. Protection of existing materials
and items is of great importance.
B. Protection: Construct temporary barricades and other forms of protection to fully
protect existing building interior and all existing materials and items to remain. See
section 3.4 for additional requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PROTECTION AND SALVAGE MATERIALS
A. Padding: Non-moisture retentive material for padding and separation of stored
materials.
1. Ethafoam, or equal.
B. Hard Barriers
1. Fire-retardant treated lumber and plywood. Do not use salvaged or other materials
which are infested with decay fungi or similar organisms.
2. Fiberboard underlayment.
C. Miscellaneous
1. Polyethylene sheeting, corrugated cardboard, kraft paper, and clean quilted pads.
2. Temporary attachment devices, including non-marring tape and removable, non-
staining anchors.
3. Sound and thermal insulation materials.
4. Warning signs and labels identifying historic areas, materials, and items to be
protected-in-place. Signage and labels to read, at a minimum, "Historic - Retain
and Protect," in multiple languages.
D. Insect Infestation
Page 87 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
PROTECTION OF HISTORIC CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 024290 - 5
1. Provide non-toxic chemical treatment for exterior woodwork and other materials,
which are found to be insect-infested.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against
damage during selective salvage, demolition, and protection operations.
B. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped as needed in areas of work.
C. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine
extent of selective salvage, demolition, and protection required.
D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with the
intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and
extent of the conflict. Promptly submit a written report to the Owner's Representative.
E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective
salvage, demolition, and protection activities.
F. Photo documentation shall be through the use of a camera with an optically ground lens
(no plastic lenses.) Film shall be 35 mm, either 100 ASA or 200 ASA film speed or
digital media at not less than 6 megapixel resolution as TIF files or as high resolution
JPG files saved on a DVD, unless otherwise approved. Test shots shall be provided to
determine to the Owner's Representative that photography and methods to accomplish
recordation are acceptable to the Owner.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Conduct selective protection operations and remove debris to ensure minimum
interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, alleys, driveways, walks, or other adjacent
occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner's Representative and
authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or
obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations.
B. Conduct selective protection operations to prevent injury to people and damage to
adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around
selective protection area.
1. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered
passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain.
Page 88 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
PROTECTION OF HISTORIC CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 024290 - 6
3. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between demolition and
removal of existing construction, on exterior surfaces and new construction to
ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas.
4. Protect attic spaces, walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finished work that
are to remain and are exposed during selective protection operations.
5. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been
removed.
3.3 PROTECTION, SALVAGE AND REMOVAL
A. Protection:
1. Construct temporary protection at existing elements indicated to remain, to
prevent damage to or marring of materials and items. Protection shall be of
required size and thickness to withstand impact from falling debris, rolling
equipment and objects; residue and droppings from all construction related
activities.
a. Protect Contractor's Path of Travel through the building for the duration of
the Project. Delineation of Contractor's Path of Travel to be coordinated
with Owner's Representative.
2. Where indicated and where required to prevent damage, materials and items to be
protected in place shall be enclosed in protective boxes or coverings. Protective
materials shall not be anchored directly to the item being protected. Prevent direct
contact between protective assemblies and existing elements or materials by use
of spacers, corrugated cardboard, quilted pads, kraft paper, non-moisture retentive
padding, or other adequate means.
3. Construct temporary dust proof barricades where indicated and required to
separate historically sensitive areas, materials, and items from extensive dirt or
dust producing operations. Historically sensitive areas include:
a. The building interior along Contractor’s Path of Travel.
b. Exterior building walls adjacent to work area.
c. Porches, stairs, and other exterior elements as indicated on the Drawings.
4. Provide temporary weather protection during interval between selective
demolition and installation of new construction to ensure that no water leakage or
damage occurs to structure or interior areas of existing building.
5. Provide temporary shoring and scaffolding, which does not damage historic
fabric.
6. Monitor areas indicated to be protected by prohibiting passage and construction
activities, except for selected work required therein.
7. Remove protections as required to perform selected Work, and reinstall following
completion of selected work.
a. At completion of construction, completely remove protection. Restore and
clean to match equivalent, restored existing materials and items if existing
materials and items have been affected by protective coverings.
Page 89 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
PROTECTION OF HISTORIC CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 024290 - 7
B. Removal and Demolition: Demolish and remove existing construction as indicated only
after protection, cataloging, documentation and salvage operations have been
completed. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing
regulations and as follows:
1. Proceed with selective salvage, demolition, and protection systematically.
2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required.
Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining
construction. To minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces, use hand or small
power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping.
Temporarily cover openings to remain.
3. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing
before start of selective salvage, demolition, and protection operations.
END OF SECTION 024290
Page 90 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
REMOVAL AND SALVAGE OF HISTORIC CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 024291-1
SECTION 024291 - REMOVAL AND SALVAGE OF HISTORIC CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Removal and salvage of identified historic items and materials, and removal
of resulting rubbish and debris. Materials to be salvaged or recycled shall be stored daily in
areas and manner specified by the Owner. In the interest of conservation, salvage and recycling
shall be pursued to the maximum extent possible.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Work Plan: Submit procedures proposed for the accomplishment of the work. The procedures
shall provide for safe conduct of the work, careful removal and disposition of materials
specified to be salvaged or recycled, dust control, protection of property which is to remain
undisturbed, and coordination with other work in progress. The procedures shall include a
detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used for each operation, and the
sequence of operations.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications: Provide qualified workers trained and experienced in whole-building recycling,
including removal and salvage of historic materials and submit documentation of 5 consecutive
years of work of this type. A list of similar projects shall be provided identifying when, where,
and for whom the work was done. A current point-of-contact for identified references shall be
provided.
1.4 DUST CONTROL
A. The amount of dust resulting from removal, salvage, and demolition operations shall be
controlled to prevent the spread of dust to avoid creation of a nuisance in the surrounding area.
Use of water to control dust will not be permitted when it will result in, or create, damage to
existing building materials and hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, and
pollution.
1.5 PROTECTION
A. Protection of Existing Historic Property
1. Before beginning any removal, salvage, or demolition work, survey the site and examine
the Drawings and Specifications to determine the extent of the work.
2. Take necessary precautions to avoid damage to existing historic items that are to remain
in place; to be reused, or to remain the property of the Owner.
3. Items damaged by the Contractor shall be repaired and restored to original condition, or
replaced, as approved by the Owner.
4. Coordinate the work of this Section with all other work and construct and maintain
shoring, bracing, and supports, as required.
5. Ensure that structural elements are not overloaded and provide additional supports as
may be required as a result of any cutting, removal, or demolition work performed under
this Contract.
Page 91 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
REMOVAL AND SALVAGE OF HISTORIC CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 024291-2
B. Protection From the Weather: The interior of building to remain and salvageable materials
shall be protected from the weather at all times. Salvaged historic materials shall be stored out
of contact with the ground and under weathertight covering.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 SALVAGED ITEMS
A. All salvaged material to remain property of Owner unless specifically noted otherwise. Salvage
items to the maximum extent possible to allow for re-installation. Prior to any demolition work,
historic items to be salvaged shall be removed from the structure, and documented and tagged
for its specific location in the assembly. Removal of salvageable items shall be accomplished
by hand labor to the maximum extent possible. Care shall be taken to not damage historic
portions of the structure to remain or items identified for salvage. Furnishings, equipment, and
materials not scheduled for salvage or recycling shall be removed prior to any salvaging
procedures. Keep a complete record of all salvaged materials including the condition of such
materials before, and after, salvage operations.
B. Wood: The following materials shall be removed intact and salvaged: exterior railing, finials,
related trim.
3.2 RECYCLED MATERIALS
A. Recycle materials to the maximum extent possible. Removal of recyclable materials shall be
accomplished by hand labor wherever possible. Historic portions of the structure to remain and
items identified for salvage shall not be damaged while removing materials for recycling.
B. The following materials shall be recycled:
1. Dimension lumber.
2. Scrap wood.
3. Paper and cardboard.
4. Gypsum board.
5. Asphalt.
6. Rubble.
7. Glass.
8. Metals.
3.3 DISPOSITION OF MATERIALS
A. Title to materials and equipment to be demolished, except Owner and historical items, is vested
in the Contractor upon receipt of Notice to Proceed. The Owner will not be responsible for the
condition, loss, or damage to such property after Notice to Proceed.
B. Material salvaged for the Contractor shall be temporarily stored as approved by the Owner and
shall be removed from the Owner’s property before completion of the Contract. Material
salvaged for the Contractor shall not be sold on the site.
Page 92 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
REMOVAL AND SALVAGE OF HISTORIC CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 024291-3
C. Salvaged items to remain the property of the Owner shall be removed in a manner to prevent
damage and as directed by the Owner. Salvaged items shall be packed or crated to protect the
items from damage. Items damaged during removal or storage shall be repaired or replaced to
match existing items. Containers shall be properly identified as to contents.
3.4 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the work, portions of structure to remain and adjacent areas and structures
shall be cleaned of dust, dirt, and debris caused by salvage and demolition operations. Debris
and rubbish shall be removed and transported in a manner that prevents spillage on streets or
adjacent areas. Local regulations regarding hauling and disposal shall apply.
END OF SECTION
Page 93 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00- 1
SECTION 03 10 00
CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART 1 − GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, operations, or methods listed,
mentioned or scheduled on the plans and/or herein specified, including all incidentals
necessary and required for completion of work under this Section.
B. Provide and install formwork for cast-in-place concrete, with shoring, bracing and
anchorage.
B. Form accessories.
C. Stripping forms.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to,
General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 of these Contract Documents.
B. Document 03 20 00 – Reinforcing Steel
C. Section 03 3000 - Cast in Place Concrete
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design, engineer, and construct formwork, shoring, and bracing to meet design
and code requirements, so that resultant concrete conforms to required shapes,
lines, and dimensions.
B. Contractor shall be responsible for strength of forms. In general, deflection of finished surface shall not exceed that produced by 5/8 inch plywood against studs set on 12 inch centers.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Construct and erect concrete formwork in accordance with ACI and 2019 CBC.
1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection: Protect formwork materials before, during and after installation and protect the installed work and materials of other trades.
B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make repairs and
replacements necessary to the acceptance of the City and Structural Engineer at
no additional cost to the Owner.
Page 94 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00- 2
1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Obtain information from other trades and suppliers in sample time to schedule
and coordinate the installation of items furnished by them to be embedded in
concrete.
PART 2 − PRODUCTS
2 .1 FORM MATERIALS
A. Earth Forms: Acceptable for grade beams, footings and similar below grade
structures provided the following:
1. Structural Drawings do not require and indicate otherwise;
2. Vertical excavated material will stand without caving;
3. Minimum reinforcing steel clearances are maintained;
4. Suitable provisions are taken to prevent raveling on top edges of
excavation;
5. Suitable provisions are taken to prevent sloughing of loose material from
walls of excavation;
6. Excavation is neatly cut;
7. Concrete which is exposed to view is poured against wood or metal forms
to a minimum depth of 6 inches below finished grade;
B. Wood Forms for Exposed Concrete Not Otherwise Noted and Specified:
1. All wood forms shall be FSC.
2. DFPA graded HDO (High Density Overlaid) Plyform, Class I or II (as per
strength and tolerance requirements), exterior, each piece grade marked.
2 .2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES
A. Form Ties: Snap-off metal of fixed length; cone type; 1 inch break back
dimension; free of defects that will leave holes no larger than 1 inch diameter in
concrete surface.
B. Fillets for Chamfered Corners: Wood strips type; ~ ¾” in size; maximum possible
lengths.
C. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required; of
strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete.
PART 3 − EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify lines, levels, and measurements before proceeding with formwork.
3. 2 EARTH FORMS
Page 95 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00- 3
A. Hand trim sides and bottoms of earth forms. Increase dimensions shown on
drawings 1-1/2 inches for each form surface omitted.
B. Forms must be free of any debris, loose soil, and must not have standing water
prior to placing concrete.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION OF FORMS
A. Rigidly support and substantially construct forms; erect plumb, straight and true
to line, shape, and dimensions, and in precise position to form the lines and
designs indicated, suitable for removal without prying against concrete.
B. Make forms tight without cracks and holes to prevent loss of fine particles from
the concrete.
C. Construction joints shall be in accordance with requirements of Cast-In-Place
Concrete, Division 3. Provide a surfaced pouring strip where construction joints
intersect exposed surfaces to provide straight line at joints. Prior to subsequent
pour, remove strip and tighten forms. Construction joints shall show no
"overlapping" and off setting of concrete surfaces and shall, as closely as possible,
present the same appearance as butted plywood joints. Joints in a continuous line
shall be straight and true.
D. Provide fillet strips on external corners of beams and columns.
E. Provide forms for slabs, with removable leveling screeds for flat work.
F. Remove wood spreaders from forms prior to pour. No wood shall remain inside
forms.
G. Form lumber from this project may be reused for concealed framing, providing
lumber at the time of reuse meets the framing grade requirements specified; is in
good condition, thoroughly clean, with nails removed.
3.4 INSERTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Provide proper and adequate means for accurate positioning and securing bolts,
hold-downs, reinforcing, and inserts in concrete.
B. Securely place embedded items, sleeves, and pockets, as indicated. Coordinate
work of other sections. Use templates where necessary.
C. Do not cut reinforcing for embedded items and inserts unless specifically
indicated on Drawings.
D. Do not embed piping in concrete, unless specifically authorized by City and
indicated on Drawings.
E. Do not embed electrical conduit in concrete without specific written authorization from City and Structural Engineer. Locate conduit so as to keep the concrete at its maximum structural strength. In slabs on grade the outside diameter of conduit
Page 96 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00- 4
shall not exceed 30 percent of the concrete thickness and shall be located at the centerline of slab. Conduits can be grouped in pairs, but minimum clear distance between single conduits or pairs shall be 6 inches.
3. 5 FORMWORK TOLERANCES
A. Wall Centerline Location: +/- 1/4 inch.
B. Slab on Grade Thickness: +/- 1/2 inch.
C. Other: +/- 1/4 inch.
3 .6 REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. Remove forms and falsework so as to ensure the complete safety of the structure.
Do not remove supports until members have sufficient strength to safely support
their own weight and superimposed loading with proper factor of safety. Do not
remove forms and shoring without the authorization of the City and Structural
Engineer. Authorization by the City and Structural Engineer of form removal
shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for damage due to faulty
construction or materials.
B. Remove forms for exposed concrete surfaces so as to preclude damage to finish.
Do not use pinch bars and similar tools for prying against exposed surfaces.
C. Do not remove forms and shoring until the following minimum times have
elapsed after concrete is placed:
1. Vertical Forms (Walls, Columns, Beam Sides): 7 days.
2. Side Forms (Footings, Slabs on Grade): 4 days.
D. Remove bolts, wires, clamps, rods, spreader ties, and other embedded items not
necessary to the work to a minimum of 1 inch from the surface. Take precautions
to eliminate danger of rust stains from form tie materials or other unprotected
ferrous materials embedded in and adjacent to exposed concrete surfaces.
END OF SECTION
Page 97 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENTS 03 20 00- 1
SECTION 03 20 00
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
PART 1 − GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, operations, or methods listed,
mentioned or scheduled on the plans and/or herein specified, including all incidentals
necessary and required for completion of work under this Section.
B. Provide and install Reinforcing steel bars, welded steel wire fabric fabricated steel
bar or rod mats for cast-in-place and precast/tilt-up concrete.
C. Support chairs, bolsters, bar supports, spacers, for supporting reinforcement.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to,
General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 of these Contract Documents.
B. Section 03 3000 - Cast in Place Concrete
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of City Standard Specification, Shop Drawings:
1. Submit fully detailed shop drawings, including bending schedules and
bending diagrams. Indicate placing details and size location of reinforcing
steel. Shop drawings shall be of such detail and completeness that
fabrication and placement at the site can be accomplished without the use
of contract drawings for reference.
2. Do not fabricate and place reinforcing steel before the shop drawings
review has been completed by the City and Structural Engineer and
returned to the Contractor. Review of shop drawings by the City and
Structural Engineer will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for
errors or for failure in accuracy and complete placing of the work.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform concrete reinforcement work in accordance with CRSI, Manual of
Standard Practice.
B. Conform to ACI, and 2022 CBC.
C. Submit certified mill test reports (tensile and bending) for each heat or melt of
steel prior to delivery of material to the job site. Where reinforcing is required to
be welded, mill test reports shall verify the weld ability of the steel.
Page 98 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENTS 03 20 00- 2
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Check Cityural, structural, mechanical and electrical drawings for anchor bolt
schedules and locations, anchors, inserts, conduits, sleeves, and any other items
which are required to be cast in concrete. Make necessary provisions as required
so that reinforcing steel will not interfere with the placement of such embedded
items.
1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Bundle reinforcement and tag with suitable identification to facilitate shoring,
placing and transport.
B. Keep a sufficient supply of tested and approved reinforcement on the site to avoid
delaying the work.
C. Take means necessary to protect reinforcing steel before, during, and after
installation and to protect the work and materials of other trades.
D. Store reinforcing steel in a manner to prevent damage, excessive rusting, and
fouling with dirt, grease and other bond-breaking coatings.
E. Take necessary precautions to maintain identification after the bundles of
reinforcing steel have been broken.
F. In the event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary to
the acceptance of the City and at no additional cost to the owner.
PART 2 − PRODUCTS
2.1 REINFORCING STEEL
A. Reinforcing Bars: New, free of loose rust. 1. Billet-Steel Bars: ASTM A615, Grade
60. Welded reinforcing bars shall be grade 60 conforming to ASTM A706.
B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185; flat sheets.
C. Tie Wire: 16 gauge minimum, black and annealed.
D. Accessories: Metal or plastic spacers, supports, ties, as required for spacing
assembling and supporting reinforcing in place. Supports shall comply with CRSI,
Manual of Standard Practice.
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Shop fabricate reinforcement in accordance with details on Drawings and 2022
CBC. Where specific details are not shown or noted, fabricate in conformance
with ACI and CRSI.
B. Clean bars of loose rust, loose mill scale and substances which may decrease
bond.
Page 99 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENTS 03 20 00- 3
C. Bend bars cold and accurately to details on final reviewed shop drawings.
2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests shall be made in accordance with the 2022 CBC. The testing laboratory will
select samples for physical tests of reinforcing steel from material at the place of
distribution, test the reinforcing steel and submit results of tests to the City for
review prior to fabrication.
1. Identified Reinforcing Steel: One tensile test and one bend test shall be
made from a specimen from each 10 tons or fraction thereof of each size
of reinforcing steel, if reinforcing is taken from bundles identified with
heat number, is accompanied by mill analysis and mill test reports, and is
properly tagged with an identification certificate.
2. Unidentified Reinforcing Steel: One tensile and one bend test will be
made for each 2-1/2 tons of fractions thereof of each size of reinforcing
steel.
B. Costs of tests to determine if unidentified steel complies with specified standards
will be deducted by the District from the Contract Sum by Change Order.
PART 3 − EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Carefully examine the installed work of other trades prior to installing reinforcing
steel and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this section
may commence.
B. Ensure that reinforcing steel is installed in strict accordance with pertinent codes
and regulations, the final reviewed shop drawings and original design.
C. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the City and Structural Engineer.
Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until discrepancies have
been fully resolved.
3.2 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL
A. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with the Drawings, final reviewed shop
drawings and the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. Install reinforcement
accurately and secure against movement, particularly under the weight of workers
and the placement of concrete.
B. Locate reinforcement accurately in the forms and hold in place by means of
supports adequate to prevent displacement and to maintain reinforcement at
proper distances from form face. Place supports in accordance with CRSI Manual
of Standard Practice. Use of wood supports and spacers inside the forms is not
permitted.
C. Support reinforcement for slabs in precast concrete blocks or chairs spaced 4'-0"
on center (maximum) both ways, staggered. Size blocks or chairs so the
Page 100 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENTS 03 20 00- 4
reinforcing is maintained at the proper elevation in the slab.
D. Wherever conduits, piping, inserts, sleeves, and other embedded items interfere
with placing of reinforcing steel, obtain City's approval of methods of procedure
before concrete is placed. Bending of bars around openings and sleeves is not
permitted.
E. Tie reinforcing rigidly and securely with steel tie wire at splices, at crossing
points and at intersections in the position shown on Drawings. After cutting, bed
tie wire in such a manner that concrete placement will not force the wire ends to
surface of concrete.
F. Make splices only at those locations shown on the Drawings or as authorized by
the City and Structural Engineer. Stagger splices in adjacent bars per Class "B"
(50 percent within required lap length).
G. Place welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Wire laps. Lap edges a
minimum of 2 inches center to center of selvage wires with laps a minimum of 2
inches greater than transverse wire spacing; offset end laps in adjacent widths.
H. Tie dowels securely in place before concrete is deposited. In the event there are
no bars in position to which dowels may be tied, add #3 bars (minimum) to
provide proper support and anchorage. Do not bend dowels after placement of
concrete.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Installation and placement of reinforcing steel will be inspected by an authorized
inspector prior to concrete pour.
END OF SECTION
Page 101 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00- 1
SECTION 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
1.1 PART 1 − GENERAL
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, operations, or methods listed,
mentioned or scheduled on the plans and/or herein specified, including all incidentals
necessary and required for completion of work under this Section.
B. Provide and install Portland cement concrete site work complete, including the
following principal items:
1. Concrete foundation
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to,
General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 of these Contract Documents.
C. Document 03 10 00 - Concrete Formwork
D. Document 03 20 00 – Reinforcing Steel
1.3 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. The Contractor's Testing Laboratory's certificate of compliance.
B. The Contractor shall submit:
1. Certified copies of mix designs for each concrete class specified including
compressive strength test reports. Mix design shall be signed by California
Registered Civil Engineering to verify compliance with CBC Chapter 19.
2. Certification that materials meet requirements specified.
3. Certification from vendor that samples originate from and are
representative of each lot proposed for use.
4. Submit location of construction joints and cold joints when different from
that shown on the drawings.
C. The Testing Agency will submit reports on tests and inspections performed to the
City and Structural Engineer, and the Contractor.
D. Schedule of placing for the Construction Manager’s review before starting Work.
E. Keep record at the job site showing time and place of each pour of concrete
together with transit mix delivery slip certifying contents of the pour per CBC
1705.3. Make records available to the City.
Page 102 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00- 2
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference and Standards:
1. Perform work in accordance with all applicable laws, codes and regulations
required by the State of California.
2. Reference to "Standard Specifications" shall mean the current Standard
Specifications of the State of California, Business and Transportation
Agency, Department of Transportation, CALTRANS.
3. The American Concrete Institute (ACI): "Manual of Concrete Practice," Parts
1, 2 and 3.
4. California Code of Regulations. Title 24, 2022 edition, provisions also
known as California Building Code (CBC).
5. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
B. Stipulations:
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for quality of concrete in place and shall
bear burden of proof that concrete meets minimum requirements. Use the
same mix design for all exposed concrete.
2. Placing of concrete by means of pumping will be an acceptable method of
placement providing that the Contractor can demonstrate that, with the
proposed additives, the specified concrete strengths and slump will be met.
1.5 FIELD SAMPLES AND TESTS
A. The Contractor or the Contractor’s representative will select a qualified testing
laboratory to take samples for testing during the course of the work as considered
necessary. The Owner will pay costs for such tests. Contractor shall cooperate in
making tests and shall be responsible for notifying the designated laboratory in
sufficient time to allow taking of samples at time of pour.
B. Should tests show that concrete is below specified strength, Contractor shall remove
all such concrete, as directed by the Project Inspector. Full cost of removal of low
strength concrete, its replacement with concrete of proper specified strength and
testing, shall be borne by Contractor.
C. The Testing Laboratory Qualifications: The Testing Laboratory shall be approved by
the city and under direction of a Civil Engineer registered in the State of California,
shall have operated successfully for four years prior to this work, and shall conform
to requirements of ASTM E329.
D. All samples and testing shall conform with CBC Sections- 1903, 1905 and 1916.
Page 103 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00- 3
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate items of other trades. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper
installation of all accessories embedded in the concrete and for the provision of
holes, openings, etc., necessary to the execution of the work of the trades.
1.7 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Supply ready mixed concrete throughout. Batch, mix and transport in accordance
with ASTM C-94, "Specifications for Ready Mixed Concrete."
B. Mix and deliver concrete in quantities that will permit immediate use only.
C. Indiscriminate addition of water for any reason will be cause for rejection of the
load.
D. Ensure storage facilities are weather tight and dry.
E. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken
and labels intact until time of use.
F. Store bulk cement in bins capable of preventing exposure to moisture.
G. Use sacked cement in chronological order of delivery. Store each shipment so that
it may be readily distinguishable from other shipments.
PART 2 − PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE CLASSES
USES STRENGTH AGGREGATE WEIGHT SLUMP
Drilled Piers 3,000 psi ¾ Maximum 145 pcf 4” +/- 1”
A. Class: Identifies all concrete as specified.
B. Strength: Compressive strength in psi after 28-days when tested in accordance
with ASTM C39. All concrete shall develop compression strength specified in 28-
days. To meet above requirements, mix shall be designed such that average
compressive strength will exceed specified 28-day strength by an amount as
specified by ACI 318.
C. Aggregate: Maximum size in inches.
D. Weight: Pounds per cubic foot, air dry.
E. Slump: In inches when tested in accordance with ASTM C143.
F. Concrete mixes shall be in accordance with CalTrans Standard Specifications
Section 90.
Page 104 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00- 4
2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. General Requirements:
1. All materials shall be Local/Regional Materials.
2. Cement and aggregates shall have proven history of successful use with one
another. Sources of cement and aggregate shall remain unchanged throughout
work unless the City and Structural Engineer approves request for change
made at least 10-days prior to anticipated date of casting.
3. Ready-mixed concrete shall meet requirements of ASTM C94.
4. Deviations in properties of materials tested by the Testing Agency shall be
cause for their rejection pending additional test results and redesign of mix.
5. No frozen aggregates will be permitted.
B. Cements:
1. ASTM C150, Type II. Use one brand of cement throughout project unless
otherwise acceptable to City and Structural Engineer.
2. Maximum water/cement ratio of 0.45 for all cast-in-place concrete.
C. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Type F; 15% (as percentage replacement of cement) and per
CBC 1903.6
D. Aggregates:
1. Coarse: ASTM C33. Coarse aggregate shall consist of a clean, hard, fine
grained, sound crushed rock, or washed gravel or a combination of both. It
shall be free from oil, organic matter or other deleterious substances and
shall not contain more than two percent by weight of shale or cherty
material. "Cleanness value shall not be less than 75 when tested per MM
Test Method, 227 and conforming to CBC Section 1903A.6.
2. Fines: ASTM C33. Sand equivalent shall be not less than 75 when tested as
per ASTM D2419.
3. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete.
E. Water: Clean and potable, free from impurities detrimental to concrete and free from
deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis, scale, or organic materials per ACI 318 and
ASTM C1602.
F. Water-Reducing Admixture: Must be compatible with color pigments where
required. ASTM C494, Type A, that does not contain non-lignini sulfonate. Same
as Grace Construction Materials' "WRDA" with hycol or Master Builders
"Pozzolith" 322N.
G. High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture: Must be compatible with color
pigments where required. ASTM C 494, Type F, BASF Corporation
“MasterRheobuild 1000” (formerly"RHEOBUILD 1000") or W. R. Grace’s
“Daracem” or “ADVA” Series.
H. Other Admixtures: Only as accepted by the City and Structural Engineer.
Page 105 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00- 5
I. Curing Materials: Curing Compound: ASTM C309. Water loss – not more than
0.55 kg/m2 in 72 hours; Light Reflectance – not less than 60%. Same as Grace
Construction Materials' "Horn Clear Seal"; Grimes Co.'s "Sealcrete"; Master
Builders’ "Masterseal W", or approved equal product.
J. Concrete Slab Vapor Barrier: ASTM E1745 Class A, B & C– Standard
Specification for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular
Fill under Concrete Slabs. 15 mil. Stego Wrap by Stego Industries LLC or
approved equal product.
K. Capillary Break: The gravel layer below concrete slabs shall be 6” of ¾” clean,
free draining crushed rock.
2.3 ANCILLARY MATERIALS
A. Concrete Sealer: BASF “Kure 1315”, NoxCrete “Cure and Seal 100-300E” or
approve equal.
2.4 MIXES
A. General Requirements:
1. Certified copies of mix designs for each concrete class specified including
compressive strength test reports. Mix design shall be signed by California
Registered Civil Engineering to verify compliance with CBC Chapter 19
and the project specifications for each concrete class.
2. Mix design shall include compression strength test reports per ACI 318,
section 5.3 indicating conformance with specifications.
3. Mix shall be designed, tested, and adjusted, if necessary, in ample time
before first concrete is scheduled to be placed. Laboratory data and
strength test results for revised mix design shall be submitted to City and
Structural Engineer prior to using in project.
4. The Contractor's mix designs shall be subject to review by the City,
Structural Engineer and by the Owner's Testing Agency.
5. The Contractor shall instruct Laboratory to base mix design on use of
materials tested and approved by the Owner's Testing Agency.
6. Introduction of calcium chloride will not be permitted
7. Unspecified admixtures will not be permitted, unless signed by California
Registered Civil Engineering to verify compliance with CBC Chapter 19,
reviewed and approved by the City and Structural Engineer.
B. Drill Pier Mix requirements:
1. Maximum water/cement ratio: 0.5.
2. Slump: 4” +/- 1” Maximum
3. Fly ash content: 15 percent (as percentage replacement of cement).
4. Do not use air entrainment additives.
5. Use of Water-Reducing admixture is required. Use High Range Water-
Reducing admixture (super plasticizer) when required to maintain
workability and pumpability.
Page 106 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00- 6
C. Patching Mortar: Mix in proportions by volume of one part cement to two parts fine
sand.
2.5 MIXING
A. Batching Plant Conditions:
1. Ensure equipment and plant will afford accurate weighing, minimize
segregation and will efficiently handle all materials to satisfaction of the City,
Structural Engineer and the Owner’s Testing Agency.
2. Replace at no additional expense equipment the City, Structural Engineer,
and the Owner’s Agency deem inadequate or unsuitable.
3. Use approved moisture meter capable of determining moisture content of
sand.
B. General Requirements:
1. Thoroughly clean concrete equipment before use for Cityural concrete mixes
to avoid contamination.
2. Mix cement, fine and coarse aggregates, admixtures and water to exact
proportions of mix designs. Method of mixing shall comply with ACI 318
Section 5.3.
3. Measure fine and coarse aggregates separately according to approved method
which provides accurate control and easy checking.
4. Adjust grading to improve workability; do not add water unless otherwise
directed.
5. Maintain proportions, values, or factors of approved mixes throughout work.
6. Mix concrete in transit mixers five minutes immediately prior to discharge in
addition to mixing as called for by ACI 304 and ASTM C94.
C. Admixtures: Use automatic metering dispenser to introduce admixture into mix.
Dispenser shall be recommended and calibrated by admixture manufacturer.
2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. The Owner’s Testing Agency will:
1. Review mix designs, certificates of compliance, and samples of materials the
Contractor proposes to use.
2. Test and inspect materials, as necessary, in accordance with ACI 318, section
5.6-5.11 and CBC Sections 1903 and 1913 for compliance with requirements.
3. Take samples as required from the Contractor's designated sources.
4. Take one grab sample for each 100 tons of Portland cement except that, when
used in bulk loading ready-mix plants where separate bins for pre-tested
cement are not available, take grab samples for each shipment of cement
placed in bin with not less than one sample being taken for each day's pour
and subsequently test such samples if required by the City and Structural
Engineer.
Page 107 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00- 7
5. Test both coarse and fine aggregate by use of solution of sodium or
magnesium sulfate, or both whenever in the judgment of the City and
Structural Engineer such tests are necessary to determine quality of material.
Perform such tests in accordance with ASTM C88. Loss shall not exceed 6-
percent of either fine or coarse aggregate. Aggregate failing to comply with
this requirement may be used in the Work provided it contains less than 2-
percent of shale and other deleterious particles and shows a loss in soundness
test of not more than 10-percent when tested in the sodium sulphate solution.
Test aggregates as required by CBC Section 1903.6.
6. Test for sand equivalent of fine aggregate in accordance with California Test
217.
7. Test for cleanness value of coarse aggregate in accordance with California
Test 227.
8. Inspect plant prior to any work to verify following:
a. Plant is equipped with approved metering devices for determining
moisture content of fine aggregate.
b. Other plant quality controls are adequate.
9. Continuously inspect quality and quantity of materials used in transit mixed
concrete, in batched aggregates and ready-mixed concrete at mixing plant or
other location per CBC Section 1913 where other materials are measured.
B. Waiver of Batch Plant Inspection:
1. The concrete supplier shall furnish to the City certification that the cement
proposed conforms to the requirements of CBC section 1913.1:
a. Testing Agency shall check the first batching at the start of work and
furnish mix proportions to the licensed Weighmaster.
b. Licensed Weighmaster shall identify material quantities and certify
each load by a ticket.
c. Project Inspector shall collect truck mix tickets with load
identification and maintain a daily record of placement. Trucks
without a load ticket identifying the mix shall be rejected. Copies of
daily placement record shall be submitted to the City.
d. At the end of the project, the Weighmaster shall submit an affidavit to
City certifying that all concrete supplied conforms to proportions
established by mix designs.
PART 3 − EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Install all concrete work true to line and grade as indicated on the drawings.
Installation shall conform with the standards and requirements of ACI 117-06-
Specifications for Tolerance for concrete construction and materials.
B. Correct irregularities to the satisfaction of the City and Structural Engineer.
Page 108 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00- 8
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Take every precaution to obtain a subgrade of uniform bearing power by compaction
to provide a firm base.
B. Subgrade shall be kept moist and shall not be allowed to dry out before placement of
concrete. Place no material on muddy subgrade.
3.3 PLACING CONCRETE
A. The City, Structural Engineer, and Testing Laboratory shall be notified at least 48
hours before placing concrete.
B. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 318, section 5.10.
C. Place concrete in cycles as a continuous operation to permit proper and thorough
integration and to complete scheduled placement. Place no concrete where sun, wind,
heat, or facilities prevent proper finishing and curing.
D. Convey concrete as rapidly and directly as practicable to preserve quality and to
prevent separation from rehandling and flowing; do not deposit concrete initially set.
Cast concrete within ninety (90) minutes after adding water unless otherwise noted.
Retempering of concrete which has partially set will not be permitted.
E. Take precautions to avoid damage to under-slab moisture barrier and displacement of
reinforcement and formwork.
F. Deposit concrete vertically in its final position. Avoid free falls in excess of four feet
where reinforcement will cause segregation and in typical conditions unless the City
and the Structural Engineer approves otherwise.
G. Keep forms and reinforcement clean above pour line by removing clinging concrete
with wire brush before casting next lift. Also remove leakage through forms.
H. Interruption in casting longer than 60-minutes shall be cause for discontinuing
casting for remainder of day. In this event, cut back concrete and provide
construction joints as directed by the Structural Engineer; clean forms and
reinforcement as necessary to receive concrete at a later time.
I. Hot Weather Concreting: Conform to ACI 305R and following requirements when
mean daily temperature rises above 75 degrees Fahrenheit.
1. An upper temperature limit of concrete mixes shall be established by the
Contractor for each class of concrete. Concrete temperature during placing
shall not be so high as to cause difficulty from loss of slump, flash set, or
cold joints, and shall not exceed 90°F. Other project climatic conditions
detrimental to concrete quality such as relative humidity, wind velocity, and
solar radiation shall also be considered.
2. Trial batches of concrete for each mix design shall be made at the limiting
mix temperature selected. In lieu of trial batches, compression strength test
reports (20 minimum) at the limiting temperature for each proposed mix shall
be submitted to the Owner’s testing laboratory for review.
3. Practices to maintain concrete below maximum limiting temperature shall be
Page 109 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00- 9
in accordance with ACI 305. Concrete ingredients may be cooled before
mixing, or flake ice or well-crushed ice of a size that will melt completely
during mixing may be substituted for part of the mixing water.
4. Practices to avoid the potential problems of hot weather concreting shall be
employed by the Contractor in accordance with ACI 305.
5. When the temperature of the reinforcing steel or steel deck forms is greater
than 120°F, reinforcing and forms shall be sprayed with water just prior to
placing the concrete.
J. Cold Weather Concreting:
1. No placement of concrete will be allowed at temperatures below 20 degrees
Fahrenheit or if mean daily temperature for curing period is anticipated to be
below 20 degrees Fahrenheit.
2. No concrete placement will be allowed on frozen subgrade.
3. Conform to ACI 306 and following requirements when mean daily
temperature falls below 40 degrees Fahrenheit.
a. Reinforcement, forms or ground to receive concrete shall be
completely free from frost.
b. Concrete at time of placement for footings shall have temperature no
lower than 50 degrees Fahrenheit, for all other concrete this minimum
temperature at time of placement shall be 60 degrees Fahrenheit.
Maximum temperature shall be 90 degrees Fahrenheit.
c. Concrete shall be maintained at temperature no lower than 50 degrees
Fahrenheit for minimum 7-day period after placement by means of
blanket insulation, heaters, or other methods as approved by the City
and Structural Engineer.
d. Use of calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride as
accelerators will not be permitted.
e. The Contractor shall keep a record of concrete surface temperature
for first 7-days after each pour. This record shall be open to
inspection by the Inspector.
K. Consolidating:
1. Use vibrators for thorough consolidation of concrete.
2. Provide vibrators for each location during simultaneous placing to ensure
timely consolidation around reinforcement, embedded items and into corners
of forms; ensure availability of spare vibrators in case of failures. Vibrate
through full depth of freshly placed concrete.
3. Do not place vibrators against reinforcement, attach to forms, or use to spread
concrete.
4. Exposed Concrete: Vibrate with rubber type heads and, in addition, spade
along forms with flat strap or plate.
L. Construction Joints:
1. Verify location and conformance with typical details; provide only where
designated or approved by the City and Structural Engineer. Comply with
ACI 318, section 6.4.
2. All horizontal and vertical construction joints to be thoroughly sandblasted to
clean and roughen entire surface to minimum 1/4-inch relief exposing clean
coarse aggregate solidly embedded in mortar matrix.
3. Just prior to depositing concrete, the surface of the construction joint shall be
Page 110 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00- 10
thoroughly wetted.
M. Walls and Other Formed Elements:
1. Space points of deposit to eliminate need for lateral flow. Placing procedures
of concrete in forms permitting escape of mortar, or flow of concrete itself,
will not be permitted.
2. Level top surface upon stopping work.
3. Take special care to fill each part of the forms by depositing concrete directly
as near final position as possible, and to force concrete under and around
reinforcement, embedded items, without displacement.
4. After concrete has taken its initial set, care shall be exercised to avoid jarring
forms or placing any strain on ends of projecting reinforcement.
5. Where backfill is placed against a wall, it shall be adequately shored until it
has attained design strength. All shoring shall be designed by a structural
engineer licensed in the State of California. Signed calculations and shoring
drawings shall be submitted to the EOR for review.
3.3 CURING
A. General Requirements:
1. Take curing measures immediately after casting and for measures other than
application of curing compound, extend for seven days. The City and
Structural Engineer may recommend longer periods based upon prevailing
temperature, wind and relative humidity. Comply with ACI 318, section 5.11.
2. Avoid alternate wetting and drying and fluctuations of concrete temperature.
3. Protect fresh concrete from direct rays of sun, rain, freezing, drying winds,
soiling, and damage.
4. Do not permit curing method to affect adversely finishes or treatments
applied to finish concrete.
B. Curing Method, Typical: Obtain the City’s and Structural Engineer's approval of
alternate measures.
1. Keep forms and concrete surfaces moist during period forms are required to
remain in place.
C. Cure exposed concrete in accordance with CalTrans Standard Specifications Section
90.
D. Only water shall be used for curing concrete.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The Testing Laboratory will sample and test cast-in-place concrete as required by the
Division of State Citys. Tests, if required, will be made in accordance with ACI 318,
section 5.4-5.11, and CBC Section 1903.
1. Review concrete mix designs.
2. Inspect concrete and grout placement continuously.
3. Test concrete to control slumps according to ASTM C143.
4. Continuously monitor concrete temperature as it arrives on the site.
Page 111 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00- 11
5. Test concrete for required compressive strength in accordance with ACI 318,
section 5.6.2 through 5.6.5:
a. Make and cure three specimen cylinders according to ASTM C31 for
each 50 cubic yards, or fraction thereof, of each class poured at site
each day.
b. Retain one cylinder for 7-day test and two for the 28-day test.
c. Number each cylinder 1A, 1B, 1C, 2A, 2B, 2C, etc; date each set; and
keep accurate record of pour each set represents.
d. Transport specimen cylinders from job to laboratory after cylinders
have cured for 24-hours on site. Cylinders shall be covered and kept
at air temperatures between 60 and 80 degrees Fahrenheit.
e. Test specimen cylinders at age 7-days and age 28-days for specified
strength according to ASTM C39.
f. Base strength value on average of two cylinders taken for 28-day test.
6. Test and inspect materials, as necessary, in accordance with ACI 318, MM
Test Method 227 (Coarse Aggregates) and MM Test Method 217 (Fine
Aggregates), for compliance with requirements specified in this Section.
B. The Contractor shall:
1. Submit ticket for each batch of concrete delivered to job site. Ticket shall
bear the following information:
a. Design mix number.
b. Signature or initials of ready mix representative.
c. Time of batching.
d. Weight of cement, aggregates, water and admixtures in each batch
with maximum aggregate size.
e. Total volume of concrete in each batch.
f. Notation to indicate equipment was checked for contaminants prior to
batching.
2. Pay the Testing Agency for taking core specimens of hardened structure and
testing specimen according to ASTM C88 and C42 when laboratory tests of
specimen cylinders show compressive strengths below specified minimum.
3.6 CLEANING, PATCHING AND DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Where concrete is under strength, out of line, level or plumb, or shows objectionable
cracks, honeycombing, rock pockets, voids, spalling, exposed reinforcement, signs of
freezing or is otherwise defective, and, in the City's and Structural Engineer’s
judgment, these defects impair proper strength or appearance of the work, the City
and Structural Engineer will require its removal and replacement at the Contractor's
expense.
B. Immediately after stripping and before concrete is thoroughly dry, patch minor
defects, form-tie holes, honeycombed areas, etc., with patching mortar. Patch shall
match finish of adjacent surface unless otherwise noted. Remove ledges and bulges.
C. Compact mortar into place and neatly file defective surfaces to produce level, true
planes. After initial set, dress surfaces of patches mechanically or manually to obtain
same texture as surrounding surfaces.
D. Rock Pockets:
1. Cut out to full solid surface and form key.
2. Thoroughly wet before casting mortar.
Page 112 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00- 12
3. Where the City and Structural Engineer deems rock pocket too large for
satisfactory mortar patching as described, cut out defective section to solid
surface, key and pack solid with concrete to produce firm bond and match
adjacent surface.
E. Cleaning
1. Insure removal of bituminous materials, form release agents, bond breakers,
curing compounds if permitted and other materials employed in work of
concreting which would otherwise prevent proper application of sealants,
liquid waterproofing, and other delayed finishes and treatments.
2. Where cleaning is required, take care not to damage surrounding surfaces or
leave residue from cleaning agents.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Protect concrete from injurious action of the elements and defacement of any nature
during construction operations.
B. Protect exposed corners of concrete from traffic or use which will damage them in
any way.
C. Make provisions to keep all exposed concrete free from laitance caused by
spillage or leaking forms or other contaminants. Do not allow laitance to
penetrate, stain, or harden on surfaces which have been textured.
D. Remove and replace pavement that does not comply with requirements in this
Section.
E. Protect pavement from damage. Do not permit construction traffic on concrete
pavement. Exclude other traffic from pavement for at least 28 days after
placement.
F. Maintain pavement free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material.
Sweep pavement not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial
Completion inspections.
3.8 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
A. If any concrete work is not formed as indicated, is under strength concrete, is
concrete is out of line, level or plumb, or showing objectionable cracks, honeycomb,
rock pockets, voids, spalling or exposed reinforcing, it shall be removed, repaired, or
replaced as directed by the Project Inspector.
3.9 CLEANING
A. During construction, wash off work as quickly as possible when stains or splotches
are unavoidable.
Page 113 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00- 13
B. Upon completion, clean exposed surfaces carefully. Brushing and cleaning solution,
if used, must be preceded and followed with a through rinsing of clear water. No
sandblasting will be allowed to clean surfaces.
C. Remove from premises; equipment, debris and surplus material needed for, or
resulting from, this work. Remove all concrete waste from planting areas and legally
dispose of it.
D. All work shall be left in a condition satisfactory to the Project Inspector.
E. Perform Work under this Document to keep affected portions of building site neat,
clean, and orderly. Remove, immediately upon completion of Work under this
Section, surplus materials, rubbish, and equipment associated with or used in
performance. Be aware that failure to perform clean-up operations within 24 hours of
notice by City and Structural Engineer will be considered adequate grounds for
having work done by others at no added expense to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
Page 114 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
04 03 23 - 1
SECTION 04 03 23 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes historic treatment work consisting of repointing brick masonry as follows:
1. Repointing joints with mortar and sealant.
2. Widening joints.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 35 91 "Historic Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment
requirements.
1.3 ALLOWANCES
A. Preconstruction testing is part of testing and inspecting allowance.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Low-Pressure Spray: 100 to 400 psi
1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference on historic masonry repair and repointing at
Project Site, or other location as agreed.
1. Review minutes of Preliminary Historic Treatment Conference that pertain to masonry
historic treatment and repointing.
2. Review methods and procedures related to repointing historic brick masonry, including,
but not limited to, the following:
a. Historic treatment specialist's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make
progress and avoid delays.
b. Materials, material application, sequencing, tolerances, and required clearances.
c. Quality-control program.
d. Fire-protection plan.
e. Unit masonry historic treatment program.
Page 115 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
04 03 23 - 2
f. Coordination with building occupants.
1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Conduct a mortar analysis to determine the historic mix to be matched.
1. The sample of the historic mortar for the mortar analysis should be taken from an area not
subject to weathering, i.e. concealed area within wall or attic.
B. Order sand, gray portland cement, and NHL based on results of mortar analysis for pointing
mortar immediately after approval of samples and mockups. Take delivery of and store at
Project site a sufficient quantity to complete Project.
C. Work Sequence: Perform masonry historic treatment work in the following sequence, which
includes work specified in this and other Sections:
1. Remove plant growth.
2. Inspect masonry for open mortar joints and repair before cleaning to prevent the intrusion
of water and other cleaning materials into the wall.
3. Remove paint.
4. Clean masonry.
5. Rake out mortar from joints surrounding masonry to be replaced and from joints adjacent
to masonry repairs along joints.
6. Repair masonry, including replacing existing masonry with new masonry materials.
7. Rake out mortar from joints to be repointed.
8. Point mortar and sealant joints.
9. After repairs and repointing have been completed and cured, perform a final cleaning to
remove residues from this work.
10. Allow longer cure time for NHL pointing mortar prior to application of paints, coatings,
or sealers, per mortar and coating manufacturer’s recommendations - approximately 28-
days and having a moisture reading less than 12%.
1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components
and profiles, and finishes.
2. Include recommendations for product application and use. Include test data substantiating
that products comply with requirements.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and locations of repointing work on the structure.
2. Show provisions for expansion joints or other sealant joints.
3. Show locations of scaffolding and points of scaffolding in contact with masonry. Include
details of contact or anchorage.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For the following:
Page 116 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
04 03 23 - 3
1. Pointing Mortar: Submit sets of mortar for pointing in the form of sample mortar strips, 6
inches long by 1/2 inch wide, set in aluminum or plastic channels.
a. Have each set contain a close color range of at least six Samples of different mixes
of colored sands and cements that produce a mortar matching the existing, cleaned
mortar when cured and dry.
b. Submit with precise measurements on ingredients, proportions, gradations, and
sources of colored sands from which each Sample was made.
2. Sand Type Used for Pointing Mortar: Minimum 8 oz. of each in plastic screw-top jars.
a. For blended sands, provide Samples of each component and blend. Identify blend
ratio.
b. Identify sources, both supplier and quarry, of each type of sand.
3. Sealant materials.
4. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection.
D. Samples for Verification: For the following:
1. Each type, color, and texture of pointing mortar in the form of sample mortar strips, 6
inches long by 1/2 inch wide, set in aluminum or plastic channels.
a. Include with each Sample a list of ingredients with proportions of each. Identify
sources, both supplier and quarry, of each type of sand and brand names of
cementitious materials and pigments if any.
2. Sealant materials.
3. Accessories: Each type of anchor, accessory, and miscellaneous support.
1.8 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
1.9 Qualification Data: For historic treatment specialists including field supervisors and workers
and testing service.
A. Preconstruction Test Reports: For existing masonry units and mortar.
B. Quality-control program.
C. Unit masonry historic treatment program.
1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Historic Treatment Specialist Qualifications: A qualified historic masonry repointing specialist.
Experience in pointing or repointing only new or nonhistoric masonry is insufficient experience
for masonry historic treatment work.
B. Quality-Control Program: Prepare a written quality-control program for this Project to
systematically demonstrate the ability of personnel to properly follow methods and use
Page 117 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
04 03 23 - 4
materials and tools without damaging masonry. Include provisions for supervising worker
performance and preventing damage.
C. Unit Masonry Historic Treatment Program: Prepare a written, detailed description of materials,
methods, equipment, and sequence of operations to be used for each phase of historic treatment
work, including protection of surrounding materials and Project site.
1. Include methods for keeping pointing mortar damp during curing period.
2. If materials and methods other than those indicated are proposed for any phase of historic
treatment work, add to the quality-control program a written description of such materials
and methods, including evidence of successful use on comparable projects, and
demonstrations to show their effectiveness for this Project.
D. Mockups: Prepare mockups of historic treatment on existing surfaces to demonstrate aesthetic
effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Widening Joints: Widen a joint in two separate locations as directed.
2. Repointing: Rake out joints in two separate areas as indicated for each type of repointing
required, and repoint one of the areas.
3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract
Documents contained in mockups unless the City specifically approves such deviations in
writing.
4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the
completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
E. Training in the use and mixing of NHL mortar by the NHL manufacturer is mandated.
Manufacturer’s Representative to participate in mockup review.
1.11 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform
preconstruction testing on masonry units as follows:
1. Provide test specimens as indicated and representative of proposed materials and existing
construction.
2. Existing Mortar: Test according to ASTM C 295, modified as agreed by testing service
and the City for Project requirements, to determine proportional composition of original
ingredients, sizes and colors of aggregates, and approximate strength. Use X-ray
diffraction, infrared spectroscopy, and differential thermal analysis to supplement
microscopical methods. Carefully remove existing mortar from within joints at five
locations designated by the City.
3. Temporary Patch: As directed by City Representative, provide temporary materials at
locations from which existing samples were taken.
1.12 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver packaged materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers,
labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products.
Page 118 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
04 03 23 - 5
B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not
use cementitious materials that have become damp.
C. Store hydrated lime in manufacturer's original and unopened containers. Discard lime if
containers have been damaged or have been opened for more than two days.
D. Store lime putty covered with water in sealed containers.
E. Store sand where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
contamination avoided.
1.13 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit repointing work to be performed according to product manufacturers' written
instructions and specified requirements.
B. Temperature Limits, General: Repoint mortar joints only when air temperature is between 40
and 90 deg F and is predicted to remain so for at least seven days after completion of the Work
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Comply with the following procedures for mortar-joint pointing
unless otherwise indicated:
1. When air temperature is below 40 deg F, heat mortar ingredients and existing masonry
walls to produce temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F.
2. When mean daily air temperature is below 40 deg F, provide enclosure and heat to
maintain temperatures above 32 deg F within the enclosure for seven days after pointing.
D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect mortar-joint pointing when temperature and humidity
conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar materials. Provide artificial
shade and wind breaks, and use cooled materials as required to minimize evaporation. Do not
apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 90 deg F and above unless otherwise indicated.
E. For manufactured repair materials, perform work within the environmental limits set by each
manufacturer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of material for repointing historic masonry from single
source with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical
properties.
2.2 MORTAR MATERIALS
A. For use at brick at all facades. Allow colors and aggregates for each location and application:
Page 119 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
04 03 23 - 6
1. Type NHL 3.5 mortar, as manufactured by Trans Mineral USA, mixed with the
volumetric proportions determined by the mortar analysis.
2. Type N mortar, where appropriate to match mortar analysis
3. Use sand with size, color, and texture necessary to match existing original mortar. Sands
should be well-graded, and ranging in particle size of 0.075mm to 5mm (passing #200 to
#4 sieves, respectively). The amount of sand passing the #200 sieve should not exceed 2
percent.
4. NHL mortar benefits from higher workability. Achieve workability by additional mixing,
rather than the addition of more water. Refer to manufacturer’s printed instructions and
manufacturer’s representative.
5. Aggregates:
a. Sand: ASTM C 144 to match color and texture of existing original mortar. Sand
shall not contain more than 50 parts per million of chloride ions and shall be free
of organic contaminants. Provide sand with rounded edges.
b. Course Aggregates: ASTM C 404 with maximum size of 1/2 inch diameter.
Aggregate shall not contain more than 50 parts per million of chloride ions and
shall be free of organic contaminants.
6. Admixtures: No admixtures shall be used without prior written approval of the City.
7. Mortar Color: Shall be achieved by use of sands rather than pigments and shall match
original cleaned mortar of each type at each type of brick masonry.
8. Mortar Pigments: Shall not be used unless mortar color match cannot be achieved with
sands alone. Obtain approval for use of pigments by the City in writing.
a. ASTM C 979/C 979M, compounded for use in mortar mixes, and having a record
of satisfactory performance in masonry mortars.
2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Sealant Materials:
1. Sealant manufacturer's standard elastomeric sealant(s) of base polymer and
characteristics indicated below and according to applicable requirements in Section 07 92
00 "Joint Sealants."
a. Type: Single-component, nonsag urethane sealant.
2. Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of mortar adjoining installed
sealant unless otherwise indicated.
3. Ground-Mortar Aggregate: Custom crushed and ground pointing mortar sand or existing
mortar retrieved from joints. Grind to a particle size that matches the adjacent mortar
aggregate and color. Remove all fines passing the 100 sieve.
B. Joint-Sealant Backing:
1. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface
skin) and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to
producing optimum sealant performance.
Page 120 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
04 03 23 - 7
2. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended in writing by
sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler
materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant
failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.
C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material; compatible with mortar, joint primers,
sealants, and surfaces adjacent to joints; and that easily comes off entirely, including adhesive.
D. Other Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject to approval
of a mockup:
1. Previous effectiveness in performing the work involved.
2. Minimal possibility of damaging exposed surfaces.
3. Consistency of each application.
4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance.
5. Do not use products or tools that could do the following:
a. Remove, alter, or harm the present condition or future preservation of existing
surfaces, including surrounding surfaces not in Contract.
b. Leave residue on surfaces.
2.4 MORTAR MIXES
A. Preparing Lime Putty: Slake quicklime and prepare lime putty according to appendix to
ASTM C 5 and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Measurement and Mixing: Measure cementitious materials and sand in a dry condition by
volume or equivalent weight. Do not measure by shovel; use known measure. Mix materials in
a clean, mechanical batch mixer.
1. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious materials and sand together
before adding any water. Then mix again adding only enough water to produce a damp,
unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this
dampened condition for 15 to 30 minutes. Add remaining water in small portions until
mortar reaches desired consistency. Use mortar within one hour of final mixing; do not
retemper or use partially hardened material.
C. Colored Mortar: Produce mortar of color required by using specified ingredients. Do not alter
specified proportions without the City's approval.
1. Mortar Pigments: Where mortar pigments are indicated, do not add pigment exceeding 10
percent by weight of the cementitious or binder materials, except for carbon black, which
is limited to 2 percent, unless otherwise demonstrated by a satisfactory history of
performance.
D. Do not use admixtures in mortar unless otherwise indicated.
Page 121 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
04 03 23 - 8
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 HISTORIC TREATMENT SPECIALIST
A. Historic Treatment Specialist Firms: Subject to compliance with requirements.
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Prevent mortar from staining face of surrounding masonry and other surfaces.
1. Cover sills, ledges, and other projecting items to protect them from mortar droppings.
2. Keep wall area wet below rebuilding and pointing work to discourage mortar from
adhering.
3. Immediately remove mortar splatters in contact with exposed masonry and other surfaces.
B. Remove gutters and downspouts and associated hardware adjacent to immediate work area and
store during masonry repointing work. Reinstall when repointing is complete.
1. Provide temporary rain drainage during work to direct water away from building.
3.3 BRICKWORK REPOINTING, GENERAL
A. Appearance Standard: Repointed surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed from 20
feet away by Preservation Architect.
3.4 REPOINTING BRICKWORK
A. Rake out and repoint joints to the following extent:
1. All joints in areas indicated.
2. Joints indicated as sealant-filled joints.
3. Joints at locations of the following defects:
a. Holes and missing mortar.
b. Cracks that can be penetrated 1/4 inch or more by a knife blade 0.027 inch thick.
c. Cracks 1/8 inch or more in width and of any depth.
d. Hollow-sounding joints when tapped by metal object.
e. Eroded surfaces 1/4 inch or more deep.
f. Deterioration to point that mortar can be easily removed by hand, without tools.
g. Joints filled with substances other than mortar.
B. Do not rake out and repoint joints where not required.
C. Rake out joints as follows, according to procedures demonstrated in approved mockup:
1. Remove mortar from joints to depth of 2 times joint width, but not less than 1/2 inch or
not less than that required to expose sound, unweathered mortar. Do not remove unsound
mortar more than 2 inches deep; consult Architect for direction.
Page 122 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
04 03 23 - 9
2. Remove mortar from masonry surfaces within raked-out joints to provide reveals with
square backs and to expose masonry for contact with pointing mortar. Brush, vacuum, or
flush joints to remove dirt and loose debris.
3. Do not spall edges of bricks or widen joints. Replace or patch damaged bricks as directed
by City.
a. Cut out mortar by hand with chisel and resilient mallet. Do not use power-operated
grinders without City's written approval based on approved quality-control
program.
b. Cut out center of mortar bed joints using angle grinders with diamond-impregnated
metal blades. Remove remaining mortar in bed joints and mortar in head joints by
hand with chisel and resilient mallet. Strictly adhere to approved quality-control
program.
D. Notify City of unforeseen detrimental conditions, including voids in mortar joints, cracks, loose
bricks, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items.
E. Pointing with Mortar:
1. Rinse joint surfaces with water to remove dust and mortar particles. Time rinsing
application so, at time of pointing, joint surfaces are damp but free of standing water. If
rinse water dries, dampen joint surfaces before pointing.
2. Apply pointing mortar first to areas where existing mortar was removed to depths greater
than surrounding areas. Apply in layers not greater than 3/8 inch until a uniform depth is
formed. Fully compact each layer thoroughly and allow it to become thumbprint hard
before applying next layer.
3. After deep areas have been filled to same depth as remaining joints, point joints by
placing mortar in layers not greater than 3/8 inch. Fully compact each layer and allow it
to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. Where existing masonry units
have worn or rounded edges, slightly recess finished mortar surface below face of
masonry to avoid widened joint faces. Take care not to spread mortar beyond joint edges
onto exposed masonry surfaces or to featheredge the mortar.
4. When mortar is thumbprint hard, tool joints to match original appearance of joints as
demonstrated in approved mockup. Remove excess mortar from edge of joint by
brushing.
5. Cure mortar by maintaining in thoroughly damp condition for at least 72 consecutive
hours, including weekends and holidays.
a. Acceptable curing methods include covering with wet burlap and plastic sheeting,
periodic hand misting, and periodic mist spraying using system of pipes, mist
heads, and timers.
b. Adjust curing methods to ensure that pointing mortar is damp throughout its depth
without eroding surface mortar.
6. Hairline cracking within the mortar or mortar separation at edge of a joint is
unacceptable. Remove mortar and repoint.
F. Pointing with Sealant: Comply with Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants" and as follows:
1. After raking out, keep joints dry and free of mortar and debris.
Page 123 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
04 03 23 - 10
2. Clean and prepare joint surfaces. Prime joint surfaces unless sealant manufacturer
recommends against priming. Do not allow primer to spill or migrate onto adjoining
surfaces.
3. Fill sealant joints with specified joint sealant:
a. Install cylindrical sealant backing beneath the sealant. Where space is insufficient
for cylindrical sealant backing, install bond-breaker tape.
b. Install sealant using only proven installation techniques that ensure that sealant is
deposited in a uniform, continuous ribbon, without gaps or air pockets, and with
complete wetting of the joint bond surfaces equally on both sides. Fill joint flush
with surrounding masonry and matching the contour of adjoining mortar joints.
c. Install sealant as recommended in writing by sealant manufacturer but within the
following general limitations, measured at the center (thin) section of the bead:
1) Fill joints to a depth equal to joint width, but not more than 1/2 inch deep or
less than 1/4 inch deep.
d. Tool sealant to form smooth, uniform beads, slightly concave. Remove excess
sealant from surfaces adjacent to joint.
e. Sanded Joints: Immediately after first tooling, apply ground-mortar aggregate to
sealant, gently pushing aggregate into the surface of sealant. Lightly retool sealant
to form smooth, uniform beads, slightly concave. Remove excess sealant and
aggregate from surfaces adjacent to joint.
f. Do not allow sealant to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces, or to migrate into
the voids of adjoining surfaces, particularly rough textures. Remove excess and
spillage of sealant promptly as the work progresses. Clean adjoining surfaces by
the means necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage, without damage to adjoining
surfaces or finishes, as demonstrated in an approved mockup.
G. Where repointing work precedes cleaning of existing brickwork, allow mortar to harden at least
30 days before beginning cleaning work.
3.5 FINAL CLEANING
A. After mortar has fully hardened, thoroughly clean exposed masonry surfaces of excess mortar
and foreign matter; use wood scrapers, stiff-nylon or -fiber brushes, and clean water, applied by
low-pressure spray.
1. Do not use metal scrapers or brushes.
2. Do not use acidic or alkaline cleaners.
B. Clean adjacent nonmasonry surfaces. Use detergent and soft brushes or cloths.
C. Clean mortar and debris from roof; remove debris from gutters and downspouts. Rinse off roof
and flush gutters and downspouts.
D. Remove masking materials, leaving no residues that could trap dirt.
Page 124 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
04 03 23 - 11
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Preservation Architect's Project Representatives: Architect will assign Project representatives to
help carry out Architect's responsibilities and assist the City’s representative at the site,
including observing progress and quality of portion of the Work completed. Allow Preservation
Architect's Project representatives use of scaffolding, as needed, to observe progress and quality
of portion of the Work completed.
B. Notify Preservation Architect's Project representatives in advance of times when scaffolding
will be relocated. Do not relocate scaffolding until inspectors and Preservation Architect's
Project representatives have had reasonable opportunity to make inspections and observations
of work areas at scaffold location.
END OF SECTION 04 03 23
Page 125 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
STRUCTURAL STEEL
05 12 00-2
AWS welding symbols (distinguishing between shop and field welds), and
in accordance with AISC standards. Include all dimensional and
geometric information. Weld access hole dimensions shall be provided
along with surface profile and finish requirements.
3. Shop and erection drawings shall include connection material
specifications and sizes. Erection drawings shall indicate the locations of
all slip-critical bolts.
4. Shop and erection drawings shall identify any non-destructive testing to be
performed by the fabricator, if any.
5. Provide setting drawings, templates. and directions for installation of
anchor bolts and other anchorage.
6. Erection drawings shall identify those joints, or groups of joints, in which
a specific assembly order, welding sequence, or other special precautions
are required.
B. Welding:
1. Welding Procedures: Submit written welding procedure specifications
(WPS's) conforming with AWS D1.1 (and AISC 341 Appendix W if
applicable) for review prior to performing any welding. Include an index
of all WPS's and identify in the index whether the procedure will be used
in the shop, field, or both. The WPS variables shall be within the
parameters established by the filler-metal manufacturer. Filler metal
manufacturer and manufacturer's electrode identification shall be
considered essential variables and shall be identified on each WPS.
Include electrode manufacturer's data sheet with each WPS showing
recommended ranges and demonstrating that electrodes and electrode-flux
combinations meet the requirements for H16 as tested in accordance with
AWS A4.3. Do not include welding procedures that do not apply to welds
on the project. Submittals containing welding procedures not intended for
use on the project will be rejected.
2. Welding Procedure Qualification Records: Where WPS's are not
prequalified by AWS D1.1, submit procedure qualification records with
WPS's.
C. Manufacturer's Proofs of Compliance for Materials:
1. Certification that materials meet requirements specified. Steel must be
identified by the mill using the appropriate ASTM designation. Certified
manufacturer's mill analyses and test reports covering chemical and
mechanical properties shall be submitted.
2. Steel not properly identified shall be tested to meet the minimum chemical
and mechanical requirements of the ASTM standard appropriate for the
steel specified.
3. Provide material test reports for bolts, nuts, washers, and shear connectors.
D. Samples: Provide as requested by the Owner's Testing Agency.
Page 126 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
STRUCTURAL STEEL
05 12 00-3
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All work shall conform to the 2022 California Building Code.
B. Fabricator and Erector shall have been regularly engaged at least 3 years in the
fabrication and erection of structural steel.
C. A certified copy of the mill test on each heat of steel to be supplied shall be
submitted to the Project Inspector and reviewed by the Testing Laboratory prior to
fabrication. All steel must be identified and accompanied by a certified mill
certificate, or testing will be required. The contractor will be responsible for the
testing to determine mechanical properties of all structural steel lacking mill test
certificates.
D. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited
to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General
Requirements of these Specifications.
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Delivery of materials to be installed under other Sections.
1. Anchor bolts and other anchorage devices which are embedded in cast-in-
place, precast/tilt-up concrete, or masonry construction shall be delivered
to the project site in time to be installed before the start of cast-in-place
concrete or masonry work.
2. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for the installation of
the anchor bolts and other devices.
B. Storage Materials:
1. Structural steel members which are stored at the project site shall be above
ground on platforms, skids or other supports.
2. Steel shall be protected from corrosion.
3. Other materials shall be stored in a weather tight and dry place, until ready
for use in the work.
4. Packaged materials shall be stored in their original unbroken package or
container.
PART 2 − PRODUCTS
Page 127 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
STRUCTURAL STEEL
05 12 00-4
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Steel plates and miscellaneous metals shall conform to ASTM A36, Fy=36 ksi
typical except where noted as ASTM A572, Fy=50 ksi.
B. Hollow Structural Steel and Tube Steel shall conform to ASTM A500, Grade B,
Fy=46ksi.
C. Machine Bolts shall conform to ASTM A307 typical except where noted as
ASTM A325-N, ASTM A325-X, ASTM A325-SC, or ASTM A490-X.
D. Threaded Rods shall conform to ASTM F1554, Grade A36 typical except where
noted as ASTM A193, Grade B7 or ASTM A449.
E. Nuts and Washers
1. A307 Bolts and ASTM F1554 Threaded Rods – Nuts shall conform to
ASTM A563, Grade A and Washers shall conform to ASTM F844.
2. A325 Bolts and ASTM A193 or ASTM A449 Threaded Rods – Nuts shall
conform to ASTM A563 Grade DH and Washers shall conform to ASTM
F436.
3. A490 Bolts – Nuts shall conform to ASTM A563 Grade DH and Washers
shall conform to ASTM F436.
F. Welded Studs shall Nelson H4L welded studs conforming to ASTM A108 or
approved equal.
G. Welding Electrodes shall be E70 series.
H. Primer conforming with Federal Specification TT-P-645A.
I. Hot dip and cold process galvanizing ASTM A123 and ASTM A780.
2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency shall perform the following:
1. Review mill test certificates and verify that material to be supplied
matches the mill certificates and complies with DSA requirements of CBC
Section 2203A.1.
2. All steel must be identified and accompanied by a manufacturer’s certified
mill certificate, or testing will be required. The contractor will be
responsible for the testing to determine mechanical properties of all
structural steel lacking mill test certificates.
3. All bolts, nuts, washers, and treaded rods and other fasteners must be
identified and accompanied by a manufacturer’s certified mill certificate,
or testing will be required. The contractor will be responsible for the
testing to determine mechanical properties of all fasteners lacking mill test
Page 128 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
STRUCTURAL STEEL
05 12 00-5
certificates.
PART 3 − EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Survey the base structure before proceeding with erection foundations to support
construction and verify the following:
1. Correct location and elevation of bearings and anchor bolts.
2. Absence of other conditions to adversely affect erection of steel.
B. Do not begin erection before corrective measures for unsatisfactory conditions
have been agreed upon with the Architect, the corrective measures have been
implemented, and the Erector is fully satisfied for correctness.
C. Survey the final erected structural steel frame prior to the application of any other
work, reporting any discrepancies from the Contract Documents to the Architect.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide column anchor rods, plate washers, and setting templates for setting
anchor bolts as required. Provide 1/8 inch minimum steel plate setting templates
for anchor bolts.
B. Supervise setting of anchor bolts and other embedded items required for erection
of structural steel. Be responsible for correct bearing of steel and correct location
of anchor bolts. Provide necessary shim plates, etc, for levelness.
3.3 ERECTION
A. General Requirements:
1. Erect structural steel in accordance with the CBC and the AISC
Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings, and the AISC Code of
Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.
2. Protect all materials from corrosion and keep free of dirt, grease, and other
foreign matter.
3. Ensure steel is plumb, level and in accurate alignment before making final
connections.
4. Field corrections of major members will not be permitted without the
Engineer's prior approval
5. Provide temporary shoring and bracing members with connections of
sufficient strength and stiffness to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary
members and connections when permanent members are in place and final
connections are made. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper
alignment of structures as erection proceeds. Structural frame is not
Page 129 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
STRUCTURAL STEEL
05 12 00-6
considered self-supporting until completion of structural work, including
casting of concrete floor slabs.
B. Column Bases and Bearing Plates:
1. Attached Column Bases and Bearing Plates: Align with wedges or shims.
2. Loose Column Bases and Bearing Plates: Where too heavy to be placed
without derrick or crane, set, wedge and shim.
3. Grouting: Grout in accordance with requirements of Concrete, Cast-In-
Place Section.
C. Field Assembly:
1. Control all erection procedures and sequences including but not limited to
temperature differentials and weld shrinkage.
2. Clean bearing surfaces and surface to be in permanent contact before
assembling members.
3. Accurately assemble frames to lines and elevations indicated, within
erection tolerances noted. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate
for discrepancies in elevations and alignment.
4. Ensure assembly is plumb, level and aligned before final connecting.
5. Install all beams and girders with cambers up (except cantilevers).
6. Do not fasten splices of compression members before abutting surfaces
comply with AISC bearing requirements.
7. Establish leveling and plumbing measurements on mean operating
temperature of structure. Make allowances for difference between
temperature at time of erection and mean temperature at which structure
will be when completed and in service.
8. Promptly grout beneath column base plates after the structural steel frame
or portion has been plumbed and before casting of any slab concrete on
metal decks.
D. Bolting:
1. As erection progresses, bolt up work to take care of all dead loads,
construction live loads, lateral and wind forces and erection stresses.
2. Unless otherwise noted, erection bolts used in welded construction may be
either tightened securely and left in place or removed and the holes filled
with plug welds.
3. High Strength Bolting:
a. Shall be performed in accordance with AISC 360.
b. Contact surfaces shall be free of oil, paint, lacquer or other
coatings.
c. Install hardened washers per AISC 360 and referenced standards.
d. Tighten all nuts of slip critical connections using (1) properly
calibrated wrenches, (2) by the "Turn-of-Nut" method, or (3) by
Page 130 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
STRUCTURAL STEEL
05 12 00-7
the use of a Direct Tension Indicator. Minimum bolt tension as per
AISC 360 for each bolt size used. Check wrenches for accuracy of
calibration at least once each day.
e. When slip critical bolts have been completely tightened, mark with
identifying symbol.
f. Tighten nuts of bolts not designated as slip critical to snug tight
condition and ensure all plys of connection are brought into snug
contact.
D. Welding
1. Conform to AISC and AWS D1.1 for the details of joints, the technique of
welding employed, the appearance and quality of welds made, and the
methods used in correcting defective work.
2. Perform welding in accordance with a written WPS which has been
reviewed. Provide welders and inspectors with reviewed WPS for the joint
being welded.
a. Use equipment that supplies proper current, voltage, etc. and
provide suitable meters and means of adjustment for current and
voltage.
b. Clean surfaces for rust, paint, and foreign matter of any kind.
Remove scale by wire brush, chipping or hammering as required.
Before welding thermal cut edges, chip clean and grind to bright
metal. Clamp members as required and space and alternate welds
to prevent warping or misalignment.
c. For weld joint profiles, meet dimensional requirements and
maximum tolerances specified by AWS D1.1 or as specified in
approved PQR's. Correct joint fit-up that does not comply using
approved procedures and obtain approval by the inspector before
welding proceeds.
c. Ensure welds present a uniform surface, free of defects as defined
by AWS, and without undercutting or overlapping and free of
excessive oxides, gas pockets, and non-metallic inclusions. Make
welds with the proper number of beads or passes to secure sound,
thoroughly fused joints. Do not exceed maximum layer height and
bead width specified in AWS
D1.1. Clean each pass by chipping and wire brushing to remove
scale and slag before placing any additional weld material.
e. For highly restrained connections and/or welds, design the welding
sequence to minimize distortion of the members and to minimize
the buildup of internal stresses.
F. Temporary Bracing: Introduce wherever necessary to provide for all loads to
which structure is subjected including erection equipment and its operation. Leave
in place until no longer required for safety. Make proper provisions for
construction loads, piles of materials, equipment, etc., carried by structural frame
Page 131 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
STRUCTURAL STEEL
05 12 00-8
during erection. Contractor shall be solely responsible for frame during erection.
G. Touch-Up Painting:
1. Immediately after steel erection, clean filed welds, bolted connections, and
abraded areas of shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas using same
material as used for shop painting.
2. Apply by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 1.5
mils.
3.4 CLEANUP
A. After erection thoroughly clean surface of foreign or deleterious matter such as
dirt, mud, oil or grease that would impair bonding of fireproofing or concrete.
3.5 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing and
repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780.
3.6 QUALITY CONTROL
A. The Owner's Testing Agency will test and inspect in accordance with the AISC
requirements and as required, and as follows:
1. Bolting: High strength bolted connections shall be inspected and tested.
The inspector shall check the materials, equipment, details of construction,
and installation procedure. For slip-critical connections, check bolt
tightness on not less than ten percent of bolts selected at random in each
high strength bolt connection with a minimum of two bolts per connection.
Connections that are not designated slip-critical need not be inspected for
bolt tension other than to ensure that the plies of the connected elements
have been brought into snug contact. Inspection procedure will be as
described in AISC 360.
2. Welding Inspection: Visual inspection by a qualified welding inspector is
required for all welding performed in the shop and field, including
installation of automatic end-welded shear stud connectors. The minimum
requirements for a qualified welding inspector are those for an AWS
associate welding inspector (AWI) or senior welding inspector (SWI), as
defined in the provisions of AWS B5.1 Standard Qualification of Welding
Inspectors, except AWIs may be used under the direct supervision of WIs,
on site and available when weld inspection is being conducted. In addition
to inspecting the welds, the welding inspector shall check the material
(certificates of compliance), welding equipment, details of construction
(including fit-up), welder qualifications (Verify welder certifications are
valid for process, position, and thickness to be welded), storage of
electrodes, and adherence to the WPS. The welding inspector shall
Page 132 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
STRUCTURAL STEEL
05 12 00-9
maintain a record of welds inspected, name of welder who performed
weld, defects found, and disposition of each defect. Defective welds shall
be repaired and the cost of restoring defective welds shall be borne by the
contractor.
3. Inspection and Test Reports: The inspector shall furnish the architect,
structural engineer, and building official with a report stating that the work
has been completed in compliance with AWS 01.1 and the approved
project plans and specifications.
B. The Contractor shall:
1. Make no extra charge for any handling of steel required for complete four-
sided inspections of members at Engineer's request. It is not anticipated
that a complete four-sided inspection of all members will be undertaken.
Such inspection will be necessary in case of dispute or uncertainty
regarding adherence to Drawings and Specifications.
2. Repair defective welds or flaws, lamellar tearing, and replace defective
studs.
3. Pay for retesting of repaired defective welds flaws and studs.
4. Cooperate to the fullest extent to accommodate inspection agency
personnel with the on-site testing and inspection procedures.
5. Assume full responsibility and pay for all corrective work.
END OF SECTION
Page 133 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 1
SECTION 06 10 00
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 − GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, operations, or methods
listed, mentioned or scheduled on the plans and/or herein specified, including all
incidentals necessary and required for completion of work under this Section.
B. Provide and install rough carpentry work shown on the project Drawings,
including but not limited to:
1. Wood framing, sheathing, blocking, furring, nailers, backing panels for
utilities, miscellaneous wood, connectors and hardware.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited
to, General Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1 of these Contract
Documents.
B. Document 05 12 00, Structural Steel
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with provisions of City Standard Specification, Submittal Procedures.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable
manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three
years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 − PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Dimension Lumber: surfaced 4 sides, 19% maximum moisture content,
manufactured and graded per WWPA grading rules and all pieces grade stamped:
1. Joists, Rafters, Beams, Headers: up to 3x Cedar No 2, 4x Cedar No 1
2. Architectural Trims: Cedar No 2
B. Sheathing
1. Shall be minimum 3/4” marine grade plywood type rated Sturd-1-Floor,
Premium ”B” grade veneer with exterior waterproof glue (Exposure 1), span
rating 24” on center, species Group 2 or better.
Page 134 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 2
C. Wood Treatment
1. Treat all above ground wood exposed to deterioration by moisture and all
wood in contact with concrete, the ground, or fresh water.
2. Lumber, Timbers, Bridge and Mine Ties in ground contact, concrete
contact, exposed to moisture or fresh water - Preservative treatment:
Pressure-treated with waterborne preservatives, to comply with AWPA
Pressure treating standard C2. Minimum net retention shall be .4 pounds
per cubic feet.
3. Pressure-treated lumber to bear approved quality mark by an accredited
ALSC third party inspection agency to assure treatment is in conformance
with appropriate AWPA standards.
4. Handling, fabrication, field treating and disposal of cutoffs shall be in
conformance with AWPA M4. Field treat with Copper Naphthenate
solution with preservative concentration of no less than 2% copper metal.
5. Kiln dry after treatment to 19% maximum moisture content for lumber,
and 15% for plywood.
6. Precautions for wood preservatives and treatment:
a. Post “Consumer Information Sheet: and “Material Safety Data
Sheet: as required by California Proposition 65.
b. Store treated lumber and plywood only within a secure fenced
area.
c. Take all possible steps to prevent unlawful use or disposal. Take
all possible steps to insure that treated wood scraps are not burned.
d. Build an approved “Dip Tank” for flood coating and treating cut
ends of wood members.
e. Keep wood preservative and dip tank in a cool and ventilated
locked enclosure when not in use.
D. Fasteners
1. All nailing for structural work shall be in conformance with CBC Table
23-II-B-1 - Nailing Schedule. All nails exposed to earth, pressure treated
lumber or weather shall be hot dipped galvanized or shall be of stainless
steel.
2. Pneumatically driven nails will be allowed only upon submission of ICBO
reports approving the nails for the use intended and with an equivalent
load capacity as for the common wire nail specified. Pneumatically driven
nails shall be driven flush with the surface of the wood.
3. All machine bolts shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Standard A
307, Grade A. All machine bolts, nuts and washers exposed to earth,
pressure treated lumber or weather in the completed structure shall be hot
dipped galvanized.
4. Bolts shall be installed with cut washers under the heads and/or nuts where
the head or nut would otherwise bear on the wood.
5. All connectors and fasteners exposed to earth, pressure treated lumber or
weather in the completed structure or treated lumber shall be hot dip
galvanized after fabrication or Type 304 and 316 stainless steel. Never
mix galvanized steel with stainless steel in the same connection to prevent
physical contact of dissimilar metals.
E. Metal Framing Devices
Page 135 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents –100%
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 3
1. Proprietary framing devices - Manufactured by Simpson Strong-Tie
Company or approved equal, installed in conformance with the
manufacturer's specifications. All specified fasteners must be installed. All
such fasteners shall be of the largest size and quantity specified in the
manufacturers published schedules, unless noted otherwise. All connectors
and fasteners exposed to weather shall be hot dip galvanized after
fabrication.
2. Fabricated Metal Devices: per Document 05 12 00, Structural Steel.
PART 3 − EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Construction methods and project safety: the contract documents represent the
finished structure and do not indicate methods, procedures or sequence of
construction. Take necessary precautions to maintain and ensure the integrity of
the structure during construction. Contractor shall design, construct and maintain
all safety devices, including shoring and bracing, and solely responsible for
conforming to all local, state and federal safety and health standards, laws and
regulations.
B. Wood framing: Comply with recommendations of CBC Chapter 23, Division IV
– Conventional Light Frame Construction, and NDS National Design
Specifications for Wood Construction.
C. Plywood: Comply with recommendations of APA Design and Construction
Guide - Residential and Commercial. Space panel ends and edges with 1/8”
minimum gap. Where wet or humid conditions prevail, double this spacing.
D. Provide nailers, blocking and grounds where required. Set work plumb, level and
accurately cut. Fire and draft blocks shall be as specified per CBC Section 708.
E. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and
approved submittals. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent
construction. Coordinate with other work.
F. Comply with manufacturer's requirements for cutting, handling, fastening and
working with treated materials.
END OF SECTION
Page 136 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064013 - 1
SECTION 06 40 13 - EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Shop Drawings.
B. Quality Standard: AWI, AWMAC, and WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards."
C. Forest Certification: Provide woodwork produced from wood obtained from forests
certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC
Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American
Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.
B. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1.
C. Preservative Treatment: Comply with WDMA I.S.4 for items indicated to receive
water-repellent preservative treatment.
D. Fasteners for Exterior Woodwork:
1. Nails: hot-dip galvanized or stainless steel.
2. Screws: hot-dip galvanized or stainless steel.
2.2 EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
A. Exterior Lumber Trim: Smooth-textured, Clear All Heart redwood, or Clear yellow
cedar.
1. Maximum Moisture Content: 15 percent.
B. Complete fabrication to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site.
Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where
necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and
fitting.
Page 137 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 064013 - 2
C. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat
members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work.
D. Exterior Standing and Running Trim: Made from all heart redwood or yellow cedar.
E. Exterior Ornamental Work: Made from yellow cedar or all heart redwood.
F. Shop prime woodwork for opaque finish with one coat of specified wood primer.
G. Backprime with one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats. Apply two
coats to surfaces installed in contact with concrete or masonry and to end-grain
surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install woodwork to comply with referenced quality standard for grade specified.
B. Install woodwork true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with
concealed shims. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches.
C. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair
damaged finish at cuts.
D. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates.
Fasten with countersunk concealed fasteners and blind nailing. Use fine finishing nails
for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork.
E. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using
full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent
possible. Do not use pieces less than 36 inches long, except where shorter single-length
pieces are necessary. Scarf running joints and stagger in adjacent and related members.
END OF SECTION
Page 138 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
WOOD RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION 064085-1
SECTION 064085 - WOOD RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Principal Work in this Section: Clean, refinish, and restore woodwork. The Work includes:
1. Cleaning of items as directed.
2. Cleaning and refinishing of items as directed.
3. Repair damage; fill holes and losses; replace missing elements.
4. Re-finish woodwork to match existing.
5. The work described applies to items noted on the drawings or per direction, such as
window, and door trim.
B. Present Condition:
1. Locations of existing woodwork are noted on Drawings. The Drawings do not, however,
fully describe the condition or extent of damage of each individual wood artifact.
Contractor is responsible for field verifying, repairing, and refinishing all woodwork to
remain or be reinstalled. Contractor to inspect site conditions as well as woodwork held in
storage prior to bidding.
C. Related Sections: Documents affecting the work of this Section include, but are not necessarily
limited to, the Sections listed below:
1. Section 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry
2. Section 06 40 13 Exterior Architectural Woodwork
3. Section 09 91 00 Painting
4. Section 09 91 10 Preparation of Historic Wood and Metal Surfaces for Painting
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Restoration Specialist: Contractor shall have not less than ten (10) years successful experience
in comparable woodworking, and wood restoration. Employees assigned to the Work must be
skilled in the processes, and operations indicated.
B. Codes and Standards:
1. Adhere to applicable local, State and Federal laws, and requirements.
2. Contractor to require observance of applicable federal and state agency, industry, and
manufacturer recommended safety regulations, and precautions.
C. Performance Standards: Work shall match and blend seamlessly, and unobtrusively with
adjacent finishes.
D. Mock-ups: Contractor to prepare mock-up of repair and refinishing for each material required:
1. Location and size of mock-ups to be determined by approved mock-up proposal.
2. Mock-ups to demonstrate the full range of work required for each material. Provide
multiple mock-ups where necessary to demonstrate the range of work.
3. Mock-ups to test multiple stain colors or finishes, as directed by Owner.
4. Contractor to consult with manufacturer's field representative prior to coating mock-up.
5. Contractor to photograph before and after conditions, and document procedures and
products used (see Submittals).
6. Completed and approved mock-ups shall serve as the minimum standard by which all
subsequent work in this Section will be judged. Conformance with mock-ups, however,
does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for insuring that field production matches
and blends seamlessly, and unobtrusively with existing.
7. Approved mock-ups shall be retained and protected for the duration of the work.
Page 139 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
WOOD RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION 064085-2
8. Do not begin work until mock-ups are approved by Owner.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Statement of Qualifications: List of recently completed projects including project name,
location, name of Owner, and description of work and products used. Certification that
contractor/applicator is experienced in the application of the specified products.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's current product data sheets on all products to be used for
the Work.
C. Removals Plan: Submit removals plan complying with requirements stipulated in Section
024291.
D. Protection Plan: Describe methods for protecting surrounding areas, surfaces, and personnel
during the work from contact with strippers, stains, coatings, or other potential sources of
damage.
E. Schedule of Work: Submit schedule of work, including all required mock-ups, submittals, and
execution steps.
F. Mock-up Proposal: Submit detailed proposal for mock-ups indicating locations and physical
extent of mock-ups, proposed restoration and cleaning techniques, and proposed products.
G. Mock-up Documentation Submittals: Contractor shall document, in writing, the procedures
used in the preparation of the mockups. This documentation will include the following
information:
1. Cleaning, staining and/or refinishing materials used including concentrations, number of
applications, surface preparation method, order, and duration of applications.
2. Equipment used.
3. Accessory materials used.
4. Waste disposal requirements.
5. Photographs: Contractor to provide digital photographs documenting "before" and "after"
conditions. Provide close-up detail photographs, as well as overall views.
H. Samples: Samples of replacement wood described in this Section will be required for approval
before proceeding with the remainder of the Work. Samples to have specified finish.
I. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings for all newly fabricated wood and for existing elements to be
removed and installed, indicating dimensions, and details of attachment.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and
packages with labels clearly identifying product name and manufacturer.
B. Storage and Handling: Store containers upright in a cool, dry, well-ventilated place, out of the
sun. Store away from all other chemicals and potential sources of contamination. Keep lights,
fire, sparks, and heat away from containers. Do not drop onto or slide across sharp object. Keep
containers tightly closed when not in use. Store and handle materials in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
Page 140 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
WOOD RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION 064085-3
A. Risks: It should be noted that there are inherent risks and health hazards involved with the use
of wood finishing chemicals. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that safety
precautions are taken, that respirators with chemical cartridge filters meeting NIOSH and
MSHA regulations TC23C are worn when appropriate, as well as solvent resistant gloves and
aprons. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to inform all personnel of the risks
involved in the work and to make available to them the Material Safety Data Sheets for all
products in use, per OSHA regulations.
B. Historic Building-Required Care:
1. Building materials and components shall be considered very fragile and must be
dismantled, removed, worked-on, and transported, and in general, handled with special
care.
2. Costs of such repair and restoration may be significant and shall be borne by Contractor.
3. Protection of existing materials, surfaces, and finishes is of great importance.
C. Environmental Conditions:
1. Surface and air temperatures must be a minimum of 40 degrees F.
2. Area to be properly ventilated.
3. Work area to be protected from pedestrians.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Materials shall conform to the following requirements and shall be new, of the highest
grade, free from defects, and of recent manufacture. Alternate materials and procedures are to
be used only with the approval of Owner and are to match performance sample.
B. Glue: Acceptable glues for the restoration of the woodwork include aliphatic emulsion, casein
glue, polyvinyl acetate (PVA) emulsion, and synthetic joinery grade glues.
C. TSP: Tri-sodium phosphate, any name brand.
D. Paint and Varnish Remover: Should be proven effective in removing all existing finish.
Citristrip, non-methylene chloride based stripper from Wm. Barr Branded Sales (800/235-
3546).. "Nu-Tec" stripper from Nu-Tec Ind. Chew Mfg. Inc. / Bay City, Michigan 48706;
"Master Strip extra thick," distributed by McBride Chemical, Glendale, CA, or equal. Caustic
Soda-based removers not permitted.
E. Filler: Filler acceptable for use include "Jasco," "Mohawk" or Ren-Weld carvable wood epoxy,
Liquid Wood® or Wood Epox® by Abatron, Inc., or other filler capable of being color matched
to wood surface color.
F. New or Replacement Materials: Missing or reproduced parts and components must be
fabricated of dried lumber of correct moisture content. Match wood genus and species with
lumber cut in matching grain and pattern for each type of wood artifact.
G. Tools: Tools required include both soft and stiff bristle brushes, copper or steel bristle brushes,
medium and fine steel wool, medium and fine sandpaper, syringes, spatulas, screwdrivers, pry
bars, respiratory protection masks with chemical cartridges meeting NIOSH and MSHA
regulations TC23C, cotton rags, alcohol heat lamp with small burn-in knife, chisels, and solvent
proof gloves, and other tools as deemed necessary by the Contractor.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
Page 141 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
WOOD RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION 064085-4
A. Contractor shall note that the wood elements are old, valuable, and inherently fragile. Great
care must be exercised throughout all phases of this Work to protect woodwork, as well as
adjacent walls and floors.
B. On-Site Work: Where items of historic fabric are to be renovated on-site, work to be executed
in clean, well-ventilated work area, protected from other areas of the project.
C. Off-Site Work: Where items are to be renovated off-site, follow requirements of Section
024291, "Removal and Salvage of Historic Construction Materials."
D. Preparation:
1. Remove all nails, screws, or other protruding objects.
2. Remove all signs or other extraneous objects. Label and store as directed by Owner.
3.2 TREATMENT PROCESS
A. Removal of Previous Finishes and Refinishing:
1. Remove all finishes and stain from surface by applying chemical stripper, per
manufacturer's printed instructions. Remove residue of strippers, varnish, and stain from
surface using medium coarse steel wool and flexible spatula.
2. Neutralize stripped surface with TSP/water mixture using nylon brush.
3. Allow the newly stripped surfaces to dry at least 24 hours before starting the sanding
process.
4. Sand all surfaces using 100 grit garnet sandpaper and then 220 grit garnet sandpaper. All
sanding shall be done with the grain of the wood. Cross grain sanding is not acceptable.
Dust surfaces with a soft bristle brush and then lightly wipe surfaces with a tack cloth.
5. Repair any wood damage per Article 3.4, "Wood Repair."
6. Brush-on stain with soft bristle brush, allow to dry 30 minutes or as recommended by
manufacturer, and then wipe off excess. Follow manufacturer's printed directions.
7. Allow surface to dry thoroughly for 12 hours.
8. Apply the first coat of primer to surfaces, and allow to dry for 24 hours.
9. Lightly sand primed surfaces using 220 grit sandpaper, and wipe with a tack cloth.
10. Apply the finish coats of paint.
3.3 REMOVAL OF EXISTING FINISH
A. Removal of existing finish for wood surfaces:
1. All exposed surfaces shall be inspected for foreign material such as thick paint, chewing
gum or other thick deposits. Any such material shall be removed mechanically with hand
scrapping, no machine sanding allowed.
2. Stripping shall be carried out in a controlled manner. In situ work shall be masked and
protected to ensure that adjacent surfaces are not marred or damaged by the treatment of the
woodwork.
3. Strippers shall be used in accordance with manufacturer's directions.
3.4 WOOD REPAIR
A. Procedures:
1. See related Sections for wood repair.
3.5 REFINISHING OF WOODWORK
A. General:
Page 142 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
WOOD RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION 064085-5
1. It is the aim of this treatment that all woodwork be given a consistent treatment with
materials and procedures to ensure a uniform final appearance which matches approved
field sample. Any deviation from specified materials or procedures must be approved by
Owner.
2. All materials and procedures used must conform to all pertinent regulations. It shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor to identify all applicable regulations and to guarantee that
all materials and procedures are in accordance with said regulations.
3. It shall be the responsibility of Contractor to test materials and procedures called for in
specifications to guarantee that all necessary steps are taken, that stripping compounds are
adequately neutralized, that proper application and drying times are observed, that there are
no inherent chemical incompatibilities with the materials called for, and that both the
conditions and the procedures are appropriate for completion of Work.
4. All work shall be protected and kept clean during the finishing process to guarantee a finish
of the highest quality. Only a finish of uniform color matching the performance sample and
a smooth finish free of dust, pinholes, drips or sag marks will be accepted.
5. All work must be protected following the finishing operations. In situ work must be
covered with plastic or brown paper during other procedures in those spaces to prevent
drips, spills, or other accidents.
B. Procedure:
1. Surface appearance should be smooth and even. Sanding of surfaces with at least 220 grit
garnet paper should be carried out. Any black iron marks should be removed with oxalic
acid, followed by neutralizing with borax, alternatively surfaces may be washed with non-
malt vinegar.
2. Grain shall be filled as follows only where larger than 1/16". Thin the paste wood filler as
necessary with paint thinner. Apply with a brush, working it into the grain, brushing with
the grain. Let the filler set up for a few minutes, per manufacturer's instructions, then wipe
off the excess, rubbing across the grain. Allow filler to dry for at least 48 hours. Lightly
fine sand before proceeding.
3. Prior to finishing, all woodwork shall be protected from grease, oil, or finger marks. A final
inspection shall be carried out to verify that all fills are level and smooth surfaces shall be
lightly fine sanded, and wiped with a solvent to clean them, if necessary.
4. Application of the Finish:
a. For in situ work, all adjacent surfaces must be masked and protected from brush marks,
spills, and runs.
b. Personnel to wear solvent resistant gloves and respiratory masks with chemical
cartridge filters.
c. All work is to be delivered with a smooth finish free of dust marks and scratches.
END SECTION
Page 143 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
ASPHALT SHINGLES 073113 - 1
SECTION 073113 - ASPHALT SHINGLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data, Samples, and ICC-ES evaluation reports.
B. Warranties: Provide standard manufacturer's written warranty, signed by manufacturer agreeing
to promptly repair or replace asphalt shingles that fail in materials within 30 years from date of
Substantial Completion, prorated, with first three years nonprorated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ASPHALT SHINGLES
A. Fire-Resistance Characteristics: ASTM E 108 or UL 790, Class A. Identify products with
appropriate markings of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Fiberglass Shingles: ASTM D 3462.
1. Multitab-Strip Asphalt Shingles: Mineral-granule surfaced and self-sealing. Four tabs,
regularly spaced with straight cut butt edge.
a. Manufacturers: One of the following:
1) CertainTeed Corporation.
2) GAF Materials Corporation.
3) Elk Premium Building Products, Inc.; an ElkCorp company.
4) Or Approved Equal.
2. Color: Manufacturer’s best match to weathered cedar shingles.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: ASTM D 1970, SBS-modified asphalt; mineral-granule or
slip-resisting-polyethylene surfaced; with release paper backing; cold applied.
B. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type II, asbestos free.
C. Roofing Nails: Stainless-steel, or hot-dip galvanized-steel shingle nails, minimum 0.120-inch
(3-mm) diameter, of sufficient length to penetrate 3/4 inch (19 mm) into solid wood decking or
extend at least 1/8 inch (3 mm) through OSB or plywood sheathing.
Page 144 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
ASPHALT SHINGLES 073113 - 2
D. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Comply with requirements in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal
Flashing and Trim."
1. Sheet Metal: Zinc-tin alloy-coated steel.
2. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's
"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual."
3. Drip Edge: Formed sheet metal with at least a 2-inch (50-mm) roof deck flange and a 1-
1/2-inch (38-mm) fascia flange with a 3/8-inch (9.6-mm) drip at lower edge.
4. Open-Valley Flashing: Fabricate with 1-inch- (25-mm-) high, inverted-V profile at
center of valley and equal flange widths of 10 inches (250 mm)
2.3 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with recommendations in ARMA's "Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual" and with
asphalt shingle recommendations in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual."
B. Apply self-adhering sheet underlayment at eaves and rakes from edges of roof to at least 24
inches (600 mm) inside exterior wall line.
C. Apply self-adhering sheet underlayment at valleys extending 18 inches (450 mm) on each side.
D. Install felt underlayment on roof deck not covered by self-adhering sheet underlayment.
E. Install valleys complying with NRCA instructions. Construct sheet metal open valleys.
F. Install metal flashings to comply with requirements in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing
and Trim" and according to recommendations in ARMA's "Residential Asphalt Roofing
Manual" and asphalt shingle recommendations in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and
Waterproofing Manual."
G. Install first and remaining courses of asphalt shingles stair-stepping diagonally across roof deck
with 5-inch (125-mm) 1/2-tab offset pattern at succeeding courses, maintaining uniform
exposure.
END OF SECTION 073113
Page 145 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
WOOD SHINGLES 073129 - 1
SECTION 073129 - WOOD SHINGLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data, Samples, and ICC-ES evaluation reports.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SHINGLES
A. Fire-Test-Exposure Classification: Class B; UL 790 or ASTM E 108 with ASTM D 2898, for
application and existing roof slopes indicated.
B. Grading Standard for Wood Shingles: CSSB's "Grading Rules for Certigrade Red Cedar
Shingles."
C. Cedar Roof Shingles: No. 1 grade, smooth sawn, 16 inches (405 mm) long; 0.40 inch (10 mm)
thick at butt, fire-retardant treated.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Cedar Valley Shingle Systems, Inc.
b. Shakertown 1992, Inc.
c. Or Approved Equal.
2. Butt Style: Straight line.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Gypsum based rated roof sheathing:
1. Manufacturers: One of the following:
a. CertainTeed Corporation
b. Georgia Pacific
c. National Gypsum
d. US Gypsum
B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: ASTM D 1970, SBS-modified asphalt; mineral-granule or
slip-resisting-polyethylene surfaced; with release paper backing; cold applied.
1. Manufacturers: One of the following:
a. ALCO-NVC Inc.
b. Atlas Roofing Corporation.
Page 146 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
WOOD SHINGLES 073129 - 2
c. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing, Inc.
d. CertainTeed Corporation.
e. GAF Materials Corporation.
f. Henry Company.
g. IKO.
h. Johns Manville.
i. Owens Corning.
C. Flexible Ridge Vent: Compression-resisting, three-dimensional, open-nylon or polyester-mat
filter bonded to a nonwoven, nonwicking, geotextile fabric cover.
1. Manufacturers: One of the following:
a. GAF Materials Corporation.
b. Keene Building Products.
c. Obdyke, Benjamin Incorporated.
d. TAMKO Roofing Products, Inc.
D. Roofing Nails: Aluminum, stainless-steel, or hot-dip galvanized-steel nails, of sufficient length
to penetrate 3/4 inch (19 mm) into sheathing.
1. Use shingle-type nails for wood shingles.
2. Where nails are in contact with metal flashing, use nails made from metal specified in
Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for fastening metal flashing.
E. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Comply with requirements in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal
Flashing and Trim."
1. Sheet Metal: Zinc-tin alloy-coated steel.
2. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's
"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual."
3. Drip Edge: Formed sheet metal with at least a 2-inch (50-mm) roof deck flange and a 1-
1/2-inch (38-mm) fascia flange with a 3/8-inch (9.6-mm) drip at lower edge.
4. Open-Valley Flashing: Fabricate with 1-inch- (25-mm-) high, inverted-V profile at center
of valley and equal flange widths of 10 inches (250 mm)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install rated gypsum board roof sheathing over existing plywood wood sheathing which will be
the basis for the required Class A roof assembly with wood shingle roofing.
B. Apply self-adhering sheet underlayment at eaves and rakes from edges of roof to at least 36
inches (914 mm) inside exterior wall line.
C. Install single-layer felt underlayment on roof deck not covered by self-adhering sheet
underlayment.
Page 147 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
WOOD SHINGLES 073129 - 3
D. Install metal flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements in Section 076200
"Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."
E. Install ventilation mat over roofing felt and self-adhering sheet underlayment, held in place per
manufacturer’s recommendations.
F. Install wood-shingle roofing according to manufacturer's written instructions and to
recommendations in CSSB's "New Roof Construction Manual" and NRCA's "The NRCA
Roofing and Waterproofing Manual."
G. Apply self-adhering sheet underlayment at eaves and rakes from edges of roof to at least 24
inches (600 mm) inside exterior wall line.
H. Apply self-adhering sheet underlayment at valleys extending 18 inches (450 mm) on each side.
I. Install felt underlayment on roof deck not covered by self-adhering sheet underlayment.
J. Install valleys complying with NRCA instructions. Construct sheet metal open valleys.
K. Install metal flashings to comply with requirements in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing
and Trim" and according to recommendations in CSSB's "New Roof Construction Manual" and
cedar shingle recommendations in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual."
END OF SECTION 073129
Page 148 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
DRAINAGE AND VENTILATION MAT 074600 - 1
SECTION 07 46 00 - DRAINAGE AND VENTILATION MAT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Drainage and Ventilation Mat.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 07 31 29 – Wood Shingles and Shakes
1.3 REFERENCES
ASTM C 165-00: Standard Test Method for Measuring Compressive Properties of Thermal
Insulations
ASTM D 6818: Standard Test Method for Ultimate Tensile Properties of Rolled Erosion Control
Products
ASTM E 84: Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:
1. Preparation instructions and recommendations.
2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
3. Installation methods.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Minimum 2 years production of similar products.
B. Installer Qualifications: Experience with installation of similar products.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
1. Product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product of one of the following:
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Benjamin Obdyke Incorporated; 400 Babylon Road, Suite A · Horsham, PA 19044 ·
Toll Free: (877) 647-8368 · Fax: (215) 672-5204; Sales: (800) 523-5261· Fax: (215)
672-3731; Web: www.benjaminobdyke.com
2. Keene Building Products; PO Box 241353, Mayfield Heights, Ohio 44124. Toll Free
Tel: (877) 514-5336, Tel: (440) 605-1020. Fax: (440) 605-1120. Email:
info@keeneBuilding.com. Web: https://www.keenebuilding.com.
3. Or Approved Equal
Page 149 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
DRAINAGE AND VENTILATION MAT 074600 - 2
2.2 DRAINAGE AND VENTILATION MAT
A. Drainage and Ventilation Mat: Randomly oriented geometric patterned drainage and
ventilation mat designed to eliminate moisture and moisture vapor in wood roofing
applications.
B. Product
1. Physical Characteristics:
a. 0.277 inches (7.04 mm) to 0.30 inches (7.6 mm) thick.
b. 9.9 oz/sq. yd. (336 g/sq m) total weight.
c. 39.37 inches (1m) to 48 inches (122 cm) wide.
d. 60 feet (18.3 m) to 61.5 feet (18.75 m) roll length.
2. Performance:
a. Drainage of liquid moisture and ventilation between sheathing and exterior
veneer.
3. Material: UV stabilized nylon.
a. Class-A flame spread per ASTM E84.
b. Hydrophobic compound.
c. Resistant to chemicals.
d. Does not support mold growth.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Provide waterproofing membrane, flashing and fasteners required for a complete functional
drainage assembly.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared.
B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of
unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.
B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best
result for the substrate under the project conditions.
3.3 DRAINAGE MAT INSTALLATION
A. Cedar Shingle Installation
a. Inspect decking for installation for rated assembly installation
b. Install 30lb (14kg) roofing felt over entire roof deck. Extend felt 1/4" (6.4mm) beyond
edge of roof deck. Overlap layers at least 4” (102mm) working toward the ridge.
c. Tack down underlayment with 1 tack (or nail) approximately every 3 square feet.
d. Install underlayment with dimples down to present the flat side as the nailing surface.
Page 150 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
DRAINAGE AND VENTILATION MAT 074600 - 3
e. Butt each course of underlayment against previous course. Do not overlap layers of
underlayment.
f. Work from fascia to ridge while installing shingles to avoid walking directly on
underlayment.
g. Install cedar shingles per manufacturer’s instructions. Use a nail of sufficient length to
allow for ¾” (19.1mm) penetration into sheathing. Allow 1/4" (6.4mm) for underlayment
thickness.
END OF SECTION
Page 151 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING 075200 - 1
SECTION 075200 - MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Shop Drawings of tapered insulation and ICC-ES evaluation reports for components
of membrane roofing system.
B. Warranties: Manufacturer's standard or customized form, without monetary limitation, signed
by roofing manufacturer agreeing to repair leaks due to defects in materials or workmanship for
period of 30 years.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Energy Performance: Initial Solar Reflectance not less than 0.70 and Thermal Emittance not
less than 0.75 when tested according to CRRC-1.
B. Solar Reflectance Index: Not less than 78 when calculated according to ASTM E 1980.
C. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: ASTM E 108, Class A.
2.2 ROOFING MATERIALS
A. SBS-Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing:
1. Manufacturers: One of the following:
a. CertainTeed Corp.
b. Firestone Building Products.
c. GAF Materials Corporation.
d. Johns Manville.
e. TAMKO Building Products, Inc.
f. Tremco Incorporated.
g. Or Approved Equal.
B. Roofing Membrane Sheet: ASTM D 6162, Grade S, Type I or II, SBS-modified asphalt sheet
(reinforced with a combination of polyester fabric and glass fibers); smooth surfaced.
C. Granule-Surface Roofing Membrane Cap Sheet: ASTM D 6162, Grade G, Type I or II, SBS-
modified asphalt sheet (reinforced with a combination of polyester fabric and glass fibers);
granular surfaced.
D. Base Sheet: ASTM D 4601, Type II, SBS-modified, asphalt-impregnated and -coated, glass-
fiber-reinforced sheet.
Page 152 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING 075200 - 2
E. Glass-Fiber Base-Ply Sheet: ASTM D 2178, Type IV, asphalt-impregnated, glass-fiber felt.
F. Auxiliary Materials: Recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and as
follows:
1. Base Flashing: Manufacturer's standard SBS-modified bituminous sheet, mineral-granule
surfaced.
2. Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 312, Type IV.
3. Skid-resistant roof protection pads: Manufacturer's standard for maintenance paths.
2.3 ROOFING INSULATION
A. Fabricate tapered insulation with slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches (1:48) unless otherwise
indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install substrate board with long joints continuous and perpendicular to roof slopes with end
joints staggered. Tightly butt substrate boards together.
B. Install each layer of insulation in a solid mopping of hot asphalt. Prime surface of concrete deck
with asphalt primer allow primer to dry before mopping in and applying first layer.
C. Mechanically fasten each layer of insulation with at least one fastener for each 4 sq. ft. (0.38
sq. m) and at least two fasteners per board.
D. Install cover boards over insulation with long joints continuous and perpendicular to roof slopes
with end joints staggered. Loosely butt cover boards together and fasten to deck.
E. Install and secure cant strips and nailer strips.
F. Install roofing membrane system according to roofing system manufacturer's written
instructions, applicable recommendations in ARMA/NRCA's "Quality Control Guidelines for
the Application of Polymer Modified Bitumen Roofing," and as follows:
1. Deck Type: N (nailable).
2. Adhering Method: M (mopped).
3. Base Sheet: One.
4. Number of Glass-Fiber Base-Ply Sheets: One.
5. Number of SBS-Modified Asphalt Sheets: Two.
6. Surfacing Type: M (mineral-granule-surfaced cap sheet).
G. Maintain uniform side and staggered end laps. Bond and seal laps, leaving no voids.
H. Flashing: Extend 8 inches (200 mm) above roof and 4 inches (100 mm) onto roof and secure to
substrate.
Page 153 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING 075200 - 3
I. Skid-resistant roof protection pads: Manufacturer's standard for maintenance paths shall be
adhered to roofing surface per manufacturer’s recommendations.
END OF SECTION 075200
Page 154 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
SHEET METAL ROOFING 076100 - 1
SECTION 076100 - SHEET METAL ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data, Shop Drawings.
B. Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Warranties: Standard form in which roofing Installer agrees to repair or replace sheet
metal roofing that fails in materials or workmanship within five years from date of
Substantial Completion.
D. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
Section:
1. Section 099000 – Painting and Coating
2. Section 099110 – Preparation of Historic Wood and Metal Surfaces for Painting
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ROOFING SHEET METALS
A. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Galvanized structural-steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M,
G90 (Z275); any replacement sheet metal pans for the flat seam roof are to match the
nominal thickness of existing.
1. Finish: All exposed surfaces to be prepared, primed, and painted to match color
and finish of existing sheet metal after seams are sealed or soldered.
2. Field-Applied Finish: Manufacturer's standard waterborne acrylic emulsion paint
primer and finish coat.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Felt Underlayment: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felts.
B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment, High Temperature: Butyl or SBS-modified
asphalt; slip-resisting-polyethylene surfaced; with release paper backing; cold applied.
Stable after testing at 240 deg F (116 deg C) and passes after testing at minus 20 deg F
(29 deg C); ASTM D 1970.
Page 155 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
SHEET METAL ROOFING 076100 - 2
1. Products: One of the following:
a. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Inc.; CCW WIP 300HT.
b. Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co.; Ultra.
c. Henry Company; Blueskin PE200 HT.
d. Metal-Fab Manufacturing, LLC; MetShield.
e. Owens Corning; WeatherLock Metal High-Temperature Underlayment.
f. Or Approved Equal.
C. Slip Sheet: Building paper, 3-lb/100 sq. ft. (0.16-kg/sq. m) minimum, rosin sized.
D. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular-threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets
and bolts, and other suitable fasteners.
1. Exposed Fasteners: Paint heads to match the finish color of sheet metal roofing,
flashing or trim.
2. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching
internal gutter width.
3. Fasteners for Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Hot-dip galvanized steel or Series 300
stainless steel.
E. Solder for Zinc-Tin Alloy-Coated Steel: ASTM B 32, 100 percent tin.
F. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant;
polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited
movement.
G. Metal Accessories: Matching sheet metal roofing in finish and material required for a
complete weathertight roofing system, including clips.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate sheet metal roofing to comply with details shown and recommendations in
SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions,
metal, and other characteristics of installation indicated.
1. Flat-Seam Roofing: Form flat-seam pans from metal sheets to match size of
existing roofing pans with 1/2-inch (13-mm) notched and folded edges.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Remove damaged pan being careful to not damage adjacent pans that are to remain in
place.
Page 156 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
SHEET METAL ROOFING 076100 - 3
B. Clean all adjacent seams in preparation for installation of replacement pan.
C. Verify existing roofing felt is still functionally intact, install replacement as needed by
ship-lapping new felt to existing with appropriate horizontal and vertical laps
D. Apply slip sheet over underlayment before installing metal roof panel(s).
E. Zinc-Tin Alloy-Coated Steel Roofing: For roofing with 3:12 slopes or less, paint
underside of shop-coated, zinc-tin alloy-coated steel, before installation, with primer,
applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.5 mils (0.06 mm).
F. Install work with lines and corners of exposed units true and accurate. Form exposed
faces flat and free of buckles, excessive waves, and avoidable tool marks, considering
temper and reflectivity of metal. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure
of solder and sealant. Fold back sheet metal to form a hem on concealed side of exposed
edges unless otherwise indicated.
1. Install cleats to hold sheet metal panels in position. Attach each cleat with two
fasteners to prevent rotation.
2. Nail cleats not more than 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. Bend tabs over nails.
G. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin
the seam edges to be joined.
1. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder
into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed
surfaces.
H. Seal joints as shown and as required for leakproof construction. Provide low-slope
transverse seams using cleats where backup of moisture may occur.
END OF SECTION 076100
Page 157 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 1
SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data.
B. Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Conform to dimensions
and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
C. Coordinate installation of sheet metal flashing and trim with interfacing and adjoining
construction to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SHEET METAL
A. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A525, ASTM A361 with minimum 1.25 (377 g/sq m) ounces
per square foot of zinc coating meeting ASTM A525, ASTM A446, and ASTM A361.
1. Finish: All exposed surfaces to be prepared, primed, and painted to match color
and finish of existing sheet metal.
2.2 FLASHING AND TRIM
A. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in
SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions,
metal, and other characteristics of the item indicated.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Felt Underlayment: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felts.
B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment, High Temperature: Butyl or SBS-modified
asphalt; slip-resisting-polyethylene surfaced; with release paper backing; cold applied.
Stable after testing at 240 deg F (116 deg C) and passes after testing at minus 20 deg F
(29 deg C); ASTM D 1970.
1. Products: One of the following:
a. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Inc.; CCW WIP 300HT.
b. Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co.; Ultra.
Page 158 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 2
c. Henry Company; Blueskin PE200 HT.
d. Metal-Fab Manufacturing, LLC; MetShield.
e. Owens Corning; WeatherLock Metal High-Temperature Underlayment.
f. Or Approved Equal.
C. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular-threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets
and bolts, and other suitable fasteners.
1. Exposed Fasteners: Paint heads to match the finish color of sheet metal roofing,
flashing or trim.
2. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching
internal gutter width.
3. Fasteners for Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Hot-dip galvanized steel or Series 300
stainless steel.
D. Solder for Zinc-Tin Alloy-Coated Steel: ASTM B 32, 100 percent tin.
E. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant.
F. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's
"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and
other characteristics of the item indicated.
B. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used, form
expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep,
filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints.
C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of
installation to tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal
Roofing."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Allow for thermal
expansion; set true to line and level. Install Work with laps, joints, and seams
permanently watertight and weatherproof; conceal fasteners where possible.
B. Sealed Joints: Form non-expansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate
elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards.
Page 159 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 3
C. Fabricate non-moving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams.
D. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin
edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), except where pre-
tinned surface would show in finished Work.
1. Do not pre-tin zinc-tin alloy-coated stainless steel.
2. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder
into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed
surfaces.
E. Separate dissimilar metals with a bituminous coating or polymer-modified, bituminous
sheet underlayment.
END OF SECTION 076200
Page 160 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
ROOF ACCESSORIES 077200 - 1
SECTION 077200 - ROOF ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data
B. Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Conform to dimensions
and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
C. Coordinate installation of sheet metal accessories and adjoining construction to provide
a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A525, ASTM A361 with minimum 1.25 (377 g/sq m)
ounces per square foot of zinc coating meeting ASTM A525, ASTM A446, and
ASTM A361.
1. Finish: All exposed surfaces to be prepared, primed, and painted to match color of
adjacent roofing surface, final color to be selected from samples.
2.2 ROOF ACCESSORIES
A. Pitch Pans: Fabricate from 0.022-inch- (0.55-mm-) thick, metallic-coated steel with
welded or sealed mechanical corner joints.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Flashing Kings, Inc. or a comparable product of one of
the following:
a. Active Ventilation Products
b. Or Equal.
2. Provide units with base profile coordinated with roof thickness and roof deck
slope.
3. Finish: Prime painted.
B. Attic Vents: Manufacturer's standard unit fabricated from the following materials, with
manufacturer's standard welded or sealed mechanical joints, and integral base flange:
1. Basis of Design: O’Hagin Low profile (tapered) wood shake/shingle vent or a
comparable product of one of the following:
Page 161 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
ROOF ACCESSORIES 077200 - 2
a. Tamco –Thompson Architectural Metals Company
b. Or Comparable Equal.
2. Type: Low-profile
3. Material: Metallic-coated steel
4. Finish: Prime painted.
5. Provide manufacturer's standard bird screens, that maintains the required net free
area.
C. Wall mounted, louvered, and screened attic vents
1. Material: Metallic-coated steel
2. Finish: Primed prior to installation, and painted to match adjacent surface.
D. Gutter Debris Screen: Manufacturer's standard unit fabricated from the following
materials, with manufacturer's standard welded or sealed mechanical joints, and integral
flanges:
1. Basis of Design: Tamco –Thompson Architectural Metals Company drop-in
gutter guard or a comparable product of one of the following:
a. Gutter Supply
b. E-Z Gutter
c. Or Comparable Equal.
2. Type: Low-profile, drop-in
3. Material: Metallic-coated steel
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Installation: Unless otherwise indicated, install roof accessory items according to
construction details of NRCA's "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual." Coordinate with
installation of roof deck, vapor barriers, roof insulation, roofing, and flashing to ensure
combined elements are secure, waterproof, and weathertight.
END OF SECTION 077200
Page 162 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1
SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data and color Samples.
B. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants when
ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-
sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 JOINT SEALANTS
A. Low-Emitting Materials:
1. Exterior reactive sealants shall have a VOC content of not more than 50 g/L or 4
percent by weight, whichever is greater.
2. Other exterior caulks and sealants shall have a VOC content of not more than
30 g/L or 2 percent by weight, whichever is greater.
B. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under service and application
conditions.
C. Sealant for General Exterior Use Where Another Type Is Not Specified, One of the
Following:
1. Single-component, neutral-curing silicone sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S;
Grade NS; Class 25; for Use NT.
2. Single-component, nonsag urethane sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS;
Class 25; and for Use NT.
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Provide sealant backings of material that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint
substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications
indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
Page 163 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 12 July 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 2
B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, of size and density to control sealant
depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.
C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant
manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler
materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.
D. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for
adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction
joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with ASTM C 1193.
B. Install sealant backings to support sealants during application and to produce cross-
sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants that allow optimum sealant movement
capability.
C. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between
sealants and backs of joints.
END OF SECTION 079200
Page 164 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 September 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
PREPARATION OF HISTORIC WOOD AND METAL SURFACES FOR PAINTING 099110-1
SECTION 099110
PREPARATION OF HISTORIC WOOD AND METAL SURFACES FOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Preparation of historic wood and metal surfaces for painting.
B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ACGIH - American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
1. 02 - Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents Biological
Exposure Indices.
B. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials
1. D1730 - Preparation of Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Surfaces for Painting.
2. D1731 - Preparation of Hot-Dip Aluminum Surfaces for Painting.
3. D3274 - Evaluating Degree of Surface Disfigurement of Paint Films by Microbial
(Fungal or Algal) Growth or Soil and Dirt Accumulation.
4. D3359 - Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test.
5. D4214 - Evaluating Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paint Films.
C. SSPC - The Society For Protective Coating
1. PA Guide 5 - Guide to Maintenance Painting Programs.
2. SP1 - Solvent Cleaning.
3. SP2 - Hand Tool Cleaning.
4. SP3 - Power Tool Cleaning.
5. SP5/NACE 1 - White Metal Blast Cleaning.
6. SP6/NACE 3 - Commercial Blast Cleaning.
7. SP7/NACE 4 - Brush-Off Blast Cleaning
8. SP10/NACE 2 - Near-White Blast Cleaning.
1.03 WORKPLAN
A. The procedures proposed for the accomplishment of the work shall provide for safe conduct of
the work, careful removal, and disposition of materials specified to be salvaged, protection of
property, which is to remain undisturbed, and coordination with other work in progress. The
work plan shall include a Safety and Health plan describing procedures for handling
monitoring, and disposition of VOCs and other hazardous and toxic materials. The procedures
shall include a detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used for each operation,
and the sequence of operations. The Contractor shall test the materials designated by the
Owner.
Page 165 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 September 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
PREPARATION OF HISTORIC WOOD AND METAL SURFACES FOR PAINTING 099110-2
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Submit work plan and the names, quantity represented, and intended use for proprietary
brands of materials proposed to be substituted for the specified materials when the
required quantity of a particular batch is 200 liters 50 gallons or less.
2. Submit manufacturer's current printed product description, material safety data sheets
(MSDS), and technical data sheets for each product. Detailed mixing, thinning and
application instructions, minimum and maximum application temperature, and curing and
drying times shall be provided for each product submitted.
B. Qualifications: Submit statement certified by the Contractor attesting that the experience and
qualifications of the workers (journeymen) comply with the Specifications.
C. Certificates: Submit certificate stating that products proposed for use meet the VOC regulations
of the local Air Pollution Control Districts having jurisdiction over the geographical area in
which the project is located.
D. Field Test: For the project record, submit written report of field test performed for each
application and results achieved.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications: Provide qualified workers trained and experienced in the preparation for
painting of wood and metal surfaces in historic structures and shall submit documentation of 5
consecutive years of work of this type. A list of similar jobs shall be provided identifying when,
where, and for whom the work was done. A current point-of-contact for identified references
shall be provided.
B. Field Test: For final product selection, use manufacturer's test kit prior to application of any
materials. Obtain City’s approval of test results prior to starting subsequent operations.
1. If required, repeat field test until City’s acceptance.
1.06 PACKAGING, LABELING AND STORING
A. Paint removers, solvents, and other chemicals used for surface preparation shall be in sealed
containers that legibly show the designated name, formula or specification number, quantity,
date of manufacture, manufacturer's formulation number, manufacturer's directions including
any warnings and special precautions, and name of manufacturer. Such materials shall be
furnished in containers not larger than 5 gallons; they shall be stored in accordance with the
manufacturer's written directions; and as a minimum stored off the ground, under cover, with
sufficient ventilation to prevent the buildup of flammable vapors and at temperatures between
40 and 95 degrees Fahrenheit.
1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Unless otherwise recommended by the product manufacturer, the ambient temperature shall be
between 45 and 95 degrees Fahrenheit when applying paint removers, solvents, or other
preparation materials.
Page 166 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 September 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
PREPARATION OF HISTORIC WOOD AND METAL SURFACES FOR PAINTING 099110-3
1.08 SAFETY AND HEALTH
A. Work shall comply with the Accident Prevention Plan, including the Activity Hazard Analysis
as specified in the Contract Clauses. The Activity Hazard Analysis shall include analyses of the
potential impact of surface preparation operations on personnel and on others involved in and
adjacent to the work zone.
B. Worker Exposures: Exposure of workers to chemical substances shall not exceed limits as
established by ACGIH-02.
C. Training: Workers having access to an affected work area shall be informed of the contents of
the applicable material data safety sheets (MSDS) and shall be informed of potential health and
safety hazard and protective controls associated with materials used on the project. An affected
work area is one, which may receive dust, mists, and odors from the surface preparation
operations. Workers involved in surface preparation and clean-up shall be trained in the safe
handling and application, and the exposure limit, for each material which the worker will use in
the project. Personnel having a need to use respirators and masks shall be instructed in the use
and maintenance of such equipment.
D. Coordination: Work shall be coordinated to minimize exposure of building occupants, other
Contractor personnel, and visitors to mists and odors from surface preparation and cleaning
operations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PAINT REMOVERS
A. Chemical paint removers shall be a commercial item specifically manufactured for the type of
paint to be removed. Product can be selected from one of the following for the most efficient
and effective while being the gentlest toward the existing substrate:
1. Acceptable Manufacturer: Dumond, Inc., which is located at: 253 S. Bailey Rd.;
Downingtown, PA 19335; Toll Free Tel: 800-245-1191 ; Tel: 609-655-7700; Fax: 609-
655-7725; Email:request info (abensen@dumondglobal.com);
Web:https://dumondglobal.com, product lines
a. Peel Away 1
b. Smart Strip Advanced
c. Smart Strip PRO
2. Dumond, Inc. Test Kit
a. Test kit must be used to determine best product for field conditions.
B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with Standard Specifications.
2.02 EPOXY CONSOLIDANTS
A. Liquid Consolidant: Liquid wood consolidant shall consist of a 2-part, low-viscosity liquid
epoxy that meets the criteria of Table 1.
B. Epoxy Paste: Epoxy paste shall consist of a 2-part, thixotropic paste that meets the criteria of
Table 1.
TABLE 1
Page 167 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 September 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
PREPARATION OF HISTORIC WOOD AND METAL SURFACES FOR PAINTING 099110-4
CONSOLIDANT LIQUID EPOXY PASTE
Properties Low-Viscosity Liquid No-Slump,Thixotropic Paste
Toxicity Low Very Low
Toxicity Cured Non-Toxic Non-Toxic
Ratios 1:1 by Volume 1:1 by Volume
Pot Life @
Room Temp. 30 minutes min. 50 minutes min.
Hardening @
Room Temp. 1 hr. or longer 1 hr. or longer
Hardening @
60 deg. C 16 min. or less 18 min. or less
Viscosity Poises @
22 deg. C 4.7 max. Thixotropic paste
Solids 95 percent min. 98 percent min.
Tensile Strength 27.6 MPa 17.25 MPa
Elongation 50 percent 4 percent
Compressive Strength
Failure 131 MPa ---
Yield 24 MPa 38 MPa
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Prior to starting work covered in this section review, and coordinate with requirements of
hazardous materials handling or removal provided by Owner. The hazardous materials
guidelines or requirements will take precedence over any requirements contained within this
section.
B. Methods used for preparation of historic wood and metal surfaces for painting shall be the
gentlest possible to achieve the desired results. Historic substrate materials shall not be
damaged or marred in the process of surface preparations. Samples of the existing paint finishes
shall be collected and analyzed for the purpose of documentation or matching, if so directed by
the Owner. Material and application requirements for paints are covered in Section 099100
Painting and Coating.
3.02 VENTILATION
A. Interior work zones having a volume of 280 cubic meters 10,000 cubic feet or less shall be
ventilated at a minimum of 2 air exchanges per hour. Ventilation in larger work zones shall be
maintained by means of mechanical exhaust. Solvent vapors shall be exhausted outdoors, away
from air intakes and workers. Return air inlets in the work zone shall be temporarily sealed
before start of work until the prepared surfaces have dried. Operators and personnel in the
vicinity of paint removal processes involving chemicals or mechanical action (sanding or
blasting) shall wear respirators.
3.03 PROTECTION OF AREAS NOT TO BE PAINTED
A. Items not to be painted which are in contact with or adjacent to painted surfaces shall be
removed or protected prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Items removed prior
Page 168 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 September 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
PREPARATION OF HISTORIC WOOD AND METAL SURFACES FOR PAINTING 099110-5
to painting shall be replaced when painting is completed. Following completion of painting,
workers skilled in the trades involved shall reinstall removed items. Surfaces contaminated by
preparation materials shall be restored to original condition.
3.04 CLEANING OF SURFACES
A. Surfaces to be painted shall be clean and free of grease, dirt, dust, and other foreign matter
before application of paint or surface treatments. After cleaning, surfaces shall exhibit a surface
disfigurement rating of 7 or greater when evaluated in accordance with ASTM D3274. Dirt and
surface contaminants shall be cleaned by brush with solutions of water and detergent or
trisodium phosphate, then rinsed clean with water, and let dry. Surfaces on which mildew or
other microbiological growth is present shall be cleaned with a detergent solution containing
household bleach. Oil and grease shall be removed with clean cloths and cleaning solvents prior
to mechanical cleaning. Cleaning solvents shall be of low toxicity with a flashpoint in excess of
100 degrees Fahrenheit. Cleaning shall be programmed so that dust and other contaminants will
not fall on newly prepared or newly painted surfaces.
3.05 EXISTING PAINT
A. Existing paint shall be tested for adhesion to substrate per ASTM D3359, Test Method A and
shall obtain a rating of 4 or better in order to be considered sound. Existing paint meeting this
requirement may be considered a satisfactory base for repainting.
3.06 PAINT REMOVAL
A. Flaking, cracking, blistering, peeling or otherwise deteriorated paint shall be removed by
scraping with hand scrapers. After scraping, removal of large areas of paint or paint on
architectural details shall be accomplished using chemical paint removers. Paint shall be
removed to bare substrate. Open flame heat devices shall not be used. Mechanical paint
removal shall not damage or mar the substrate material.
B. Chemical Paint Removers: Chemical paint removers shall be used in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations. If chemical strippers are used, substrate shall be neutralized
after stripping to a pH of 5 to 8.5.
3.07 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. After cleaning and removal of deteriorated paint, edges of remaining chipped paint shall be
feather-edged and sanded smooth. Damaged areas such as, but not limited to, nail holes, cracks,
chips, and spalls shall be repaired with suitable material to match adjacent undamaged areas.
Slick surfaces shall be roughened. Rusty metal surfaces shall be cleaned per SSPC SP1. Chalk
shall be removed so that when tested in accordance with ASTM D4214, the chalk resistance
rating is no less than 8. New, proposed coatings shall be compatible with existing coatings. If
existing surfaces are glossy, the gloss shall be reduced.
3.08 WOOD SURFACES
A. Wood surfaces shall be cleaned of foreign matter. Wood surfaces adjacent to surfaces to receive
water-thinned paints shall be primed and/or touched up before applying water-thinned paints.
Small, dry seasoned knots shall be scraped, cleaned, and given a thin coat of commercial knot
Page 169 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 September 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
PREPARATION OF HISTORIC WOOD AND METAL SURFACES FOR PAINTING 099110-6
sealer before application of the priming coat. Pitch on large, open, unseasoned knots and all
other beads or streaks of pitch shall be scraped off, or, if it is still soft, removed with mineral
spirits or turpentine, and the resinous area shall be thinly coated with knot sealer.
B. Wood Repair: Badly decayed areas shall be removed and repaired. Areas and pieces decayed
beyond repair shall be replaced with new pieces that match originals in all respects. Moderately
decayed areas, weathered, or gouged wood shall be patched with approved patching
compounds, and shall be sanded smooth. The source or cause of wood decay shall be identified
and corrected prior to application of patching materials. Wet wood shall be completely dried to
a moisture content not exceeding 12 percent, as measured by a moisture meter, to its full depth
before patching, unless otherwise authorized. Wood that is to be patched shall be clean of dust,
grease, and loose paint.
1. Epoxy Wood Repair: Epoxy wood repair materials shall be applied in accordance with
the manufacturer's written instructions. Health and safety instructions shall be followed
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Clean mixing equipment shall be used
to avoid contamination. Mix and proportions shall be as directed by the manufacturer.
Batches shall be only large enough to complete the specific job intended. Patching
materials shall be completely cured before painting or reinstallation of patched pieces.
2. Epoxy Consolidant and Epoxy Paste: Epoxy liquid wood consolidant shall be used:
a. To penetrate and impregnate deteriorated wood sections in order to reinforce wood
fibers that have become softened or absorbent.
b. As a primer for areas that are to receive epoxy paste filler.
c. Epoxy paste shall be used to fill areas where portions of wood are missing such as
holes, cracks, gaps, gouges, and other voids.
D. Exposed Ferrous Metals: Exposed ferrous metals such as nail heads on or in contact with wood
surfaces to be painted with water-thinned paints, shall be spot-primed with a suitable corrosion-
inhibitive primer capable of preventing flash rusting and compatible with the coating specified
for the adjacent areas.
E. Finishing Nails: Finishing nails shall be set, and all holes and surface imperfections shall be
primed. After priming, holes and imperfections in finish surfaces shall be filled with putty or
plastic wood filler, colored to match the finish coat if natural finish is required, allowed to dry,
and sanded smooth. Putty or wood filler shall be compatible with subsequent coatings.
G. Wood Preservative: Areas of bare wood in exterior locations prone to excessive moisture or
standing water shall be treated with a commercial, fungicide, paintable water
repellant/preservative. Water repellant/preservatives shall not be used on interior surfaces.
3.09 METAL SURFACES
A. Metal surfaces shall be cleaned of foreign matter. Programs for preparation of metal shall be
per SSPC PA Guide 5. Grease, oil, and other soluble contaminants shall be removed using
solvent cleaning per SSPC SP1. Surfaces shall be free from soils and corrosion; e.g. grease, oil,
solder flux, welding flux, weld spatter, sand, rust, scale, and other contaminants that might
interfere with the application of the new finish. Cleaning methods shall be the gentlest possible
to achieve the desired result. Metals which are soft, thin, or exhibit fine detail shall not be
abrasively cleaned. Evidence of corrosion or contamination on a previously cleaned surface
shall be cause for recleaning prior to painting.
Page 170 of 1527
Jack House Rehabilitation 24 September 2024
Construction Documents – 100%
PREPARATION OF HISTORIC WOOD AND METAL SURFACES FOR PAINTING 099110-7
B. Ferrous Surfaces: Ferrous surfaces that contain loose rust, loose mill scale, and other foreign
substances shall be cleaned mechanically with hand tools according to SSPC SP2, power tools
according to SSPC SP3 or by blast cleaning according to SSPC SP5/NACE 1. Shop-coated
ferrous surfaces shall be protected from corrosion by treating and touching up corroded areas
immediately upon detection.
C. Nonferrous Metallic Surfaces: Galvanized, aluminum and aluminum-alloy, lead, copper, and
other nonferrous metal surfaces shall be solvent-cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP1.
1. Aluminum: Aluminum surfaces shall be treated per ASTM D1730 or ASTM D1731.
Steel wool, steel brushes, and uninhibited caustic etching solutions, such as sodium
hydroxide, shall not be used on aluminum.
2. Zinc: Zinc surfaces including zinc-coated substrates, shall be cleaned prior to painting as
follows: degrease, soak in a mild and inhibited alkaline cleaner, rinse with clean
overflowing water, clean anodically in an acid (e.g. 0.25 to 0.75 percent sulfuric acid),
and rinse with clean overflowing water.
3.10 TIMING
A. Surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, and otherwise prepared for painting shall be given
a coat of the specified first coat as soon as practical after such pretreatment has been completed,
but prior to any deterioration of the prepared surface. Unless otherwise directed, the first coat
primer shall be applied within 48 hours of surface preparation.
3.11 SURFACES TO BE PREPARED FOR PAINTING
A. Surfaces shall be prepared as specified and as shown in the painting schedule in Section 099100
Painting.
3.12 CLEANING
A. Cloths, cotton waste and other debris that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in
closed metal containers and removed at the end of each day. Containers shall be removed from
the site or destroyed in an approved manner. Preparation materials and other deposits on
adjacent surfaces shall be removed and the entire job left clean and ready for painting.
END OF SECTION 099110
Page 171 of 1527
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
4
APPENDIX C – STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS - ARBOR
Page 172 of 1527
Structural Calculations
For
Jack House
Trellis
536 Marsh Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
April 2, 2024
JOB # 246040
1171 Homestead Rd.
Suite 275
Santa Clara, CA 95050
Phone: (408) 615-9200
Fax: (408) 615-9900
Page 173 of 1527
Sheet: of
Date:4/1/2024
Job #:246040
Project:Jack House Trellis
SITE MAP
1171 Homestead Rd.
Suite 275
Santa Clara, CA 95050
Phone: (408) 615-9200
Fax: (408) 615-9900
Page 174 of 1527
Sheet:
Date:
Job #:246040
Project:Jack House Trellis
By:T.D.
Roof live load
Typical roof slope 12 :12
20.00 psf per CBC
3x4 Roof Joists at 7" o.c.3.85 psf
Roof Beams 1.10 psf
4x Roof Beam at 4'-0" o.c.1.10 psf
4x Curb Beams at 4'-0" o.c.1.21 psf
Gable Panels 0.50 psf
Columns 1.39 psf
Miscellaneous 0.85 psf
10.00 psf
Load to Roof Beams 7.76 psf
Total Load Trellis 10.00 psf
=1076 lb
= 269 lb
= 269 lb
= 269 lb
= 269 lb
Trellis Area =196 sq. ft.
Seismic Distributed Load to Column C
Seismic Distributed Load to Column D
VERTICAL LOADING
Typical Arbor Roof
Seismic Load to Trellis
4/2/2024
Seismic Distributed Load to Column A
Seismic Distributed Load to Column B
1171 Homestead Rd.
Suite 275
Santa Clara, CA 95050
Phone: (408) 615-9200
Fax: (408) 615-9900
10psf*196sq. ft.*0.549
base shear (LRFD)Seismic
Seismic
Seismic
Seismic
Page 175 of 1527
Wood Beam
LIC# : KW-06014965, Build:20.24.02.28 DUQUETTE ENGINEERING (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2023
DESCRIPTION:Trellis Joist
T&S Structural Engineering
1171 Homestead Rd. Suite 275
Santa Clara, CA 95050
408-615-9200
Project File: Beam Design.ec6
Project Title:Jack House Trellis
Engineer:T.D.
Project ID:246040
Project Descr:
CODE REFERENCES
Calculations per NDS 2018, IBC 2021, ASCE 7-16
Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-16
Material Properties
Beam Bracing :Completely Unbraced Repetitive Member Stress Increase
Allowable Stress Design
Alaska Yellow Cedar
No.2
800
800
1000
510
1300
470
225
450 28.72
Analysis Method :
Eminbend - xx ksi
Wood Species :
Wood Grade :
Fb +
psi
psi
Fv psi
Fb -
Ft psi
Fc - Prll psi
psiFc - Perp
E : Modulus of Elasticity
Ebend- xx ksi
Density pcf
Load Combination :ASCE 7-16
.Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations.
Beam self weight NOT internally calculated and added
Uniform Load : D = 0.002460, Lr = 0.01170 , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft
.DESIGN SUMMARY Design OK
Maximum Bending Stress Ratio 0.039: 1
Load Combination +D+Lr
Span # where maximum occurs Span # 1
Location of maximum on span 2.000 ft
4.18 psi=
=
1,709.84 psi
3x4Section used for this span
Span # where maximum occurs
Location of maximum on span
Span # 1=
Load Combination +D+Lr
=
=
=
281.25 psi==
Section used for this span 3x4
Maximum Shear Stress Ratio 0.015 : 1
3.723 ft=
=
66.58 psi
Maximum Deflection
0 <240
6793
Ratio =0 <180
Max Downward Transient Deflection 0.006 in 8222Ratio =>=240
Max Upward Transient Deflection 0 in Ratio =
Max Downward Total Deflection 0.007 in Ratio =>=180
Max Upward Total Deflection 0 in
fb: Actual
F'b
fv: Actual
F'v
Span: 1 : Lr Only
n/a
Span: 1 : +D+Lr
n/a
.
Location in SpanLoad CombinationMax. "-" Defl Location in SpanLoad Combination Span Max. "+" Defl
Overall Maximum Deflections
+D+Lr 1 0.0071 2.015 0.0000 0.000
.
Load Combination Support 1 Support 2
Vertical Reactions Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS
Max Upward from all Load Conditions 0.028 0.028
Max Upward from Load Combinations 0.028 0.028
Max Upward from Load Cases 0.023 0.023
D Only 0.005 0.005
+D+Lr 0.028 0.028
Lr Only 0.023 0.023
DL = 3.85psf*(7/12) = 2.245 plf
RLL = 20psf*(7/12) = 11.7 plf
Page 176 of 1527
Wood Beam
LIC# : KW-06014965, Build:20.24.02.28 DUQUETTE ENGINEERING (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2023
DESCRIPTION:A-Frame Beam
T&S Structural Engineering
1171 Homestead Rd. Suite 275
Santa Clara, CA 95050
408-615-9200
Project File: Beam Design.ec6
Project Title:Jack House Trellis
Engineer:T.D.
Project ID:246040
Project Descr:
CODE REFERENCES
Calculations per NDS 2018, IBC 2021, ASCE 7-16
Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-16
Material Properties
Beam Bracing :Completely Unbraced
Allowable Stress Design
Alaska Yellow Cedar
No.1
900.0
900.0
1,050.0
510.0
1,400.0
510.0
225.0
525.0 28.720
Analysis Method :
Eminbend - xx ksi
Wood Species :
Wood Grade :
Fb +
psi
psi
Fv psi
Fb -
Ft psi
Fc - Prll psi
psiFc - Perp
E : Modulus of Elasticity
Ebend- xx ksi
Density pcf
Load Combination :ASCE 7-16
.Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations.
Beam self weight NOT internally calculated and added
Uniform Load : D = 0.02460, Lr = 0.080 , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft
.DESIGN SUMMARY Design OK
Maximum Bending Stress Ratio 0.617: 1
Load Combination +D+Lr
Span # where maximum occurs Span # 1
Location of maximum on span 5.000 ft
37.18 psi=
=
1,440.58 psi
4x6Section used for this span
Span # where maximum occurs
Location of maximum on span
Span # 1=
Load Combination +D+Lr
=
=
=
281.25 psi==
Section used for this span 4x6
Maximum Shear Stress Ratio 0.132 : 1
0.000 ft=
=
889.16 psi
Maximum Deflection
0 <240
344
Ratio =0 <180
Max Downward Transient Deflection 0.267 in 450Ratio =>=240
Max Upward Transient Deflection 0 in Ratio =
Max Downward Total Deflection 0.348 in Ratio =>=180
Max Upward Total Deflection 0 in
fb: Actual
F'b
fv: Actual
F'v
Span: 1 : Lr Only
n/a
Span: 1 : +D+Lr
n/a
.
Location in SpanLoad CombinationMax. "-" Defl Location in SpanLoad Combination Span Max. "+" Defl
Overall Maximum Deflections
+D+Lr 1 0.3484 5.036 0.0000 0.000
.
Load Combination Support 1 Support 2
Vertical Reactions Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS
Max Upward from all Load Conditions 0.523 0.523
Max Upward from Load Combinations 0.523 0.523
Max Upward from Load Cases 0.400 0.400
D Only 0.123 0.123
+D+Lr 0.523 0.523
Lr Only 0.400 0.400
DL = 6.16psf*(4') = 24.6 plf
RLL = 20psf*(4') = 80 plf
Page 177 of 1527
Wood Beam
LIC# : KW-06014965, Build:20.24.02.28 DUQUETTE ENGINEERING (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2023
DESCRIPTION:Main Roof Beam
T&S Structural Engineering
1171 Homestead Rd. Suite 275
Santa Clara, CA 95050
408-615-9200
Project File: Beam Design.ec6
Project Title:Jack House Trellis
Engineer:T.D.
Project ID:246040
Project Descr:
CODE REFERENCES
Calculations per NDS 2018, IBC 2021, ASCE 7-16
Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-16
Material Properties
Beam Bracing :Completely Unbraced
Allowable Stress Design
Alaska Yellow Cedar
No.1
900.0
900.0
1,050.0
510.0
1,400.0
510.0
225.0
525.0 28.720
Analysis Method :
Eminbend - xx ksi
Wood Species :
Wood Grade :
Fb +
psi
psi
Fv psi
Fb -
Ft psi
Fc - Prll psi
psiFc - Perp
E : Modulus of Elasticity
Ebend- xx ksi
Density pcf
Load Combination :ASCE 7-16
.Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations.
Beam self weight NOT internally calculated and added
Point Load : D = 0.2180, Lr = 0.560 k @ 4.0 ft
Point Load : D = 0.2180, Lr = 0.560 k @ 8.0 ft
.DESIGN SUMMARY Design OK
Maximum Bending Stress Ratio 0.575: 1
Load Combination +D+Lr
Span # where maximum occurs Span # 1
Location of maximum on span 7.270 ft
36.05 psi=
=
1,301.78 psi
4x10Section used for this span
Span # where maximum occurs
Location of maximum on span
Span # 1=
Load Combination +D+Lr
=
=
=
281.25 psi==
Section used for this span 4x10
Maximum Shear Stress Ratio 0.128 : 1
0.000 ft=
=
748.20 psi
Maximum Deflection
0 <240
561
Ratio =0 <180
Max Downward Transient Deflection 0.185 in 779Ratio =>=240
Max Upward Transient Deflection 0 in Ratio =
Max Downward Total Deflection 0.257 in Ratio =>=180
Max Upward Total Deflection 0 in
fb: Actual
F'b
fv: Actual
F'v
Span: 1 : Lr Only
n/a
Span: 1 : +D+Lr
n/a
.
Location in SpanLoad CombinationMax. "-" Defl Location in SpanLoad Combination Span Max. "+" Defl
Overall Maximum Deflections
+D+Lr 1 0.2566 6.044 0.0000 0.000
.
Load Combination Support 1 Support 2
Vertical Reactions Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS
Max Upward from all Load Conditions 0.778 0.778
Max Upward from Load Combinations 0.778 0.778
Max Upward from Load Cases 0.560 0.560
D Only 0.218 0.218
+D+Lr 0.778 0.778
Lr Only 0.560 0.560
DL = 7.76psf*(4')*(7') = 280 lb
RLL = 20psf*(4')*(7') = 560 lb
Page 178 of 1527
Steel Column
LIC# : KW-06014965, Build:20.24.02.28 DUQUETTE ENGINEERING (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2023
DESCRIPTION:Trellis HSS Column
T&S Structural Engineering
1171 Homestead Rd. Suite 275
Santa Clara, CA 95050
408-615-9200
Project File: Beam Design.ec6
Project Title:Jack House Trellis
Engineer:T.D.
Project ID:246040
Project Descr:
.Code References
Calculations per AISC 360-16, IBC 2021, ASCE 7-16
Load Combinations Used : ASCE 7-16
General Information
Steel Stress Grade
Top Pinned, Bottom FixedAnalysis Method :
8.50Overall Column Height
Top & Bottom FixityAllowable Strength
Fy : Steel Yield
ksi29,000.0
ksi
Steel Section Name :HSS3-1/2x3-1/2x1/4
46.0
ft
E : Elastic Bending Modulus
Unbraced Length for buckling ABOUT X-X Axis = 8.50 ft, K = 2.1
Unbraced Length for buckling ABOUT Y-Y Axis = 8.50 ft, K = 2.1
Brace condition :
.Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations.
Column self weight included : 89.075 lbs * Dead Load Factor
AXIAL LOADS . . .
Axial Load at 8.50 ft, D = 0.3460, LR = 0.6930 k
BENDING LOADS . . .
A-Frame Loading onto Column at 45 Degree: Lat. Point Load at 8.50 ft creating Mx-x, D = 0.3460, LR = 0.6930, E = 0.2690 k
.DESIGN SUMMARY
PASS Max. Axial+Bending Stress Ratio =0.06791
Location of max.above base 0.0 ft
1.128 k
16.611 k
0.0 k-ft
Load Combination +D+Lr
Load Combination 0.0
8.034 k-ft
Bending & Shear Check Results
PASS Maximum Shear Stress Ratio =
0.0 k
0.0 : 1
Location of max.above base 0.0 ft
At maximum location values are . . .
: 1
At maximum location values are . . .
k
8.034 k-ft
0.0 k-ft
Pa : Axial
Pn / Omega : Allowable
Ma-x : Applied
Mn-x / Omega : Allowable
Ma-y : Applied
Mn-y / Omega : Allowable
Va : Applied
Vn / Omega : Allowable
Maximum Load Reactions . .
Top along X-X 0.0 k
Bottom along X-X 0.0 k
Top along Y-Y 0.0 k
Bottom along Y-Y 0.0 k
Maximum Load Deflections . . .
Along Y-Y 0.0 in at 0.0 ft above base
for load combination :
Along X-X 0.0 in at 0.0 ft above base
for load combination :
0.0
.
Maximum Axial + Bending Stress Ratios Maximum Shear Ratios
Load Combination Stress Ratio Location Stress Ratio Status LocationStatus
Load Combination Results
Cbx Cby KxLx/Rx KyLy/Ry
D Only PASS PASS0.00 0.000 0.00 ftft0.026 1.00 1.00 162.27 162.27
+D+Lr PASS PASS0.00 0.000 0.00 ftft0.068 1.00 1.00 162.27 162.27
+D+0.70E PASS PASS0.00 0.000 0.00 ftft0.026 1.00 1.00 162.27 162.27
+D+0.5250E PASS PASS0.00 0.000 0.00 ftft0.026 1.00 1.00 162.27 162.27
+0.60D+0.70E PASS PASS0.00 0.000 0.00 ftft0.016 1.00 1.00 162.27 162.27
.
k k-ft
Note: Only non-zero reactions are listed.
Load Combination
X-X Axis Reaction Y-Y Axis ReactionAxial Reaction
@ Base @ Top@ Base @ Base @ Top
Maximum Reactions
@ Base @ Base@ Top @ Top
Mx - End Moments My - End Moments
D Only 0.435
+D+Lr 1.128
+D+0.70E 0.435
+D+0.5250E 0.435
+0.60D+0.70E 0.261
Lr Only 0.693
E Only
DL = 10psf*(7')*(7') = 490 lb
RLL = 20psf*(7')*(7') = 980 lb
DL = 490lb*cos45 = 346 lb (axial)
DL = 490lb*sin45 = 346 lb (lateral)
RLL = 980lb*cos45 = 693 lb (axial)
RLL = 980lb*sin45 = 693 lb (lateral)
EQ = 269 lb (lateral)
Page 179 of 1527
Steel Column
LIC# : KW-06014965, Build:20.24.02.28 DUQUETTE ENGINEERING (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2023
DESCRIPTION:Trellis HSS Column
T&S Structural Engineering
1171 Homestead Rd. Suite 275
Santa Clara, CA 95050
408-615-9200
Project File: Beam Design.ec6
Project Title:Jack House Trellis
Engineer:T.D.
Project ID:246040
Project Descr:
k k-ft
Item
X-X Axis Reaction Y-Y Axis ReactionAxial Reaction
@ Base @ Top@ Base @ Base @ Top
Extreme Reactions
Extreme Value @ Base @ Base@ Top @ Top
Mx - End Moments My - End Moments
MaximumAxial @ Base 1.128
Minimum"
MaximumReaction, X-X Axis Base 0.435
Minimum"0.435
MaximumReaction, Y-Y Axis Base 0.435
Minimum"0.435
MaximumReaction, X-X Axis Top 0.435
Minimum"0.435
MaximumReaction, Y-Y Axis Top 0.435
Minimum"0.435
MaximumMoment, X-X Axis Base 0.435
Minimum"0.435
MaximumMoment, Y-Y Axis Base 0.435
Minimum"0.435
MaximumMoment, X-X Axis Top 0.435
Minimum"0.435
MaximumMoment, Y-Y Axis Top 0.435
Minimum"0.435
.Maximum Deflections for Load Combinations
Max. Deflection in X dir Max. Deflection in Y dir DistanceLoad Combination Distance
D Only 0.0000 0.000 0.000 ftftinin0.000
+D+Lr 0.0000 0.000 0.000 ftftinin0.000
+D+0.70E 0.0000 0.000 0.000 ftftinin0.000
+D+0.5250E 0.0000 0.000 0.000 ftftinin0.000
+0.60D+0.70E 0.0000 0.000 0.000 ftftinin0.000
Lr Only 0.0000 0.000 0.000 ftftinin0.000
E Only 0.0000 0.000 0.000 ftftinin0.000
Page 180 of 1527
Pole Footing Embedded in Soil
LIC# : KW-06014965, Build:20.24.02.28 DUQUETTE ENGINEERING (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2023
DESCRIPTION:Trellis Footing Embedment
T&S Structural Engineering
1171 Homestead Rd. Suite 275
Santa Clara, CA 95050
408-615-9200
Project File: Beam Design.ec6
Project Title:Jack House Trellis
Engineer:T.D.
Project ID:246040
Project Descr:
Code References
Calculations per IBC 2021 1807.3, ASCE 7-16
Load Combinations Used : ASCE 7-16
General Information
Circular
24.0
150.0
1,500.0
No Lateral Restraint at Ground Surface
Pole Footing Shape
Pole Footing Diameter . . . . . . . . . . .in
Allow Passive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pcf
Max Passive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .psf
Calculate Min. Depth for Allowable Pressures
+D+LrGoverning Load Combination :
Lateral Load 1.039
Moment 8.832 k-ft
Minimum Required Depth 7.50 ft
k
NO Ground Surface Restraint
Pressures at 1/3 Depth
Actual 369.496 psf
Allowable 370.292 psf
Controlling Values
ft^2Footing Base Area 3.142
Maximum Soil Pressure 0.3307 ksf
k
k
k
0.3460
k
0.6930
k
Applied Loads
k
Lateral Concentrated Load (k)
D : Dead Load
L : Live
Lr : Roof Live
S : Snow
W : Wind
E : Earthquake
H : Lateral Earth
Load distance above
0.3460
0.6930
0.2690
8.50
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
ft
Lateral Distributed Loads (klf)
TOP of Load above ground surface
BOTTOM of Load above ground surface
k/ft
k/ft
k/ft
k/ft
k/ft
k/ft
k/ft
ftground surface
ft
Vertical Load (k)
k
Load Combination Results
Factor
Soil IncreaseForces @ Ground Surface
Load Combination
Required
Loads - (k)Moments - (ft-k)Depth - (ft)
Pressure at 1/3 Depth
Allow - (psf)Actual - (psf)
242.40.346 2.941D Only 4.88 1.000242.8
369.51.039 8.832+D+Lr 7.50 1.000370.3
344.40.866 7.359+D+0.750Lr 7.00 1.000344.7
285.90.534 4.542+D+0.70E 5.75 1.000286.3
275.70.487 4.141+D+0.5250E 5.63 1.000276.5
254.90.396 3.365+0.60D+0.70E 5.13 1.000255.5
DL = 10psf*(7')*(7') = 490 lb
RLL = 20psf*(7')*(7') = 980 lb
DL = 490lb*cos45 = 346 lb (axial)
DL = 490lb*sin45 = 346 lb (lateral)
RLL = 980lb*cos45 = 693 lb (axial)
RLL = 980lb*sin45 = 693 lb (lateral)
EQ = 269 lb (lateral)
16" pier dia. x 1.5 (arch action)
Page 181 of 1527
ASCE Hazards Report
Address:
536 Marsh St
San Luis Obispo, California
93401
Standard:ASCE/SEI 7-16 Latitude:35.276977
Risk Category:II Longitude:-120.666284
Soil Class:D - Default (see
Section 11.4.3)
Elevation:186.38562626289627 ft
(NAVD 88)
Page 1 of 3https://ascehazardtool.org/Mon Apr 01 2024
Page 182 of 1527
SS : 1.056
S1 : 0.389
F a : 1.2
F v : N/A
SMS : 1.267
SM1 : N/A
SDS : 0.845
SD1 : N/A
T L : 8
PGA : 0.468
PGA M : 0.561
F PGA : 1.2
Ie : 1
C v : 1.311
Seismic
Site Soil Class:
Results:
Data Accessed:
Date Source:
D - Default (see Section 11.4.3)
USGS Seismic Design Maps
Ground motion hazard analysis may be required. See ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 11.4.8.
Mon Apr 01 2024
Page 2 of 3https://ascehazardtool.org/Mon Apr 01 2024
Page 183 of 1527
The ASCE Hazard Tool is provided for your convenience, for informational purposes only, and is provided “as is” and without warranties of any
kind. The location data included herein has been obtained from information developed, produced, and maintained by third party providers; or
has been extrapolated from maps incorporated in the ASCE standard. While ASCE has made every effort to use data obtained from reliable
sources or methodologies, ASCE does not make any representations or warranties as to the accuracy, completeness, reliability, currency, or
quality of any data provided herein. Any third-party links provided by this Tool should not be construed as an endorsement, affiliation,
relationship, or sponsorship of such third-party content by or from ASCE.
ASCE does not intend, nor should anyone interpret, the results provided by this Tool to replace the sound judgment of a competent
professional, having knowledge and experience in the appropriate field(s) of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such
professionals in interpreting and applying the contents of this Tool or the ASCE standard.
In using this Tool, you expressly assume all risks associated with your use. Under no circumstances shall ASCE or its officers, directors,
employees, members, affiliates, or agents be liable to you or any other person for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential
damages arising from or related to your use of, or reliance on, the Tool or any information obtained therein. To the fullest extent permitted by
law, you agree to release and hold harmless ASCE from any and all liability of any nature arising out of or resulting from any use of data
provided by the ASCE Hazard Tool.
Page 3 of 3https://ascehazardtool.org/Mon Apr 01 2024
Page 184 of 1527
Sheet:
Date:
Job #:246040
Project:Jack House Trellis
Applicable Building Code: 2022 CBC / ASCE 7-16 - Equivalent Lateral Force Procedure
Applicable Load Combination: D + L + 0.7 E (1605.3.2, Eqn.16-21)
Earthquake Load: E =
Eh + Ev (ASCE 7-16, Eqn.12.4-2)
[= 0 for Horizontal Diaphragm only ]
Earthquake Load (Base Shear):Eh =ρQE =ρV = ρCSW (ASCE 7-16, Eqn.12.4-3)
Seismic Response Coefficient:Cs = SDS / (R/I) =0.422 (ASCE 7-16, Eqn.12.8-2)
Site Class: D (Table 1613.5.2)
Design Spectral Response Accelerations: (Table 1613.5.3-1,2)
Location MSRA Site coefficients SR Coefficents
Latitude =37.276977 Ss =1.056 Fa =1.20 SMS = 1.267 SDS =0.845
Longitude =-120.66628 S₁ =0.600 Fv =1.70 SM1 = 1.020 SD1 =0.680
E
Seismic Importance Factor: I =1.00 for Occupancy Category II (ASCE 7-16 Table 1.5-1)
Redundancy/Reliability Factor:ρ =1.3 [ρ = 1.0, if each story resists more than 35% Base Shear,
ρ = 1.3, if Seismic Design Category D, E, or F or above
condition cannot be met.] (ASCE 7-16,12.3.4.2)
Response Modification Factor: R =2.0 Inverted Pendulumn Type Structure (ASCE 7-16 Table 15.4-2)
Seismic Response Coefficient:Cs max = SD1 / (R/I)*T =2.230 >0.422 OK!(ASCE 7-16, Eqn.12.8-3)
0.154
TL (sec) =12 (ASCE 7-16, Figure 22-16)
Cs min = 0.044SDSI =0.037 > 0.010 OK!(ASCE 7-16, Eqn.12.8-5)
Approximate Fundamental Period:Ta = CtHn
x =0.152 <
TL OK!(ASCE 7-16,Table12.8-2)
Ct 0.020
x 0.75
Hn (ft)15.00
Seismic Response Coefficient: Cs = 0.5 S₁ / (R/I) =0.150 <0.422 OK!(ASCE 7-16, Eqn.12.8-6)
(for S1 ≥ 0.6)
Base Shear: V = 0.549 W
Total Design Base Shear = 0.7 V = 0.384 W (ASD)
4/2/2024
BASE SHEAR CALCULATION (Arbor Trellis)
Site Coefficients
Seismic Design Category:
1171 Homestead Rd.
Suite 275
Santa Clara, CA 95050
Phone: (408) 615-9200
Fax: (408) 615-9900
Page 185 of 1527
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
5
APPENDIX D – LEAD AND ASBESTOS TESTING
Page 186 of 1527
9517 Carmel Road, Atascadero, CA 93422 – Phone: (805) 235-0582 – Email: bruffey@att.net
LEAD PAINT/ASBESTOS SURVEY
Jack House
536 Marsh Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
February 7, 2024
Prepared by: Prepared for:
Mike Bruffey City of San Luis Obispo
Asbestos Inspections SLO Sandra Golonka
9517 Carmel Road 919 Palm Street
Atascadero, CA 93422 San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
Phone: (805) 235-0582 Office: (805) 781-7239
Page 187 of 1527
9517 Carmel Road, Atascadero, CA 93422 – Phone: (805) 235-0582 – Email: bruffey@att.net
9517 Carmel Road, Atascadero, CA 93422 Phone: (805) 235-0582 Email: bruffey@att.net
February 7, 2024
Sandra Golonka
City of San Luis Obispo Public Works
919 Palm Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
Phone: (805) 781-7239
Re: Summary: Exterior Lead Paint and Limited Asbestos Survey
Jack House Widow’s Walk Rail and Roofing
536 Marsh Street, San Luis Obispo, CA
Lead
The findings contained in this report are based on my inspection for suspect lead containing
building components on the Widow’s Walk railing and second floor railing at the Jack House,
San Luis Obispo, CA. The inspection was conducted on January 29, 2024. The inspection on
the exterior paint was conducted for Cal/OSHA and EPA compliance in conjunction with a
planned component repair and replacement project. All selected components were visually
inspected, and eight (8) representative samples of paint were obtained, documented, and sent
to a laboratory for analysis. Samples were not collected from every painted surface, however
the samples obtained are representative of the painted materials at this specific location. To
obtain 4-6 in2. of paint, I used a Bahco paint scraper to remove paint from the various
components. The levels of lead in the paint range from 190 ppm and up to 55,000 ppm and
indicate lead-based paint is present. The levels were reported by LA Testing in Huntington
Beach, CA utilizing Flame AAS analysis. Lead based paint is anything above 5,000 ppm.
Asbestos
Samples of roofing materials were also collected from the Widow’s Walk flat roof, sloped roof,
and under the wood shake roof. One sample of gray/black mastic was also collected from the
chimney and access hatch and another from the 2nd floor metal roof. Lab analysis indicated that
the roofing materials and felt are all negative for asbestos, but the one sample of gray/black
mastic on the chimney/access hatch contains 2% chrysotile asbestos. There is approximately 1-
2 square feet of material present.
Page 188 of 1527
9517 Carmel Road, Atascadero, CA 93422 – Phone: (805) 235-0582 – Email: bruffey@att.net
AISLO appreciates the opportunity to perform these services and I look forward to working with
you on future projects. If you have any questions or comments regarding the information
contained in this report or if I can be of further assistance, please contact me by phone or email.
Sincerely,
Mike Bruffey
Asbestos Inspections SLO - AISLO
CA Certified Asbestos Consultant #19-6499 | CDPH Lead Inspector Assessor LRC-00003723
Page 189 of 1527
9517 Carmel Road, Atascadero, CA 93422 – Phone: (805) 235-0582 – Email: bruffey@att.net
SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS
This inspection involved sampling the exterior painted building components on the Widow’s
Walk at the Jack House and sending those samples to an accredited laboratory for analysis for
the presence and amount of lead. The samples were analyzed by LA Testing using Flame
Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy or ICP in accordance with the Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) Method (3050B/7420 FAA) or (3050B/6010D ICP) to identify lead content. The
actual method used is noted on the Test Report from LA Testing. LA Testing is certified to
analyze for lead in materials and is in Huntington Beach, CA. They are accredited by the
American Industrial Hygiene Association, the National Institute of Standards and Technology,
and the California Department of Public Health (CDPH). Please note the attached laboratory
report. The following is a detailed description of the work performed at this location:
1. Submission of samples to an EPA accredited lab for analysis that provides a report
containing:
i. Sample identification number (Asbestos Inspections of SLO)
ii. Laboratory sample identification number
iii. Analytical technique
iv. Quality control procedures
v. Amount of lead (if any) in each material
2. Analyze the laboratory sample results and produce a comprehensive written report that
includes:
• Applicable Definitions
• Summary of Laboratory Results
• Conclusions and Recommendations
• Disclaimers
• Sample Location Diagram (if requested)
• Metals Analysis of Paints
• Analysis Request Form - Chain of Custody
• CDPH Lead Hazard Evaluation Report Form 8552
• Credentials – Inspector
Page 190 of 1527
9517 Carmel Road, Atascadero, CA 93422 – Phone: (805) 235-0582 – Email: bruffey@att.net
APPLICABLE DEFINITIONS
Abatement – any set of measures designed to reduce or eliminate lead hazards or lead-based
paint for public and residential buildings but does not include containment or cleaning.
Component – a structural element or fixture, such as a wall, floor, ceiling, door, window,
molding, trim, railing, cabinet, gutter, or downspout.
Deteriorated Lead-Based Paint – lead-based paint or presumed LBP that is cracking,
chalking, flaking, chipping, peeling, non-intact, failed or otherwise separating from a component.
Lead-Based Paint – paint or other surface coatings that contain an amount of lead equal to or
in excess of:
(a) one milligram per square centimeter (1.0 mg/cm2)
(b) half of one percent (.05%) by weight (5000 parts per million (ppm)
Lead Hazard – deteriorated lead-based paint, lead contaminated dust, lead contaminated soil,
disturbing lead-based paint or presumed lead-based paint without containment, or any other
nuisance which may result in persistent and quantifiable lead exposure.
Lead-Related Construction Work – any construction, alteration, painting, demolition, salvage,
renovation, repair, or maintenance of any residential or public building, including preparation,
and cleanup, that, by using or disturbing lead-containing material or soil, may result in significant
exposure of adults or children to lead.
Presumed Lead-Based Paint – paint or surface coating affixed to a component in or on a
structure constructed prior to January 1, 1978.
Renovation, Repair and Painting Rule (RRP) – requires that firms performing renovation,
repair, and painting projects that disturb lead-based paint in homes, childcare facilities and pre-
schools built before 1978 have their firm certified by EPA, use certified renovators who are
trained by EPA-approved training providers and follow lead-safe work practices.
Page 191 of 1527
9517 Carmel Road, Atascadero, CA 93422 – Phone: (805) 235-0582 – Email: bruffey@att.net
SUMMARY OF LAB RESULTS - LEAD
A total of 8 samples were collected, documented, and sent to LA Testing to be analyzed for lead
content. Most of the paint was in fair condition and a small amount of flaking, peeling, and
damaged paint was observed.
Sample
#
Location or
Room #
Material Description and Building Component Lead Content
ppm
L1 Widow’s Walk 8”x8” White wood post 1,400
L2 Widow’s Walk Circular rail white 55,000
L3 Widow’s Walk Under top rail blue paint 50,000
L4 Widow’s Walk Under Top Rail white 1,200
L5 Widow’s Walk Top of Post Round red 35,000
L6 Widow’s Walk Top flat portion of rail 190
L7 2nd Floor Deck Ornate white railing 2,100
L8 2nd Floor Deck Ornate white railing blue 920
As a comparison, the EPA and CDPH consider a material to be lead-based paint when it
exceeds .5% or 5,000 ppm (parts per million). In addition, the Consumer Product Safety
Commission (CPSC) set a limit of .009% or 90 ppm of lead in paint for children’s toys and CAL
OSHA regulates workers who disturb lead coated surfaces at any detectable lead level.
High levels of lead were detected in the following samples (>5,000 ppm):
L2 White circular portion of rail
L3 Blue portion of top rail
L5 Round ornate component on top of rail
Moderate levels of lead were detected in the following samples (>1,000 – 4,999 ppm):
L1 8”x8” square railing post
L4 Under the top railing
L7 Ornate white railing
All other paint sampled was between <80 ppm and 920 ppm.
SUMMARY OF LAB RESULTS - ASBESTOS
Sample# Location or
Room #
Material Description Asbestos
Present
Type of
Asbestos
%
Asbestos
Quantity Condition NESHAPS
Category
1 Roof WW Angled Roof Roofing NO NA NA NA NA NA
2 Roof WW Wood Shake Black Felt NO NA NA NA NA NA
3 Roof WW Flat Silver Rolled Roofing NO NA NA NA NA NA
4 Roof WW Gray/Black Mastic YES CH 2% 2 sq ft Good CATI NF
5 2nd Floor Black Tar NO NA NA NA NA NA
6 2nd Floor Black Tar NO NA NA NA NA NA
Page 192 of 1527
9517 Carmel Road, Atascadero, CA 93422 – Phone: (805) 235-0582 – Email: bruffey@att.net
CONCLUSIONS and RECOMMENDATIONS
High levels of lead are present on three components sampled and analyzed at this
location while some of the paint contained moderate to low levels of lead. Any LBP that
is flaking and peeling or otherwise deteriorated is a lead hazard. This deteriorated paint
should be removed by a lead abatement contractor certified and licensed in the State of
California and stabilized to prevent further damage. Components similar to the components
identified as containing lead-based paint, should be considered to also contain lead-based
paint. Painted building components with any level of lead can be managed in place by removing
deteriorated or damaged paint and stabilized in a maintenance program.
Due to the unknown painting history on this structure, paint not sampled and tested by the
laboratory should be assumed to contain lead and if damaged, considered to be a lead hazard.
The State of California, Title 17, Division 1, and Chapter 8 pertains to all public and residential
buildings in California and is enforced by the CDPH. Pursuant to Title 17 and EPA regulations,
lead-based paint is defined as paint or other surface coatings containing an amount of lead
equal to or greater than one milligram per square centimeter (1.0 mg/cm2) or more than half of
one percent >0.5% or 5,000 parts per million (ppm) by weight. Title 17 also defines a lead
hazard as deteriorated lead-based paint, disturbing lead-based paint or presumed lead-based
paint without containment, or any other nuisances which may result in persistent or quantifiable
lead exposure. Additionally, worker exposure to materials containing lead during construction
work is regulated by the Federal OSHA 29 CFR 1926.62(a) and CAL OSHA 8 CCR §1532.1(a).
These regulations require worker protection during construction “…where lead or materials
containing lead are present.”
Any contractor conducting work which will disturb the painted surfaces in this location
should receive proper notification of the lead content and the condition of the lead
containing surfaces prior to demolition, renovation, or any activity which may disturb the
material. All work should be conducted in compliance with the CAL OSHA Title 8, Section
1532.1, and all applicable EPA regulations.
These conclusions and recommendations are based on the requirements set forth by the
Department of Housing and Urban Development Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of
Lead-Based Paint Hazards in Housing, 40 CFR Part 61 and CAL OSHA Construction Safety
Orders, Title 8, Chapter 4, Section 1532.1.
Work which disturbs lead based paint in quantities of more than 6 square feet inside or
20 square feet outside in a single-family residence or child occupied facility built prior to
1978, requires a certified renovator to conduct the work in accordance with EPA’s 2008
Lead-Based Paint Renovation, Repair and Painting (RRP) Rule.
Any additional suspect paint or surface coating materials that are revealed by repair, renovation,
remodel, or demolition activities should be assumed to be lead-based paint and managed as
such, until properly sampled and analyzed.
Page 193 of 1527
9517 Carmel Road, Atascadero, CA 93422 – Phone: (805) 235-0582 – Email: bruffey@att.net
DISCLAIMERS
The findings and conclusions rendered in this report are opinions based on the scope of work
authorized by the client and laboratory analysis of samples collected during this inspection. This
report does not reflect variations which may exist between sampling points. These variations
cannot be anticipated, nor could they be entirely accounted for, despite exhaustive additional
testing. My work has been performed in accordance with generally accepted practices in the
field of lead consultation.
Enclosed with this report are the following documents:
Metals Analysis of Paints (Laboratory Report)
Analysis Request Form (Chain of Custody)
CDPH Form 8552 – Lead Hazard Evaluation Report
Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials (Laboratory Report)
Analysis Request Form (Chain of Custody)
Inspector Credentials
Page 194 of 1527
Page 195 of 1527
Page 196 of 1527
ConcentrationAnalyzedWeightRDLLeadClient SampleDescription Collected
Test Report: Lead in Paint Chips by Flame AAS (SW 846 3050B/7000B)*
LA Testing
5431 Industrial Drive, Huntington Beach, CA 92649
Phone/Fax:(714) 828-4999 / (714) 828-4944
http://www.LATesting.com hblab@latesting.com
Attn:Mike Bruffey
Asbestos Inspections SLO
9517 Carmel Road
Atascadero, CA 93422
Received:1/31/2024 10:45 AM
JACK HOUSE SLO
Fax:
Phone:(805) 235-0582
Project:
1/29/2024Collected:
332401677
CustomerID:AISL42
CustomerPO:
ProjectID:
LA Testing Order:
Site: WIDOW WALK 8X8" WHITE POST
0.14% wt2/1/2024 0.2591g
332401677-0001
0.00801/29/2024L1 % wt
Site: WIDOW WALK ROUND WHITE RAILING
5.5% wt2/1/2024 0.2825g
332401677-0002
0.801/29/2024L2 % wt
Site: WIDOW WALK UNDER RAIL BLUE STRIP
5.0% wt2/1/2024 0.3092g
332401677-0003
0.801/29/2024L3 % wt
Site: WIDOW WALK RAIL EDGE
0.12% wt2/1/2024 0.2737g
332401677-0004
0.00801/29/2024L4 % wt
Site: WIDOW WALK TOP POST RED STRIP
3.5% wt2/1/2024 0.2706g
332401677-0005
0.801/29/2024L5 % wt
Site: WIDOW WALK TOP FLAT WH RAIL
0.019% wt2/1/2024 0.2752g
332401677-0006
0.00801/29/2024L6 % wt
Site: 2ND FLOOR WHITE ORNATE RAIL
0.21% wt2/1/2024 0.3003g
332401677-0007
0.00801/29/2024L7 % wt
Site: 2ND FLOOR BLUE STRIP
0.092% wt2/1/2024 0.2672g
332401677-0008
0.00801/29/2024L8 % wt
Page 1 of 1Test Report PB w/RDL-2.0.0.0 Printed: 2/5/2024 8:36:53 AM
Michael Chapman, Laboratory Manager
or other approved signatory
LA Testing maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. This report relates only to the samples reported above, and may not be
reproduced, except in full, without written approval by LA Testing. LA Testing bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. The report reflects the samples as
received. Results are generated from the field sampling data (sampling volumes and areas, locations, etc.) provided by the client on the Chain of Custody. Samples are within quality control criteria and
met method specifications unless otherwise noted.
Analysis following Lead in Paint by LA Testing SOP/Determination of Environmental Lead by FLAA. Reporting limit is 0.008% wt based on the minimum sample weight per our SOP. "<" (less than) result
signifies the analyte was not detected at or above the reporting limit. Measurement of uncertainty is available upon request. Definitions of modifications are available upon request.
Samples analyzed by LA Testing Huntington Beach, CA AIHA LAP, LLC-ELLAP Accredited #101650, CA ELAP 1406
Initial report from 02/05/2024 08:36:53
Page 197 of 1527
LA Testing
5431 Industrial Drive Huntington Beach, CA 92649
Tel/Fax: (714) 828-4999 / (714) 828-4944
http://www.LATesting.com / hblab@latesting.com
332401673LA Testing Order:
Customer ID:AISL42
Customer PO:
Project ID:
Attention:Phone:Mike Bruffey (805) 235-0582
Fax:Asbestos Inspections SLO
Received Date:9517 Carmel Road 01/31/2024 10:45 AM
Analysis Date:Atascadero, CA 93422 02/06/2024
Collected Date:01/29/2024
Project:JACK HOUSE SLO
Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via AHERA Method 40CFR 763 Subpart E
Appendix E supplemented with EPA 600/R-93/116 using Polarized Light Microscopy
Sample Description Appearance % Fibrous % Non-Fibrous
Non-Asbestos Asbestos
% Type
1
332401673-0001
None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)85%Synthetic15%Gray/Black
Fibrous
Heterogeneous
WIDOWS WALK
ROLLED ROOFING
2
332401673-0002
None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)40%Cellulose60%Brown/Black
Fibrous
Homogeneous
WIDOWS WALK
FELT UNDER WOOD
SHG
3-Roofing 1
332401673-0003
None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)85%Glass15%Gray/Black
Fibrous
Heterogeneous
WIDOWS WALK
FLAT ROOF /
LAYERS
3-Roofing 2
332401673-0003A
None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)82%Cellulose18%Black
Fibrous
Homogeneous
WIDOWS WALK
FLAT ROOF /
LAYERS
3-Insulation
332401673-0003B
None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)30%Cellulose70%Brown
Fibrous
Homogeneous
WIDOWS WALK
FLAT ROOF /
LAYERS
4-Mastic
332401673-0004
2%ChrysotileNon-fibrous (Other)90%Cellulose8%Gray/Black
Fibrous
Heterogeneous
MASTIC / TAR ON
CHIMNEY / HATCH
4-Tar
332401673-0004A
Layer Not PresentMASTIC / TAR ON
CHIMNEY / HATCH
5-Mastic
332401673-0005
Layer Not PresentTAR / MASTIC ON
METAL ROOF 2ND
FLR
5-Tar
332401673-0005A
None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%Black
Non-Fibrous
Homogeneous
TAR / MASTIC ON
METAL ROOF 2ND
FLR
6-Mastic
332401673-0006
Layer Not PresentTAR / MASTIC ON
METAL ROOF 2ND
FLR
6-Tar
332401673-0006A
None DetectedNon-fibrous (Other)100%Black
Non-Fibrous
Homogeneous
TAR / MASTIC ON
METAL ROOF 2ND
FLR
Initial report from: 02/06/2024 18:42:38
Page 1 of 2ASB_PLM_0008_0001 - 1.78 Printed: 2/6/2024 3:42 PM Page 198 of 1527
LA Testing
5431 Industrial Drive Huntington Beach, CA 92649
Tel/Fax: (714) 828-4999 / (714) 828-4944
http://www.LATesting.com / hblab@latesting.com
332401673LA Testing Order:
Customer ID:AISL42
Customer PO:
Project ID:
Analyst(s)
Kaylin Luciani (4)
Thanh Nguyen (4)
Michael Chapman, Laboratory Manager
or Other Approved Signatory
LA Testing maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. This report relates only to the samples reported above, and may not be
reproduced, except in full, without written approval by LA Testing. LA Testing bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations. The report reflects the samples as
received. Results are generated from the field sampling data (sampling volumes and areas, locations, etc.) provided by the client on the Chain of Custody. Samples are within quality control criteria
and met method specifications unless otherwise noted. The above analyses were performed in general compliance with Appendix E to Subpart E of 40 CFR (previously EPA 600/M4-82-020 “Interim
Method”) but augmented with procedures outlined in the 1993 (”final”) version of the method. This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by
NVLAP, NIST or any agency of the federal government. Non-friable organically bound materials present a problem matrix and therefore LA Testing recommends gravimetric reduction prior to analysis.
Unless requested by the client, building materials manufactured with multiple layers (i.e. linoleum, wallboard, etc.) are reported as a single sample. Estimation of uncertainty is available on request.
Samples analyzed by LA Testing Huntington Beach, CA NVLAP Lab Code 101384-0, CA ELAP 1406
Initial report from: 02/06/2024 18:42:38
Page 2 of 2ASB_PLM_0008_0001 - 1.78 Printed: 2/6/2024 3:42 PM Page 199 of 1527
OrderID: 332401677
Page 1 Of 3
Page 200 of 1527
OrderID: 332401677
Page 2 Of 3
Page 201 of 1527
OrderID: 332401677
Page 3 Of 3
Page 202 of 1527
OrderID: 332401673
Page 1 Of 2
Page 203 of 1527
OrderID: 332401673
Page 2 Of 2
Page 204 of 1527
Page 205 of 1527
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
6
APPENDIX E – SAFTEY MANAGER REVIEW AND RECOMMENDATION
Page 206 of 1527
Occupational, Health and Safety
RE: 536 Marsh, Jack House Widow’s Walk Railing Restoration – Lead Paint Remediation
Jake Parsons, Safety Manager
Attn: Sandra Golonka, Public Works Engineer
Scope (per 100% drawings, page 13, #12)
(e) decorative wood roof railing to be rehabilitated with railing to be disassembled into
individual elements & tagged for specific location in assembly, and all paint to be stripped,
method to be determined by contractor per specifications. After paint is stripped, prepare a
summary list of historic rail elements that will need to be replaced in-kind, due to
deterioration, and submit to city. All replacement elements shall be fabricated using the
shape and profile of the remaining (e) elements, that are to be re-installed, as templates.
dutchman repairs should be used before full replacement of element. epoxy wood patching
limited to 1 cubic inch of volume per patch following manufacturer's minimum thickness
edge. all replacement wood must be naturally weather & pest resistant, no exposed ptdf. see
sht A8.03
Summary of Recommendations
Contractors shall uphold all work practices which are compliant with the EPA, HUD, Federal
Government and Department of Toxic Substance’s requirements for work with lead-paint hazards.
The contractor shall reference and apply Federal, State and Local guidelines with specific attention to the
following:
1) notifications to general public and posting of appropriate signage
2) isolation of worksite, by locked means where needed to restrict the entry of the general public and
unknown persons,
3) isolation of all potential “dust hazard” entry and exit points,
4) dust control at all times: wetting and saturation methods preferred (HUD Guidelines, Chapter 12:
B) including the re-capture of hazardous wastewater,
5) wrapping and containing components (HUD Guidelines, Chapter 12: B)
6) securing of worksite at all times, including locked-out locations for hazardous waste accumulation
(HUD Guidelines, Chapter 12: 2)
7) appropriate use of tools and reduction of means when possible, to reduce the disturbance of lead-
based paint hazards
8) donning of sufficient personal protective equipment including respiratory protection (29 CFR
1926.62 Appendix B and Chapter 9)
9) identification of licensed waste hauler prior to the start of work
10) identification of certified disposal site prior to the start of work
11) remediation of all wastes as “hazardous,” appropriate and secure containment, waste hauling and
documentation by use of a uniform hazardous waste manifest,
12) sufficient daily cleanliness including but not limited to
a. decontamination stations for employees (HUD Guidelines, Chapter 9: 13)
Page 207 of 1527
City of San Luis Obispo, Title, Subtitle
b. waste accumulation site for disposable PPE
c. emergency eye-wash station(s) (HUD Guidelines, Chapter 12: 9)
Per the expectation of regulatory oversite on this matter 40 CFR §745.65
Work practice requirements. Applicable certification, occupant protection, and clearance
requirements and work practice standards are found in regulations issued by EPA at 40 CFR
part 745, subpart L and in regulations issued by the Department of Housing and Urban
Development (HUD) at 24 CFR part 35, subpart R. The work practice standards in those
regulations do not apply when treating paint-lead hazards of less than:
(1) Two square feet of deteriorated lead-based paint per room or equivalent,
(2) Twenty square feet of deteriorated paint on the exterior building, or
(3) Ten percent of the total surface area of deteriorated paint on an interior or exterior type of
component with a small surface area.
Per the assumption of lead-paint hazard 40 CFR §745.65
A paint-lead hazard is any of the following:
(1) Any lead-based paint on a friction surface that is subject to abrasion and where the lead
dust levels on the nearest horizontal surface underneath the friction surface (e.g., the window
sill, or floor) are equal to or greater than the dust-lead hazard levels identified in paragraph
(b) of this section.
(2) Any damaged or otherwise deteriorated lead-based paint on an impact surface that is
caused by impact from a related building component (such as a door knob that knocks into a
wall or a door that knocks against its door frame.
40 CFR §745.85 Work Practice Standard
Exterior renovations. The firm must:
(A) Close all doors and windows within 20 feet of the renovation. On multi-story
buildings, close all doors and windows within 20 feet of the renovation on the same floor
as the renovation, and close all doors and windows on all floors below that are the same
horizontal distance from the renovation.
(B) Ensure that doors within the work area that will be used while the job is being
performed are covered with plastic sheeting or other impermeable material in a manner
that allows workers to pass through while confining dust and debris to the work area.
(C) Cover the ground with plastic sheeting or other disposable impermeable material
extending 10 feet beyond the perimeter of surfaces undergoing renovation or a sufficient
distance to collect falling paint debris, whichever is greater, unless the property line
Page 208 of 1527
City of San Luis Obispo, Title, Subtitle
prevents 10 feet of such ground covering. Ground containment measures may stop at the
edge of the vertical barrier when using a vertical containment system.
(D) If the renovation will affect surfaces within 10 feet of the property line, the
renovation firm must erect vertical containment or equivalent extra precautions in
containing the work area to ensure that dust and debris from the renovation does not
contaminate adjacent buildings or migrate to adjacent properties. Vertical containment or
equivalent extra precautions in containing the work area may also be necessary in other
situations in order to prevent contamination of other buildings, other areas of the
property, or adjacent buildings or properties.
(3) Prohibited and restricted practices. The work practices listed below are prohibited or
restricted during a renovation as follows:
(i) Open-flame burning or torching of painted surfaces is prohibited.
(ii) The use of machines designed to remove paint or other surface coatings through high
speed operation such as sanding, grinding, power planning, needle gun, abrasive blasting,
or sandblasting, is prohibited on painted surfaces unless such machines have shrouds or
containment systems and are equipped with a HEPA vacuum attachment to collect dust and
debris at the point of generation. Machines must be operated so that no visible dust or
release of air occurs outside the shroud or containment system.
(iii) Operating a heat gun on painted surfaces is permitted only at temperatures below 1,100
degrees Fahrenheit.
(4) Waste from renovations.
(i) Waste from renovation activities must be contained to prevent releases of dust and
debris before the waste is removed from the work area for storage or disposal. If a chute is
used to remove waste from the work area, it must be covered.
(ii) At the conclusion of each work day and at the conclusion of the renovation, waste that
has been collected from renovation activities must be stored under containment, in an
enclosure, or behind a barrier that prevents release of dust and debris out of the work area
and prevents access to dust and debris.
(iii) When the firm transports waste from renovation activities, the firm must contain the
waste to prevent release of dust and debris.
(5) Cleaning the work area. After the renovation has been completed, the firm must clean the
work area until no dust, debris or residue remains.
(i) Interior and exterior renovations. The firm must:
Page 209 of 1527
City of San Luis Obispo, Title, Subtitle
(A) Collect all paint chips and debris and, without dispersing any of it, seal this material
in a heavy-duty bag.
(B) Remove the protective sheeting. Mist the sheeting before folding it, fold the dirty side
inward, and either tape shut to seal or seal in heavy-duty bags. Sheeting used to isolate
contaminated rooms from non-contaminated rooms must remain in place until after the
cleaning and removal of other sheeting. Dispose of the sheeting as waste.
(ii) Additional cleaning for interior renovations. The firm must clean all objects and
surfaces in the work area and within 2 feet of the work area in the following manner,
cleaning from higher to lower:
(A) Walls. Clean walls starting at the ceiling and working down to the floor by either
vacuuming with a HEPA vacuum or wiping with a damp cloth.
(B) Remaining surfaces. Thoroughly vacuum all remaining surfaces and objects in the
work area, including furniture and fixtures, with a HEPA vacuum. The HEPA vacuum
must be equipped with a beater bar when vacuuming carpets and rugs.
(C) Wipe all remaining surfaces and objects in the work area, except for carpeted or
upholstered surfaces, with a damp cloth. Mop uncarpeted floors thoroughly, using a
mopping method that keeps the wash water separate from the rinse water, such as the 2-
bucket mopping method, or using a wet mopping system.
Standards for post-renovation cleaning verification —
(1) Interiors.
(i) A certified renovator must perform a visual inspection to determine whether dust, debris
or residue is still present. If dust, debris or residue is present, these conditions must be
removed by re-cleaning and another visual inspection must be performed.
(ii) After a successful visual inspection, a certified renovator must:
(A) Verify that each windowsill in the work area has been adequately cleaned, using the
following procedure.
(1) Wipe the windowsill with a wet disposable cleaning cloth that is damp to the touch.
If the cloth matches or is lighter than the cleaning verification card, the windowsill has
been adequately cleaned.
(2) If the cloth does not match and is darker than the cleaning verification card, re-clean
the windowsill as directed in paragraphs (a)(5)(ii)(B) and (a)(5)(ii)(C) of this section,
then either use a new cloth or fold the used cloth in such a way that an unused surface is
exposed, and wipe the surface again. If the cloth matches or is lighter than the cleaning
verification card, that windowsill has been adequately cleaned.
Page 210 of 1527
City of San Luis Obispo, Title, Subtitle
(3) If the cloth does not match and is darker than the cleaning verification card, wait for
1 hour or until the surface has dried completely, whichever is longer.
(4) After waiting for the windowsill to dry, wipe the windowsill with a dry disposable
cleaning cloth. After this wipe, the windowsill has been adequately cleaned.
(B) Wipe uncarpeted floors and countertops within the work area with a wet disposable
cleaning cloth. Floors must be wiped using an application device with a long handle and a
head to which the cloth is attached. The cloth must remain damp at all times while it is
being used to wipe the surface for post-renovation cleaning verification. If the surface
within the work area is greater than 40 square feet, the surface within the work area must
be divided into roughly equal sections that are each less than 40 square feet. Wipe each
such section separately with a new wet disposable cleaning cloth. If the cloth used to
wipe each section of the surface within the work area matches the cleaning verification
card, the surface has been adequately cleaned.
(1) If the cloth used to wipe a particular surface section does not match the cleaning
verification card, re-clean that section of the surface as directed in paragraphs
(a)(5)(ii)(B) and (a)(5)(ii)(C) of this section, then use a new wet disposable cleaning
cloth to wipe that section again. If the cloth matches the cleaning verification card, that
section of the surface has been adequately cleaned.
(2) If the cloth used to wipe a particular surface section does not match the cleaning
verification card after the surface has been re-cleaned, wait for 1 hour or until the entire
surface within the work area has dried completely, whichever is longer.
(3) After waiting for the entire surface within the work area to dry, wipe each section of
the surface that has not yet achieved post-renovation cleaning verification with a dry
disposable cleaning cloth. After this wipe, that section of the surface has been
adequately cleaned.
(iii) When the work area passes the post-renovation cleaning verification, remove the
warning signs.
(2) Exteriors. A certified renovator must perform a visual inspection to determine whether
dust, debris or residue is still present on surfaces in and below the work area, including
windowsills and the ground. If dust, debris or residue is present, these conditions must be
eliminated and another visual inspection must be performed. When the area passes the visual
inspection, remove the warning signs.
(c) Optional dust clearance testing. Cleaning verification need not be performed if the contract
between the renovation firm and the person contracting for the renovation or another Federal,
State, Territorial, Tribal, or local law or regulation requires:
(1) The renovation firm to perform dust clearance sampling at the conclusion of a renovation
covered by this subpart.
Page 211 of 1527
City of San Luis Obispo, Title, Subtitle
(2) The dust clearance samples are required to be collected by a certified inspector, risk
assessor or dust sampling technician.
(3) The renovation firm is required to re-clean the work area until the dust clearance sample
results are below the clearance standards in § 745.227(e)(8) or any applicable State,
Territorial, Tribal, or local standard.
40 CFR §745.86 Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements
Firms performing renovations must retain and, if requested, make available to EPA all records
necessary to demonstrate compliance with this subpart for a period of 3 years following
completion of the renovation. This 3-year retention requirement does not supersede longer
obligations required by other provisions for retaining the same documentation, including any
applicable State or Tribal laws or regulations.
(b) Records that must be retained pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall include (where
applicable):
(1) Records or reports certifying that a determination had been made that lead-based paint
was not present on the components affected by the renovation, as described in § 745.82(a).
These records or reports include:
(i) Reports prepared by a certified inspector or certified risk assessor (certified pursuant to
either Federal regulations at § 745.226 or an EPA-authorized State or Tribal certification
program).
(ii) Records prepared by a certified renovator after using EPA-recognized test kits,
including an identification of the manufacturer and model of any test kits used, a
description of the components that were tested including their locations, and the result of
each test kit used.
(iii) Records prepared by a certified renovator after collecting paint chip samples, including
a description of the components that were tested including their locations, the name and
address of the NLLAP-recognized entity performing the analysis, and the results for each
sample.
(2) Signed and dated acknowledgments of receipt as described in § 745.84(a)(1)(i), (a)(2)(i),
(b)(1)(i), (c)(1)(i)(A), and (c)(1)(ii)(A).
(3) Certifications of attempted delivery as described in § 745.84(a)(2)(i) and (c)(1)(ii)(A).
(4) Certificates of mailing as described in § 745.84(a)(1)(ii), (a)(2)(ii), (b)(1)(ii), (c)(1)(i)(B),
and (c)(1)(ii)(B).
Page 212 of 1527
City of San Luis Obispo, Title, Subtitle
(5) Records of notification activities performed regarding common area renovations, as
described in § 745.84(b)(3) and (b)(4), and renovations in child-occupied facilities, as
described in § 745.84(c)(2).
(6) Documentation of compliance with the requirements of § 745.85, including
documentation that a certified renovator was assigned to the project, that the certified
renovator provided on-the-job training for workers used on the project, that the certified
renovator performed or directed workers who performed all of the tasks described in §
745.85(a), and that the certified renovator performed the post-renovation cleaning
verification described in § 745.85(b). If the renovation firm was unable to comply with all of
the requirements of this rule due to an emergency as defined in § 745.82, the firm must
document the nature of the emergency and the provisions of the rule that were not followed.
This documentation must include a copy of the certified renovator's training certificate, and a
certification by the certified renovator assigned to the project that:
(i) Training was provided to workers (topics must be identified for each worker).
(ii) Warning signs were posted at the entrances to the work area.
(iii) If test kits were used, that the specified brand of kits was used at the specified locations
and that the results were as specified.
(v) The work area was contained by:
(A) Removing or covering all objects in the work area (interiors).
(B) Closing and covering all HVAC ducts in the work area (interiors).
(C) Closing all windows in the work area (interiors) or closing all windows in and within
20 feet of the work area (exteriors).
(D) Closing and sealing all doors in the work area (interiors) or closing and sealing all
doors in and within 20 feet of the work area (exteriors).
(E) Covering doors in the work area that were being used to allow passage but prevent
spread of dust.
(F) Covering the floor surface, including installed carpet, with taped-down plastic
sheeting or other impermeable material in the work area 6 feet beyond the perimeter of
surfaces undergoing renovation or a sufficient distance to contain the dust, whichever is
greater (interiors) or covering the ground with plastic sheeting or other disposable
impermeable material anchored to the building extending 10 feet beyond the perimeter of
surfaces undergoing renovation or a sufficient distance to collect falling paint debris,
whichever is greater, unless the property line prevents 10 feet of such ground covering,
weighted down by heavy objects (exteriors).
Page 213 of 1527
City of San Luis Obispo, Title, Subtitle
(G) Installing (if necessary) vertical containment to prevent migration of dust and debris
to adjacent property (exteriors).
(iv) If paint chip samples were collected, that the samples were collected at the specified
locations, that the specified NLLAP-recognized laboratory analyzed the samples, and that
the results were as specified.
(vi) Waste was contained on-site and while being transported off-site.
(vii) The work area was properly cleaned after the renovation by:
(A) Picking up all chips and debris, misting protective sheeting, folding it dirty side
inward, and taping it for removal.
(B) Cleaning the work area surfaces and objects using a HEPA vacuum and/or wet cloths
or mops (interiors).
(viii) The certified renovator performed the post-renovation cleaning verification (the
results of which must be briefly described, including the number of wet and dry cloths
used).
(c)
(1) When the final invoice for the renovation is delivered or within 30 days of the completion
of the renovation, whichever is earlier, the renovation firm must provide information
pertaining to compliance with this subpart to the following persons:
(i) The owner of the building; and, if different,
(ii) An adult occupant of the residential dwelling, if the renovation took place within a
residential dwelling, or an adult representative of the child-occupied facility, if the
renovation took place within a child-occupied facility.
(2) When performing renovations in common areas of multi-unit target housing, renovation
firms must post the information required by this subpart or instructions on how interested
occupants can obtain a copy of this information. This information must be posted in areas
where it is likely to be seen by the occupants of all of the affected units.
(3) The information required to be provided by paragraph (c) of this section may be provided
by completing the sample form titled “Sample Renovation Recordkeeping Checklist” or a
similar form containing the test kit information required by § 745.86(b)(1)(ii) and the training
and work practice compliance information required by § 745.86(b)(6).
(d) If dust clearance sampling is performed in lieu of cleaning verification as permitted by §
745.85(c), the renovation firm must provide, when the final invoice for the renovation is
Page 214 of 1527
City of San Luis Obispo, Title, Subtitle
delivered or within 30 days of the completion of the renovation, whichever is earlier, a copy of
the dust sampling report to:
(1) The owner of the building; and, if different,
(2) An adult occupant of the residential dwelling, if the renovation took place within a
residential dwelling, or an adult representative of the child-occupied facility, if the renovation
took place within a child-occupied facility.
(3) When performing renovations in common areas of multi-unit target housing, renovation
firms must post these dust sampling reports or information on how interested occupants of
the housing being renovated can obtain a copy of the report. This information must be posted
in areas where they are likely to be seen by the occupants of all of the affected units
40 CFR §745.87 Enforcement and Inspection
Failure or refusal to comply with any provision of this subpart is a violation of TSCA section
409 (15 U.S.C. 2689).
(b) Failure or refusal to establish and maintain records or to make available or permit access to
or copying of records, as required by this subpart, is a violation of TSCA sections 15 and 409
(15 U.S.C. 2614 and 2689).
(c) Failure or refusal to permit entry or inspection as required by 40 CFR 745.87 and TSCA
section 11 (15 U.S.C. 2610) is a violation of sections 15 and 409 (15 U.S.C. 2614 and 2689).
(d) Violators may be subject to civil and criminal sanctions pursuant to TSCA section 16 (15
U.S.C. 2615) for each violation.
(e) Lead-based paint is assumed to be present at renovations covered by this subpart. EPA may
conduct inspections and issue subpoenas pursuant to the provisions of TSCA section 11 (15
U.S.C. 2610) to ensure compliance with this subpart.
Regulatory References
The HUD Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead-based Paint in Housing
40 CFR §745 Lead Based Paint Hazards
29 CFR 1910.120 Subpart H Hazardous Materials
29 CFR 1926.65 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response
Toxic Substance Control Act (Title 15 U.S.C 2682 and 2686)
Page 215 of 1527
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
7
APPENDIX F – HISTORICAL PLANTING MAP
Page 216 of 1527
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22
23
24
2526
4
4
8
11
22
22
22
22
2215
15
21
20
20
9
Common Name Botanical Name
1.Horse Chestnut Aesculus Carnea
2.Southern Magnolia Magnolia Grandiflora
3.California White Oak Quercus Lobata
4.Tobira Pittosporum Tobira
5.American Sweet Gum Liquidambar Styraciflua
6.White Dove Tree Davidia Involucrata
7.Fruiting Quince Cydonia Oblonga
8.Olive Olea Europaea
9.Victorian Box Pittosporum Undulatum
10.Pecan Carya Illinoinensis
11.Avocado Persea Americana
12.Port Orford Cedar Chamaecyparis Lawsoniana
13.Pummelo (Shaddock)Citrus Maxima
Common Name Botanical Name
14.Black Magnolia Magnolia Nigra
15.Japanese Boxwood Buxus Microphylla Japonica
16.Jacaranda Jacaranda Mimosifolia
17.Japanese Maple Acer Palmatum
18.Saucer Magnolia Magnolia Soulangeana
19.Crepe Myrtle Lagerstroemia Indica
20.Pineapple Guava Feijoa Sellowiana
21.Washington Navel Orange Citrus Sinensis 'Washington'
22.Coast Redwood Sequoia Sempervirens
23.Maiden Hair Tree Ginkgo Biloba 'Fairmount'
24.Grapefruit Citrus Paradisi 'Marsh'
25.Blue Potato Bush Solanum Rantonnetii
26.Red Cestrum Cestrum Elegans
MARSH STREET
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
919 Palm Street, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 JACK HOUSE GARDENS LEGEND
N
Page 217 of 1527
APPENDIX
APPENDIX
8
APPENDIX G – ARBOR PHOTOS
Page 218 of 1527
Page 219 of 1527
Page 220 of 1527